Regulation Flashcards

1
Q

A charitable, religious, or scientific organization is presumed to be a private foundation if it

A. Has annual gross receipts over $5,000.

B. Notifies the IRS of public charity status on Form 1023.

C. Has annual gross receipts under $5,000.

D. Is a church.

A

A. Has annual gross receipts over $5,000.
Answer (A) is correct.
A charitable, religious, or scientific organization is presumed to be a private foundation unless it either

Is a church or has annual gross receipts under $5,000, or
Notifies the IRS that it is not a private foundation (on Form 1023) within 27 months from the end of the month in which it was organized.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
2
Q

Wiggins is the sole shareholder of the Tamale Corporation, a calendar-year S corporation. Tamale is indebted to Wiggins in the amount of $5,000. For the current year, Tamale earned $25,000 of ordinary income and distributed $10,000 as a dividend to Wiggins. How much income should Wiggins report from Tamale Corporation for the current year?

A. $10,000
B. $35,000
C. $25,000
D. $0

A

C. $25,000
Answer (C) is correct.
Although shareholders of C corporations report income only as it is distributed to them (usually as dividends), shareholders of S corporations are treated differently. All of an S corporation’s income is taxed to the shareholders each year whether distributed or not (Sec. 1366). This increases the shareholder’s basis. Distributions in general then reduce the shareholder’s basis. Wiggins must report the entire $25,000 of ordinary income of the S corporation in his or her own return. The debt of Tamale to Wiggins does not affect this income computation. The distribution to Wiggins is a tax-free return of capital and does not result in the recognition of income.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
3
Q

A CPA will be liable to a tax client for damages resulting from all of the following actions except

A. Neglecting to evaluate the option of preparing joint or separate returns that would have resulted in a substantial tax savings for a married client.
B. Failing to advise a client of certain tax elections.
C. Failing to timely file a client’s return.
D. Refusing to sign a client’s request for a filing extension.

A

D. Refusing to sign a client’s request for a filing extension.
Answer (D) is correct.
A CPA owes a general duty to exercise the skill and care of an ordinarily prudent accountant in the same circumstances. Moreover, Treasury Circular 230 states that diligence must be exercised in preparing, approving, and filing returns, documents, and other papers relating to IRS matters. Accordingly, the CPA is responsible for exercising independent professional judgment and complying with the law. If the CPA does not agree that the client has a valid reason for obtaining an extension, (s)he will not be liable for refusing to sign the client’s request.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
4
Q

Which of the following entities is ineligible to be an S corporation shareholder?

A. Qualified retirement plan trust.

B. Employee stock option plan (ESOP).

C. Charitable remainder annuity trust.

D. Electing small business trust.

A

C. Charitable remainder annuity trust.
Answer (C) is correct.
Charitable remainder unitrusts (CRUTs) and charitable remainder annuity trusts (CRATs) cannot qualify as electing small business trusts. All beneficiaries of an electing small business trust must be individuals or estates eligible to be S corporation shareholders. While CRUTs and CRATs provide income to individuals, they must also provide a remainder interest to a charitable organization.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
5
Q

A sole proprietorship incorporated on January 1 and elected S corporation status. The owner contributed the following assets to the S corporation:

Basis

Fair Market Value

Machinery

$ 7,000

$ 8,000
Building

11,000

100,000
Cash

1,000

1,000
Two years later, the corporation sold the machinery for $4,000 and the building for $110,000. The machinery had accumulated depreciation of $2,000, and the building had accumulated depreciation of $1,000. What is the built-in gain recognized on the sale?

A. $6,000
B. $0
C. $99,000
D. $100,000

A

B. $0
Answer (B) is correct.
An S corporation that, upon conversion from C to S status, had net appreciation inherent in its assets is subject to a tax of 35% on net gain recognized during the recognition period. Since the S corporation was a sole proprietorship prior to electing S corporation status and not a C corporation, no built-in gain is recognized.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
6
Q

Packer Corp., an accrual-basis, calendar-year S corporation, has been an S corporation since its inception. Starr was a 50% shareholder in Packer throughout the current year and had a $10,000 tax basis in Packer stock on January 1. During the current year, Packer had a $1,000 net business loss and made an $8,000 cash distribution to each shareholder. What amount of the distribution was includible in Starr’s gross income?

A. $4,000
B. $7,500
C. $0
D. $8,000

A

C. $0
Answer (C) is correct.
Cash or property from distributions from S and C corporations are only taxable to the recipient to the extent of the earnings and profits of the corporation. Any distribution in excess of earnings and profits reduces the basis of the stock held in the corporation until the basis is reduced to zero. Once the stock basis is reduced to zero, any further distributions are treated as a capital gain. Since Packer Corp. has a $1,000 business loss, it did not have sufficient earnings and profits to pay taxable dividends. Therefore, the cash distribution received by Starr reduces his basis in the stock of the S corporation, and he is not required to include the cash distribution in gross income.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
7
Q

What is the non-separately stated income amount of a calendar-year S corporation operating on an accrual basis with the following items?
Gross receipts

$300,000
Interest income
25,000
Royalty income	
10,000
Salary paid to shareholder
20,000

A. $320,000
B. $300,000
C. $55,000
D. $280,000

A

D. $280,000
Answer (D) is correct.
Items of income, gain, expense, loss, and credit must be separately stated if those items are specially treated for tax purposes at the shareholder level. These items include interest income and royalty income.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
8
Q

Tap, a calendar-year S corporation, reported the following items of income and expense in the current year:
Revenue

$44,000
Operating expenses	
20,000
Long-term capital loss	
6,000
Charitable contributions	
1,000
Interest expense	
4,000
What is the amount of Tap’s ordinary income? 

A. $20,000
B. $13,000
C. $19,000
D. $24,000

A

A. $20,000
Answer (A) is correct.
The items of income, deduction, and credit of an S corporation are reported by the corporation; however, an S corporation is not allowed deductions for items that must be separately stated, which include long-term capital losses and charitable contributions. Therefore, Tap’s ordinary income equals $20,000 ($44,000 revenue – $20,000 operating expenses – $4,000 interest expense).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
9
Q

Which of the following would not increase the basis of a shareholder’s stock in an S corporation?

A. All separately stated income items of the S corporation, including tax-exempt income.
B. The amount of deductions for depletion that is more than the basis of the property being depleted.
C. Capital gains tax paid by the shareholder.
D. Any non-separately stated income of the S corporation.

A

C. Capital gains tax paid by the shareholder.
Answer (C) is correct.
If the shareholder paid capital gains in disposing of the stock, this tax does not increase the basis of the shareholder’s remaining stock.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
10
Q

Which of the following will cause a social club to lose exempt status?

A. Membership fees account for 40% of total receipts.
B. Dues account for 10% of total receipts.
C. Nonmember receipts account for 40% of total receipts.
D. Assessments account for 10% of total receipts.

A

C. Nonmember receipts account for 40% of total receipts.
Answer (C) is correct.
The exempt status of an otherwise qualified social club is lost if more than 35% of its receipts are from sources other than membership fees, dues, and assessments. The percentages of membership fees, dues, and assessments are irrelevant. The disqualifying nonmember receipts exceed the 35% allowable threshold.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
11
Q

A social club will lose its exemption if

A. General public fees account for 10% of total receipts.
B. Nonmember receipts account for 30% of total receipts.
C. It changes from a country club to a yachting club.
D. Any net earnings benefit any private shareholder.

A

D. Any net earnings benefit any private shareholder.
Answer (D) is correct.
The exempt status of an otherwise qualified social club is lost if part of net earnings benefit any private shareholder. Exempt status is also lost if more than 35% of its receipts are from sources other than membership fees, dues, and assessments. Of this 35%, up to 15% may be from the use of the club’s facilities or services by the general public, etc.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
12
Q

A sole proprietor wants to incorporate and has requested a projection of the first-year tax results as a C corporation and as an S corporation. Taxable income from ordinary operations is projected to be $100,000. The company expects to make a $20,000 charitable contribution and projects a long-term capital loss on stock of $7,000. Which of the following projections is correct?

A. C corporation, $80,000 taxable income; S corporation, $100,000 ordinary business income; remaining items are separately stated.
B. C corporation, $90,000 taxable income; S corporation, $80,000 ordinary business income; long-term capital loss is separately stated.
C. C corporation, $73,000 taxable income; S corporation, $80,000 ordinary business income; long-term capital loss is separately stated.
D. C corporation, $90,000 taxable income; S corporation, $100,000 ordinary business income; remaining items are separately stated.

A

D. C corporation, $90,000 taxable income; S corporation, $100,000 ordinary business income; remaining items are separately stated.
Answer (D) is correct.
For a C corporation, a charitable contribution deduction is limited to 10% of taxable income so that a $10,000 charitable contribution is deductible. A $7,000 long-term capital loss is not deductible because a C corporation’s capital losses are deductible only to the extent of capital gains, whether they are short- or long-term. Thus, the C corporation will have $90,000 taxable income ($100,000 ordinary income – $10,000 charitable deduction). For an S corporation, charitable contributions and net short- or long-term capital gains or losses are separately stated items that are not on an S corporation’s tax return. Thus, the S corporation will have $100,000 ordinary income, and the charitable contribution and long-term capital loss are separately stated.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
13
Q

To qualify as an exempt organization other than a church or an employees’ qualified pension or profit-sharing trust, an organization

A. Cannot operate under the “lodge system” under which payments are made to its members for sick benefits.
B. Is barred from incorporating and issuing capital stock.
C. Need not be specifically identified as one of the classes on which exemption is conferred by the Internal Revenue Code, provided that the organization’s purposes and activities are of a nonprofit nature.
D. Must file a written application with the Internal Revenue Service.

A

D. Must file a written application with the Internal Revenue Service.
Answer (D) is correct.
A requirement to qualify for tax-exempt status is that an organization, other than a church or an employees’ qualified pension or profit-sharing trust, must apply in writing to the IRS for a ruling or determination that it is tax-exempt, even if the IRS does not provide specific forms to do so.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
14
Q

An S corporation may deduct

A. Net operating loss carryovers.
B. Foreign income taxes.
C. Charitable contributions within the percentage of income limitation applicable to corporations.
D. Compensation of officers.

A

D. Compensation of officers.
Answer (D) is correct.
The taxable income of an S corporation is computed in the same manner as that of an individual, except as otherwise provided. Compensation of officers is treated as an ordinary and necessary business expense and results in a reduction of nonseparate income.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
15
Q

New Lots Corporation began business operations as an S corporation in 2014. New Lots files its 1120S returns on a calendar-year basis. The current year is 2017. The corporation’s taxable income and capital gains and losses for the years of operation are as follows:

2014

2015

2016

2017

Capital gains

$2,000

$ 6,000

$7,000

$ 4,000
Capital losses

0

0

0

(21,000)
Taxable income (loss)

3,000

(12,000)

4,000

4,000
What is the amount of capital loss that is available to New Lots Corporation for carryback from 2017?

A. $17,000
B. $13,000
C. $7,000
D. None of the answers are correct.

A

D. None of the answers are correct.
Answer (D) is correct.
The capital gains and losses of an S corporation are generally segregated from its ordinary net income and carried into the income of its shareholders. Each shareholder treats his or her distributive share of the capital gains individually. Therefore, New Lots may not carry any of the capital loss back.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
16
Q

XYZ Corporation is a qualified S corporation. In 2016, its books and records reflected the following transactions:
Business income

$500,000
Real estate rental loss

$(20,000)
Interest income

$5,000
Salaries and wages

$(50,000)

Depreciation (without Section 179 expense)

$(40,000)
Section 179 expense

$(10,000)
Other business deductions

$(300,000)
What is XYZ’s ordinary income (loss) to be reported on its 2016 Form 1120S?

A. $110,000
B. $85,000
C. $105,000
D. $115,000

A

A. $110,000
Answer (A) is correct.
S corporation items of income, deduction, and credit, which could alter the tax liability of shareholders if taken into account by them on their personal returns, are required to be stated (and are passed through) separately. The ordinary income reported on 2016 Form 1120S would equal the following:
Business income

$500,000
Salaries expense

(50,000)
Depreciation

(40,000)
Other business deductions

(300,000)

Ordinary income

$110,000

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
17
Q

Carson owned 40% of the outstanding stock of a C corporation. During a tax year, the corporation reported $400,000 in taxable income and distributed a total of $70,000 in cash dividends to its shareholders. Carson accurately reported $28,000 in gross income on Carson’s individual tax return. If the corporation had been an S corporation and the distributions to the owners had been proportionate, how much income would Carson have reported on Carson’s individual return?

A. $28,000
B. $132,000
C. $160,000
D. $188,000

A

C. $160,000
Answer (C) is correct.
The amount of income that would have been reported on Carson’s tax return related to the S corporation distribution would be his proportionate share of the income of the entity. This amount would increase the basis in the S corporation stock and would result in the dividend not being double taxed or acting as a deduction. Accordingly, the income was $160,000 ($400,000 corporation income × 40%).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
18
Q

What is the threshold of public support that generally forces a private foundation to terminate that status and become a public charity?

A. More than two-thirds of support from members and unrelated business income.
B. More than two-thirds of support from investment income and the general public.
C. More than a third of support from investment income and unrelated business income.
D. More than a third of support from members and the general public.

A

D. More than a third of support from members and the general public.
Answer (D) is correct.
Each domestic or foreign exempt organization is a private foundation unless it generally receives more than a third of its support (annually) from its members and the general public. In this case, the private foundation status terminates, and the organization becomes a public charity.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
19
Q

All of the following entities are allowed to elect S status except

A. Domestic international sales corporation (DISC).
B. Domestic building and loan association.
C. A cooperative bank without capital stock organized and operated for mutual purposes and without profit.
D. Mutual savings bank.

A

A. Domestic international sales corporation (DISC).
Answer (A) is correct.
Certain entities cannot elect S status. These include some insurance companies, possession corporations, domestic international sales corporations (DISC) and former DISCs, and some institutions using the reserve method of accounting for bad debts. However, domestic building and loan associations, mutual savings banks, and a cooperative bank–without capital stock organized and operated for mutual purposes and without profit–are all able to elect S status.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
20
Q

Bow, Inc., an S corporation, has three equal shareholders. For the year ended December 31, 2017, Bow had taxable income and current earnings and profits of $300,000. Bow made cash distributions totaling $120,000 during 2017. For 2017, what amount from Bow should be included in each shareholder’s gross income?

A. $140,000
B. $60,000
C. $100,000
D. $40,000

A

C. $100,000
Answer (C) is correct.
Each shareholder includes in his or her personal gross income his or her share of ordinary income and separately stated items of the S corporation on a per-day and per-share basis. Each shareholder’s share is 1/3 of $300,000. Shareholder inclusion will be $100,000 each. Excess distributions are treated as tax-free return of capital.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
21
Q

Which of the following items is not a separately stated item of a qualifying S corporation?

A. Net long-term capital gain.
B. Interest expense on business operating loans.
C. Interest income.
D. Charitable contributions.

A

B. Interest expense on business operating loans.
Answer (B) is correct.
S corporation items of income, deduction, and credit, which could alter the tax liability of shareholders if taken into account by them on their personal returns, are required to be stated (and are passed through) separately. Separately stated items include interest income, charitable contributions, and net long-term capital gains. Interest expense on business operation loans is not a separately stated item.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
22
Q

To qualify as an exempt organization, the applicant

A. Cannot be exclusively a social club.
B. Cannot, under any circumstances, engage in lobbying activities.
C. Cannot, under any circumstances, be a foreign corporation.
D. Must fall into one of the specific classes upon which exemption is conferred by the Internal Revenue Code.

A

D. Must fall into one of the specific classes upon which exemption is conferred by the Internal Revenue Code.
Answer (D) is correct.
No organization is exempt from tax unless it is one of the specific types upon which the IRC expressly confers exempt status. Types are listed and described in Secs. 501(c) and (d).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
23
Q

In the context of the tax on excess net passive income paid by S corporations, net passive income does not include

A. Annuities.
B. Net operating losses.
C. Interest and dividends.
D. Rents.

A

B. Net operating losses.
Answer (B) is correct.
Net passive income includes the gross receipts derived from royalties, rents, dividends, interest, annuities, and the sale or exchange of stock or securities. The term does not include “net operating losses.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
24
Q

A tax-exempt organization with a calendar tax year was required to file Form 990, Return of Organizations Exempt from Income Tax, for Year 1. Disregarding any extensions, when is the return due (do not consider Saturdays, Sundays, or holidays)?

A. April 15, Year 2.
B. March 15, Year 2.
C. May 15, Year 2.
D. June 15, Year 2.

A

C. May 15, Year 2.
Answer (C) is correct.
The income tax return of an organization exempt from tax under Sec. 501(a) must be filed on or before the 15th day of the 5th month following the close of the taxable year.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
25
An S corporation has 30,000 shares of voting common stock and 20,000 shares of nonvoting common stock issued and outstanding. The S election can be revoked voluntarily with the consent of the shareholders holding, on the day of the revocation, Shares of Shares of Voting Stock Nonvoting Stock A. 0 20,000 B. 7,500 5,000 C. 20,000 0 D. 10,000 16,000
D. 10,000 16,000 Answer (D) is correct. An S corporation election may be terminated by revocation. A revocation may be made only with the consent of shareholders who, at the time the revocation is made, hold more than one-half of the number of issued and outstanding shares of stock (including both voting and nonvoting stock) of the corporation.
26
Stone owns 100% of an S corporation and materially participates in its operations. The stock basis at the beginning of the year is $5,000. During the year, the corporation makes a distribution of $3,500 and passes through a loss from operations of $2,000 for the year. What loss can Stone deduct on Stone’s personal tax return? A. $0 B. $5,500 C. $1,500 D. $2,000
C. $1,500 Answer (C) is correct. A shareholder’s pro rata share of passed-through losses in excess of basis in the S corporation is not deductible. After the distribution, Stone’s adjusted basis is Stock basis at the beginning of the year $5,000 Less: Distribution (3,500) Adjusted basis $1,500 Therefore, Stone can deduct $1,500 of the passed-through loss on his tax return. The excess $500 ($2,000 – $1,500) is suspended and carried forward indefinitely. It is deductible when the shareholder’s amount at risk has increased.
27
Which of the following corporations may be subject to the built-in capital gains tax? A. All of the answers are correct. B. K-corp., established in 1965 as a C corporation, elected to be an S corporation on May 13, 1985. C. J-corp., established in 1986 as an S corporation, terminated its S corporation election on Jan. 1, 2017. D. G-corp., established in 1985 as a C corporation, elected to be an S corporation on April 15, 2017.
D. G-corp., established in 1985 as a C corporation, elected to be an S corporation on April 15, 2017. Answer (D) is correct. An S corporation that, upon conversion from C to S status after 1986, had net appreciation inherent in its assets is subject to tax of 35% on net gain recognized (up to the amount of built-in gain on conversion) during the recognition period. For conversions made after the 2010 tax year, the recognition period is the 5-year period beginning on the date the S election became effective. The tax liability is passed through, as a loss, pro rata to its shareholders.
28
Spartan Corporation was incorporated as a C corporation in 2001. As of December 31, 2014, Spartan had earnings and profits (E&P) of $222,000. On January 1, 2015, Spartan became an S corporation. For 2016, Spartan’s books and records reflected the following: Gross receipts $300,000 Cost of goods sold ``` 100,000 Rental income (services not provided) ``` 60,000 Interest income 7,000 Royalties 5,000 Operating expenses 100,000 On what amount would Spartan have to pay the 35% tax on excessive net passive income? A. $88,000 B. $0 C. $72,000 D. $28,000
B. $0 Answer (B) is correct. Passive investment income includes gross receipts from royalties, rents, dividends, interest, and annuities. If an S corporation has pre-S corporation E&P (from the period it was a C corporation) at the end of a tax year and its passive investment income is more than 25% of its gross receipts, the S corporation may be subject to a tax on excess net passive income. Here, the passive investment income of $72,000 ($60,000 rental income + $7,000 interest income + $5,000 royalties) is less than 25% of gross receipts ($75,000). Therefore, there is no tax on net passive income.
29
A distribution of stock or rights to acquire stock in the distributing corporation is not included in the recipient’s gross income unless A. It is a distribution instead of money or other property. B. The distribution of stock or rights is greater than 15% of the value of the stock or rights with respect to which the rights were distributed. C. It is either a disproportionate distribution, or a distribution instead of money or other property. D. It is a disproportionate distribution.
C. It is either a disproportionate distribution, or a distribution instead of money or other property. Answer (C) is correct. Usually, a shareholder does not include a distribution of stock or rights to acquire stock in gross income unless it is (1) a distribution in lieu of money, (2) a disproportionate distribution, (3) a distribution on preferred stock, (4) a distribution of convertible preferred stock, or (5) a distribution of common and preferred stock, resulting in receipt of preferred stock by some shareholders and common stock by other shareholders.
30
Mr. Brown transferred an office building to Corporation J in exchange for 100% of Corporation J’s stock and $30,000 in cash. The building had an adjusted basis of $150,000 and a fair market value of $250,000. The building was subject to a mortgage of $120,000, which Corporation J assumed for a valid business reason. The fair market value of Corporation J’s stock on the date of the transfer was $100,000. What is Mr. Brown’s recognized gain? A. $0 B. $100,000 C. $70,000 D. $30,000
D. $30,000 Answer (D) is correct. If the requirements of Sec. 351(a) are met, no gain or loss is recognized when property is transferred to a corporation. There are three primary exceptions to Sec. 351(a). Gain can be recognized when Property other than stock (e.g., cash) is received [Sec. 351(b)], A liability is assumed by the corporation for tax avoidance or nonbusiness purposes [Sec. 351(b)], or A liability is assumed in excess of the adjusted basis of the property transferred [Sec. 357(c)]. Since the mortgage is assumed for a valid business reason and does not exceed the $150,000 adjusted basis, none of the mortgage that is assumed is treated as boot property [Sec. 357(a)]. The recognized gain is the lesser of the cash received by the transferor ($30,000) or the realized gain of $100,000 [($100,000 FMV of stock + $120,000 mortgage release + $30,000 cash) – $150,000 adjusted basis].
31
Which of the following payment sources of income require federal income tax to be withheld and remitted to the IRS? A. Any amounts paid to foreign persons. B. All wages and tips earned by employees. C. All capital gains on common stock traded on stock exchanges within the U.S. D. All investment income, including gains on sale of real property.
A. Any amounts paid to foreign persons. Answer (A) is correct. U.S. tax laws and regulations require the payer to withhold income taxes from payments and remit the withheld amounts to the IRS for foreign persons, including nonresident aliens, foreign corporations, foreign partnerships, and foreign partners in U.S. partnerships. Any amounts above the tax required to be paid, as determined by the annual income filing by the recipient, are refunded to the recipient.
32
A corporation distributed land with a basis of $20,000 and a fair market value of $60,000, but was subject to a non-recourse liability of $70,000 to its sole shareholder. What amount represents the corporation’s recognized gain? A. $70,000 B. $60,000 C. $20,000 D. $50,000
D. $50,000 Answer (D) is correct. Gain realized on distributed property must be recognized by the corporation as if the property were sold to the distributee at its FMV. However, FMV is conclusively presumed to be no less than liabilities related to the property subject to which the shareholder assumes or takes the property, whether with recourse or not. Therefore, the corporation recognizes a gain on the land of $50,000 ($70,000 FMV – $20,000 basis).
33
You transfer property with an adjusted basis of $20,000 and a fair market value of $31,000 in exchange for 100% of the stock in a new corporation. You receive 100 shares of stock having a fair market value of $16,000 and $10,000 in cash. The corporation also assumes a $5,000 mortgage on the property. Which of the following is correct? A. $15,000 gain realized; $11,000 recognized. B. $11,000 gain realized; $0 recognized. C. $10,000 gain realized; $5,000 recognized. D. $11,000 gain realized; $10,000 recognized.
D. $11,000 gain realized; $10,000 recognized. Answer (D) is correct. The gain realized on this transaction is $11,000 [($16,000 FMV of stock + $10,000 cash + $5,000 assumption of liability) – $20,000 adjusted basis of transferred property]. However, the transaction qualifies under Sec. 351 for nonrecognition. Transfer of mortgaged property to a controlled corporation does not require the recognition of gain unless the liabilities transferred or assumed are greater than the basis of all the property transferred. Accordingly, the only gain that must be recognized is the gain attributable to the amount of boot property received. The $10,000 cash received is boot property.
34
Which of the following statements correctly represents the tax effect of the liquidation of an 80% or more owned subsidiary? A. The subsidiary can recognize a loss on depreciated assets transferred to minority shareholders. B. The subsidiary recognizes gain on the distribution of appreciated assets to the parent. C. Assets transferred to the parent of the liquidating corporation generally have a carryover basis. D. The total basis of assets transferred to the parent of the liquidating corporation must be allocated among the various assets according to their fair market values.
C. Assets transferred to the parent of the liquidating corporation generally have a carryover basis. Answer (C) is correct. Basis in property distributed to the parent is transferred to the parent.
35
Pursuant to a plan of corporate reorganization adopted in July Year 1, Gow exchanged 500 shares of Lad Corp. common stock that he had bought in January Year 1 at a cost of $5,000 for 100 shares of Rook Corp. common stock having a FMV of $6,000. Gow’s recognized gain on this exchange was A. $0 B. $1,000 long-term capital gain. C. $1,000 short-term capital gain. D. $1,000 ordinary income.
A. $0 Answer (A) is correct. The exchange of stock for stock in obtaining control of a corporation qualifies as a reorganization. No gain or loss is recognized in a reorganization if stock or securities are exchanged solely for stock or securities in the same corporation or in another corporation that was a party to the reorganization. For Gow, since no boot was received, no gain is recognized.
36
Pursuant to a plan of corporate reorganization adopted in Year 1, Myra Eber exchanged 1,000 shares of Faro Corporation common stock that she had purchased for $75,000 for 1,800 shares of Judd Corporation common stock having a fair market value of $86,000. As a result of this exchange, Eber’s recognized gain and her basis in the Judd stock should be Recognized Gain Basis A. $11,000 $75,000 B. $0 $11,000 C. $0 $86,000 D. $0 $75,000
D. $0 $75,000 Answer (D) is correct. A shareholder does not recognize any gain or loss in a reorganization on an exchange of stock or securities in a corporation solely for stock or securities in the same or another corporation that is a party to the reorganization. Since, pursuant to a reorganization, Eber exchanged shares of Faro stock solely for shares of Judd stock, Eber will recognize no gain. Since there is no recognition of gain or loss, Eber’s basis in the new stock will be the same as her basis in the stock exchanged.
37
Under a plan of complete liquidation, Len Corporation distributed land, having an adjusted basis to Len of $26,000, to its sole shareholder. The land was subject to a liability of $38,000, which the shareholder assumed for legitimate business purposes. The fair market value of the land on the date of distribution was $35,000. What is the amount of Len Corporation’s recognized gain (or loss)? A. $9,000 B. $12,000 C. $(3,000) D. $(29,000)
B. $12,000 Answer (B) is correct. Section 336(a) provides that a corporation should treat a complete liquidation as a sale using the fair market value. However, Sec. 336(b) requires that the fair market value used should not be less than any liability accepted by the distributee. Since Len is transferring property with a liability of $38,000, which is higher than the $35,000 FMV, the $38,000 is used as the new FMV. Therefore, Len Corporation recognizes a $12,000 gain ($38,000 new FMV – $26,000 adjusted basis).
38
Bob owns 250 shares of Rice Corporation. Rice Corporation plans on redeeming 100 shares of its 500 shares of common stock outstanding. Below what percentage must Bob’s interest be reduced if the redemption is to be substantially disproportionate? A. 20% B. 60% C. 50% D. 40%
D. 40% Answer (D) is correct. Substantially disproportionate means that the amount received by shareholders is not in the same proportion as their stock holdings. To qualify, immediately after redemption, the shareholder must own (1) less than 50% of the voting power of outstanding voting stock and (2) less than 80% each of both the common stock and voting stock owned before the redemption by the shareholder. Bob owns 50% of Rice Corporation before the redemption (250 ÷ 500). Thus, Bob must reduce his interest below 40% (50% × 80%).
39
On July 1, 2017, in connection with a recapitalization of Yorktown Corporation, Robert Moore exchanged 1,000 shares of stock, which cost him $95,000, for 1,000 shares of new stock worth $108,000 and bonds in the principal amount of $10,000 with a fair market value of $10,500. What is the amount of Moore’s recognized gain during 2017? A. $10,500 B. $0 C. $23,000 D. $23,500
A. $10,500 Answer (A) is correct. The recapitalization qualifies for tax-free reorganization treatment. No gain or loss is recognized if stock or securities in a corporation are exchanged solely for stock or securities in the same or another corporation pursuant to a plan of reorganization. Tax-free treatment is denied when securities (bonds) are received but none are surrendered. The gain recognized is the lesser of the realized gain or the fair market value of the nonqualifying property received (in this case, the bonds). The realized gain is $118,500 ($108,000 stock + $10,500 bonds) less basis of $95,000 in the stock given up, or $23,500. The recognized gain is limited to $10,500 (the FMV of the bonds received).
40
Since 2006, Ben has owned all 100 outstanding shares of N and M Corporation’s stock. Ben’s basis for the stock is $50,000. In 2017, N and M have earnings and profits of $100,000. The corporation redeemed 25 shares of Ben’s stock for $75,000 in 2017. How will Ben report this? A. None of the answers are correct. B. $75,000 dividend. C. $50,000 gain. D. $75,000 gain.
B. $75,000 dividend. Answer (B) is correct. Because Ben owns 100% of the stock before and after the redemption, the transaction is a dividend to the extent that N and M Corporation has earnings and profits. Because the distribution ($75,000) is less than earnings and profits ($100,000), the entire amount is taxable as a dividend.
41
Which of the following would not increase the basis of a shareholder’s stock in an S corporation? A. Any nonseparately stated income of the S corporation. B. All separately stated income items of the S corporation, including tax-exempt income. C. The deductions for depletion that were more than the basis of the property being depleted. D. Distributions by the S corporation that were not included in the shareholder’s income.
D. Distributions by the S corporation that were not included in the shareholder’s income. Answer (D) is correct. If the distribution was not included in the shareholder’s income, then it does not increase the basis of a shareholder’s stock but decreases it. All separately stated and nonseparately stated income, as well as depletion deductions above basis, increases the basis of the stock.
42
Which of the following statements regarding unrelated business income (UBI) is true? A. UBI is subject to tax at the highest corporate income tax rate. B. UBI is exempt from tax on condition that no part of it inures to the benefit of any shareholder/trustee, officer, or employee of the exempt organization. C. UBI includes income derived from services performed by unpaid volunteers. D. UBI does not include income from business activity not substantially related to the exempt purpose of the organization if the activity is not regularly carried on.
D. UBI does not include income from business activity not substantially related to the exempt purpose of the organization if the activity is not regularly carried on. Answer (D) is correct. Unrelated business income (UBI) is income from a trade or business, regularly carried on, that is not substantially related to the charitable, educational, or other purpose constituting the basis for an organization’s tax-exempt status. Income is not subject to tax as UBI if substantially all the work is performed for the organization by unpaid volunteers.
43
Tornado, an S corporation, has no earnings and profits. In 2017, Tornado distributed property with a fair market value of $32,500 and an adjusted basis of $26,000 to Dorothy, its sole shareholder. After Dorothy’s share of any corporate gain or loss was recognized, her adjusted basis in Tornado’s stock at year end was $25,000. How should Dorothy handle the distribution? A. $25,000 as nontaxable distributions. B. $50,000 as return of capital and $1,000 as taxable capital gain. C. $25,000 as return of capital and $7,500 as nontaxable distributions. D. $25,000 as return of capital and $7,500 as taxable capital gain.
D. $25,000 as return of capital and $7,500 as taxable capital gain. Answer (D) is correct. If the S corporation has no accumulated earnings and profits, any distribution a shareholder receives is a return of capital to the extent of the shareholder’s basis. Any excess will be a gain from the sale of property. Therefore, Dorothy will treat the distribution as a $25,000 return of capital and the remaining $7,500 as a taxable capital gain.
44
To qualify as an exempt organization, the applicant A. Must fall into one of the specific classes upon which exemption is conferred by the Internal Revenue Code. B. Cannot, under any circumstances, be a foreign corporation. C. Cannot be exclusively a social club. D. Cannot, under any circumstances, engage in lobbying activities.
A. Must fall into one of the specific classes upon which exemption is conferred by the Internal Revenue Code. Answer (A) is correct. No organization is exempt from tax unless it is one of the specific types upon which the IRC expressly confers exempt status. Types are listed and described in Secs. 501(c) and (d).
45
Bobby owns 50% of Jingles, Inc., an S corporation filing tax returns on a calendar year. For tax year 2017, the corporation has an operating loss of $15,000 and separately stated tax-exempt income of $10,000. Bobby individually loans the corporation $4,000. His basis on January 1, 2017, is $2,000. What is his basis in the stock at year end 2017? A. $1,000 B. $0 C. $3,500 D. $(9,000)
B. $0 Answer (B) is correct. The IRC provides guidelines for adjustments to the basis of a shareholder’s S corporation stock. The increases include items of income (including tax-exempt income) that are passed through to the shareholder, nonseparately stated (ordinary) income, and the excess of deductions for depletion over the basis of the property subject to depletion. A loan made to an S corporation also increases the shareholder’s basis for the amount of the loan. The basis of Bobby’s stock is decreased by the amount of loss allocable to him; however, it cannot reduce his basis below zero. Stock Basis Loan Basis Basis at January 1 $ 2,000 Loan to corporation $4,000 Tax-exempt interest 5,000 Ordinary loss of S corporation (7,000) (500) Basis at December 31 $ 0 $3,500
46
Zachary invested $20,000 for a 30% interest in RST Partnership in the current year. At the same time, Andrea contributed property with a fair market value of $30,000, subject to a $10,000 liability (which the partnership assumed) for a 30% interest. Zachary’s distributive share of RST’s current year loss was $4,000. Assuming no other transactions occurred, what is Zachary’s basis in the partnership at the end of the current year? A. $10,000 B. $16,000 C. $21,000 D. $19,000
D. $19,000 Answer (D) is correct. A partner receives a basis in a partnership equal to the basis of the property contributed to the partnership. An increase in a partner’s share of liabilities is treated as a contribution of money by such partner, which increases the partner’s basis. Zachary’s basis in the partnership is $23,000 ($20,000 in contributed property and a 30% share of the $10,000 liability). After the $4,000, Zachary’s basis is reduced to $19,000.
47
A partner received a partnership interest with a fair market value (FMV) of $55,000 in exchange for the following items: Basis FMV Cash $20,000 $20,000 Property 10,000 30,000 Services rendered 0 5,000 What is the partner’s basis in the partnership interest? A. $30,000 B. $50,000 C. $55,000 D. $35,000
D. $35,000 Answer (D) is correct. The partner’s basis is cash contributed, plus adjusted basis on property contributed, plus gain recognized on services rendered. Thus, the partner’s basis is $35,000 ($20,000 + $10,000 + $5,000).
48
Which of the following statements is true? A. A partner recognizes a gain or loss when the partner contributes to the partnership in exchange for a partnership interest. B. If a partner contributes property to a partnership, the partnership’s basis for determining depreciation, depletion, and gain or loss for the property is the fair market value at the time of the contribution. C. An individual cannot acquire an interest in partnership capital as compensation for services performed or to be performed. D. For property that was an unrealized receivable in the hands of the contributing partner, any gain or loss on a disposition by the partnership is ordinary income or loss.
D. For property that was an unrealized receivable in the hands of the contributing partner, any gain or loss on a disposition by the partnership is ordinary income or loss. Answer (D) is correct. The term “unrealized receivable” includes any rights to income that have not been included in gross income under the method of accounting employed. Under Sec. 724, unrealized receivables and inventory items contributed by the partner to the partnership retain their ordinary income character in the hands of the partnership. Unrealized receivables remain ordinary income property up to the time of disposal by the partnership, and inventory items remain ordinary income property for the 5-year period beginning on the date of contribution (Sec. 735).
49
At partnership inception, Black acquires a 50% interest in Decorators Partnership by contributing property with an adjusted basis of $250,000. Black recognizes a gain if The fair market value of the contributed property exceeds its adjusted basis. The property is encumbered by a mortgage with a balance of $100,000. A. Both I and II. B. II only. C. Neither I nor II. D. I only.
C. Neither I nor II. Answer (C) is correct. A partner will generally not recognize income upon contribution of property to a partnership. This is true when the fair market value of the contributed property exceeds the adjusted basis. No gain is recognized when the contributed property is subject to a mortgage unless the liability exceeds the basis of the property. In the second situation, Black is treated as contributing $250,000 and receiving a cash distribution of 50% of the liability of $50,000. Since this does not exceed Black’s basis, no gain is recognized.
50
Beck and Nilo are equal partners in B&N Associates, a general partnership. B&N borrowed $10,000 from a bank on an unsecured note, thereby increasing each partner’s share of partnership liabilities. As a result of this loan, the basis of each partner’s interest in B&N was A. Dependent on each partner’s ability to meet the obligation if called upon to do so. B. Unaffected. C. Decreased. D. Increased.
D. Increased. Answer (D) is correct. A partner’s share of a partnership liability is treated as if the partner contributed an equivalent amount of money to the partnership. The deemed contribution increases the partner’s basis in his or her partnership interest. Normally, general partners share liabilities based on their ratio for sharing economic losses (recourse liability) or partnership profits (nonrecourse liability).
51
Kline and Salomon form the KS Partnership as 50/50 partners. Kline contributes equipment that has a fair market value of $60,000 and an adjusted basis of $45,000. In addition, the equipment is subject to a $10,000 loan that KS Partnership is assuming. What amount represents Kline’s initial basis in the partnership? A. $40,000 B. $60,000 C. $35,000 D. $45,000
A. $40,000 Answer (A) is correct. Kline’s basis in the partnership is equal to the adjusted basis of the property contributed minus liability relief plus his $5,000 share of partnership liabilities (50% × $10,000). Therefore, he will have an initial basis of $40,000 ($45,000 adjusted basis – $10,000 liability relief + $5,000 share of the partnership liability).
52
Taxpayer A contributed stock with a FMV of $10,000 and a basis of $5,000 to ABC Partnership (which would be treated as an investment company if it had been incorporated) for a 50% interest. What is the partnership’s basis in the stock? A. $0 B. $2,500 C. $5,000 D. $10,000
D. $10,000 Answer (D) is correct. The partnership’s basis of property contributed to a partnership by a partner is the adjusted basis of the property to the contributing partner at the time of the contribution. However, if the partnership is an investment company partnership, the partnership’s basis for property contributed is increased by the amount of gain recognized by the contributing partner. Therefore, ABC’s basis in the stock is $10,000 ($5,000 adjusted basis + $5,000 gain recognized by Taxpayer A).
53
During the current year, Norman contributed property held more than 1 year to the MaryAnn Partnership for a 40% interest. The total capital after his contribution was $50,000. His tax basis in the property was $8,000, and it had a fair market value of $10,000 at the time of the contribution to the partnership. What gain or loss should Norman report on the contribution of his property to the partnership? A. $12,000 long-term capital gain. B. $12,000 long-term capital gain of which $10,000 is deferred. C. $2,000 long-term capital gain. D. No gain or loss.
D. No gain or loss. Answer (D) is correct. When property is contributed to a partnership in exchange for a partnership interest, the general rule is that no gain or loss is recognized by the partner or the partnership. This rule applies even though the contributed property is appreciated and the partner receives a disproportionate interest in the partnership. Precontribution gain on the asset will be allocated to the contributing partner when the partnership later sells the asset. Property does not include services, however, and if Norman received part of his interest in the partnership for performing services, he must recognize ordinary income to that extent.
54
The at-risk limitation provisions of the Internal Revenue Code may limit A partner’s deduction for his or her distributive share of partnership losses. A partnership’s net operating loss carryover. A. II only. B. Neither I nor II. C. Both I and II. D. I only.
D. I only. Answer (D) is correct. For the computation of personal income tax liability, each partner considers his or her distributive share of the partnership’s taxable income or loss. Therefore, the NOL carryover is a partner determination and not a partnership determination.
55
George and Martha are equal partners in G&M Partnership. At the beginning of the current tax year, the adjusted basis of George’s partnership interest was $32,500, which included his share of $40,000 of partnership liabilities. During the tax year, the following information applied to G&M: Operating loss $30,000 Interest and dividend income 8,000 Partnership liabilities at end of year 24,000 What was the basis of George’s partnership interest at year end? A. $29,500 B. $43,500 C. $13,500 D. $21,500
C. $13,500 Answer (C) is correct. The basis of a partner’s interest in a partnership is adjusted each year for subsequent contributions of capital, partnership taxable income (loss), separately stated items, variations in the partner’s share of partnership liabilities, and distributions from the partnership to the partner. The operating loss and the decrease in allocable share of partnership liabilities will reduce George’s partnership interest, and the interest and dividend income will increase George’s partnership interest as follows: Beginning basis in partnership $32,500 Less: 50% of operating loss (15,000) 50% of interest and dividend income 4,000 Less: 50% of decrease in allocable share of partnership liabilities [50% × ($40,000 beginning liabilities – $24,000 ending liabilities)] (8,000) George’s partnership interest at year end $13,500
56
Which of the following statements about the effect of a sale or exchange of a partner’s interest in a partnership is true? A. The partnership may make an election for an optional adjustment to the basis of partnership assets in the year the interest is transferred. B. The gain on the sale of a partnership interest may not be reported on the installment basis. C. The exchange of a partnership interest generally qualifies for like-kind exchange treatment. D. The entire transaction is always treated as the sale of a capital asset.
A. The partnership may make an election for an optional adjustment to the basis of partnership assets in the year the interest is transferred. Answer (A) is correct. In the event of a sale or exchange of a partner’s interest in a partnership, the partnership may elect under Sec. 754 to adjust the basis of the partnership’s assets by the amount of the difference between the transferee partner’s basis for the partnership interest and the proportionate share of the basis of all partnership property.
57
Partnership Q, an electing large partnership, reported the following items in the current year: Income from sales $300,000 Tax-exempt interest 500 Charitable contributions 1,500 Depreciation 2,500 Section 1231 loss on sale of equipment 1,250 Other business expenses 150,000 What is Partnership Q’s ordinary income? A. $146,250 B. $147,500 C. $144,750 D. $145,250
C. $144,750 Answer (C) is correct. For an electing large partnership, the law reduces the number of items that must be separately reported to the partners. While tax-exempt interest must be separately stated, all the other items are considered in the determination of ordinary income. For charitable contributions, the deduction is calculated similarly to the method for corporate donors, with the deduction limited to 10% of the taxable income of the partnership. Since the $1,500 is below the 10% threshold, the entire amount qualifies for a deduction. Therefore, the total amount of ordinary income equals $144,750.
58
White has a one-third interest in the profits and losses of Rapid Partnership. Rapid’s ordinary income for the 2017 calendar year is $30,000, after a $3,000 deduction for a guaranteed payment made to White for services rendered. None of the $30,000 ordinary income was distributed to the partners. What is the total amount that White must include from Rapid as taxable income in his 2017 tax return? A. $10,000 B. $11,000 C. $13,000 D. $3,000
C. $13,000 Answer (C) is correct. Initially, White will include $3,000 as ordinary income. Further, since partnership items flow through to the partner, White receives one-third of the gross income, or $11,000 ($30,000 + $3,000 = $33,000 ÷ 3) and one-third of the deductions, or $1,000 ($3,000 ÷ 3). Therefore, the amount White must include as taxable income from Rapid is $13,000 ($3,000 + $11,000 – $1,000).
59
Eng contributed the following assets to a partnership in exchange for a 50% interest in the partnership’s capital and profits: Cash $50,000 Equipment: Fair market value 35,000 Adjusted basis 25,000 The partnership has no liabilities. The basis for Eng’s interest in the partnership is A. $85,000 B. $37,500 C. $42,500 D. $75,000
D. $75,000 Answer (D) is correct. The basis of a partner’s interest acquired by contribution of property and money is the amount of money contributed plus the adjusted basis of property contributed (Sec. 722). Eng’s basis in the partnership interest is Money contributed $50,000 Adjusted basis of equipment 25,000 Basis $75,000
60
Arthur is to receive 30% of partnership income, but not less than $5,000. The partnership has net income of $10,000 before any allocation. How much income should Arthur report? Arthur’s Other Total Guaranteed Distributive Distributive Payment Share Share A. $5,000 $3,000 $2,000 B. $5,000 $1,500 $3,500 C. $2,000 $3,000 $5,000 D. $0 $3,000 $7,000
C. $2,000 $3,000 $5,000 Answer (C) is correct. Most guaranteed payments are in the form of a specific amount (e.g., a stated salary amount). Some guaranteed payments are in the form of a guaranteed minimum; that is, the partner is guaranteed a minimum amount from the partnership each year. In such a situation, the guaranteed payment is the excess of the partner’s guaranteed minimum over the partner’s distributive share. Arthur’s guaranteed payment is $2,000 [$5,000 guaranteed minimum – ($10,000 × 0.30)] and is deductible by the partnership. Arthur’s 30% distributive share of partnership income before the guaranteed payment is $3,000. Arthur reports it on his individual tax return [Sec. 702(a)]. The guaranteed payment of $2,000 is also reported as ordinary income on his individual tax return. Therefore, Arthur’s total distributive share of income is $5,000.
61
In 2017, Barb and Bet Partnership sold land having a $45,000 basis to the PTA Partnership for $35,000. Pat has a 55% capital and profits interest in the PTA Partnership, and his sister owns 60% of Barb & Bet Partnership. In 2018, the PTA Partnership sells the land to an unrelated individual for $47,000. How much gain or loss should Barb and Bet Partnership recognize on the subsequent sale of the land? A. 2017: $0 2018: $2,000 gain B. 2017: $10,000 loss 2018: $0 C. 2017: $0 2018: $12,000 gain D. 2017: $0 2018: $0
D. 2017: $0 2018: $0 Answer (D) is correct. In 2017, Barb and Bet Partnership sold the land to PTA Partnership for a loss of $10,000 ($35,000 sales price – $45,000 basis). However, Barb and Bet Partnership will not recognize any of the loss because the sale is to a related party. In addition, Barb and Bet Partnership will not recognize any gain or loss on the sale of the land by PTA Partnership to the unrelated party. Note that the gain on the sale that must be recognized by PTA Partnership will be recognized only to the extent that it exceeds the previously disallowed loss ($2,000).
62
Ted owns a 60% interest in Alpha Partnership and a 55% interest in Beta Partnership. In August 2017, Alpha sold land to Beta for $85,000. The land had a basis to Alpha of $100,000. In September 2017, Beta sold the land to an unrelated individual for $125,000. How much gain or loss must Beta recognize for 2017? A. $25,000 gain B. $15,000 loss C. $0 D. $40,000 gain
A. $25,000 gain Answer (A) is correct. If a taxpayer purchases property from a related party who sustained a loss on the transaction but was not allowed a deduction for the loss due to the related party rules, any gain realized by the taxpayer on a subsequent sale of the property is recognized only to the extent that the gain exceeds the amount of the previously disallowed loss. In this question, the $15,000 loss in the sale of the property is disallowed since the two partnerships involved are related parties. Beta Partnership recognizes no loss when it sells the property for $40,000 more than it paid for the property, but it does recognize a gain since that $40,000 is greater than the previously disallowed loss of $15,000. Therefore, the recognized gain is $25,000.
63
As a general partner in Greenland Associates, an individual’s share of partnership income for the current tax year is $25,000 ordinary business income and a $10,000 guaranteed payment. The individual also received $5,000 in cash distributions from the partnership. What income should the individual report from the interest in Greenland? A. $35,000 B. $5,000 C. $25,000 D. $40,000
A. $35,000 Answer (A) is correct. All taxable items of income, gain, loss, or deduction that are not separately stated are reported as income; additionally, guaranteed payments are reported as income for the partner. A partner does not recognize gain for current money distributions; therefore, the cash distribution is not included in income. The individual’s income is $35,000 ($25,000 ordinary business income + $10,000 guaranteed payment).
64
Scott became a limited partner in the S&N Partnership with a $10,000 contribution on the formation of the partnership. The adjusted basis of his partnership interest at the end of the current year is $20,000, which includes his $15,000 share of partnership liabilities. He had been paid his share of the partnership income for the year. There are no unrealized receivables or inventory items. Scott sells his interest in the partnership for $10,000. Which of the following is true? A. $10,000 ordinary loss. B. $5,000 capital gain. C. $5,000 ordinary income. D. $25,000 capital gain.
B. $5,000 capital gain. Answer (B) is correct. Generally, a capital gain or loss is recognized on the sale of a partnership interest. A selling partner’s relief of liabilities is included in the amount realized. Gain or loss recognized by the selling partner is the difference between the amount realized and the adjusted basis of the partner’s interest in the partnership. Therefore, Scott’s capital gain is $5,000 ($25,000 amount realized – $20,000 adjusted basis).
65
At December 31, 2016, Burns and Cooper were equal partners in a partnership with net assets having a tax basis and fair market value of $100,000. On January 1, 2017, Todd contributed securities with a fair market value of $50,000 (purchased in 2015 at a cost of $35,000) to become an equal partner in the new firm of Burns, Cooper, and Todd. The securities were sold on December 15, 2017, for $65,000. How much of the partnership’s capital gain from the sale of these securities should be allocated to Todd? A. $5,000 B. $20,000 C. $10,000 D. $15,000
B. $20,000 Answer (B) is correct. A special allocation for the difference between fair market value at the time of contribution and basis of contributed property is required. The gain attributable to the precontribution appreciation in the securities must be allocated entirely to Todd, and the gain attributable to postcontribution appreciation should be shared equally by Burns, Cooper, and Todd. Todd’s share is Precontribution gain ($50,000 FMV – $35,000 basis) $15,000 Plus 1/3 of postcontribution gain ($65,000 proceeds – $50,000 1/1/16 FMV) 5,000 Todd’s share of the capital gain $20,000
66
Jack and Jill are married and agree to split the gifts that they made during 2017. Jack gives his nephew, James, $37,000, and Jill gives her niece, Janice, $14,000. Which statement is true regarding Jack and Jill’s gifts? A. None of the answers are correct. B. Jack and Jill must file separate gift tax returns, and each may take a $14,000 annual exclusion for his or her gift. C. Jack and Jill can combine their gifts of $50,000 on one gift tax return and take a $14,000 annual exclusion for each recipient. D. Jack and Jill must file separate gift tax returns and report one-half of each gift on each return before applying the $14,000 annual exclusions.
D. Jack and Jill must file separate gift tax returns and report one-half of each gift on each return before applying the $14,000 annual exclusions. Answer (D) is correct. Gift-splitting allows spouses to treat each gift as made one-half by each. This allows each spouse to exclude the first $14,000 of each gift of a present interest to a third person in a calendar year, for a total exclusion of $28,000 per donee. If the gift is less than the exclusion, the couple does not file.
67
All of the following statements about trusts are true except A. All of the taxable income that is not taxed to the beneficiaries is taxed to the trust. B. The income distribution deduction is the greater of distributable net income or net accounting income. C. The net distributable income of a simple trust excludes capital gains distributions that are allocable to corpus under the terms of the governing instrument and applicable local law. D. The income distributed to the beneficiary retains the same character as that earned by the trust.
B. The income distribution deduction is the greater of distributable net income or net accounting income. Answer (B) is correct. The deduction for distributions allocates taxable income of a trust or an estate (gross of distributions) between the fiduciary and its beneficiaries. The deduction is the lesser of the amount of the distributions (required) or distributable net income (DNI). DNI, generally, is current net accounting income of the fiduciary reduced by any amounts allocated to principal.
68
Income in respect of a cash-basis decedent A. Covers income earned before the taxpayer’s death but not collected until after death. B. Cannot receive capital gain treatment. C. Receives a stepped-up basis in the decedent’s estate. D. Must be included in the decedent’s final income tax return.
A. Covers income earned before the taxpayer’s death but not collected until after death. Answer (A) is correct. IRD includes those amounts to which a decedent was entitled as gross income but that were not includible in computing taxable income on his final return. For cash-basis taxpayers, IRD is income earned by the decedent before death, but not paid until after death. A common example of IRD is salary earned by an employee prior to death but not paid by the employer until after death.
69
Under which of the following circumstances is trust property with an independent trustee includible in the grantor’s gross estate? A. The income beneficiary disclaims the property, which then passes to the remainderman, the grantor’s friend. B. The trust is established for a minor. C. The trustee has the power to distribute trust income. D. The trust is revocable.
D. The trust is revocable. Answer (D) is correct. Any beneficial interest held by the decedent at the time of death is included in the gross estate. Retaining a right to revoke the property will cause the property’s inclusion in the gross estate.
70
Estate Z paid the following expenses (which did not relate to the income tax return) in its final taxable year: Attorney fees $ 6,000 Accountant fees 3,000 Executor fees 10,000 Miscellaneous administration expenses 4,000 How much can Estate Z deduct on its income tax return without waiving the deduction of these expenses for estate tax purposes? A. $19,000 B. $4,000 C. $23,000 D. $0
D. $0 Answer (D) is correct. Attorney fees, accountant fees, and executor fees are all administration expenses deductible for estate tax purposes under Sec. 2053. They may be deducted on the income tax return only if there is a statement filed that such amounts have not been allowed as deductions under Sec. 2053 and the right to deduct such amounts under Sec. 2053 is waived. Therefore, Estate Z can deduct none of these items without filing a waiver.
71
Frank owned and operated a machine shop. He used the cash method of accounting. At the time of his death in last year, Frank was owed $5,000 for work his shop had performed. This $5,000 amount was paid prior to Frank’s estate being settled. The sole beneficiary of the estate is Frank’s son Jim, but the $5,000 was not distributed to Jim before the settlement of Frank’s estate. The $5,000 must be included in the income of A. Frank’s estate’s income tax return. B. The income tax return of beneficiary Jim. C. None of the answers are correct. D. Frank’s final income tax return.
A. Frank’s estate’s income tax return. Answer (A) is correct. Because Frank used the cash method and had not received the $5,000 payment before his death, he should not report this amount on his final income tax return. The $5,000 was received before his estate was settled, however. Thus, $5,000 must be included on Frank’s estate income tax return.
72
Which of the following entities are required to file Form 709, United States Gift Tax Return? A. An individual. B. A corporation. C. An individual, an estate or trust, and a corporation. D. An estate or trust.
A. An individual. Answer (A) is correct. The only entity required to file Form 709 is an individual taxpayer.
73
The 2017 standard deduction for a trust or an estate in the fiduciary income tax return is A. $600 B. $300 C. $0 D. $100
C. $0 Answer (C) is correct. Neither a trust nor an estate is allowed a standard deduction on the fiduciary income tax return. A personal exemption deduction, however, is allowed: $600 for an estate; $300 for a simple trust; $100 for a complex trust.
74
During 2017, Barbara gave her daughter the following gifts: Fair Market Value Basis Cash $10,000 $10,000 100 shares of ABC Corp. 25,000 5,000 Vacant land 50,000 60,000 What is the gross amount of gifts given by Barbara in 2017? A. None of the answers are correct. B. $85,000 C. $75,000 D. $95,000
B. $85,000 Answer (B) is correct. The amount of a gift made in property is the fair market value of the property at the date of the gift. The fair market value is that which would occur in an arm’s-length transaction between a willing buyer and a willing seller in the normal market. Therefore, Barbara must include $85,000 of gifts on her 2017 tax return ($10,000 + $25,000 + $50,000).
75
The charitable contribution deduction on an estate’s fiduciary income tax return is allowable A. If the decedent died intestate. B. Subject to the 2% threshold on miscellaneous itemized deductions. C. Only if the decedent’s will specifically provides for the contribution. D. To the extent of the same adjusted gross income limitation as that on an individual income tax return.
C. Only if the decedent’s will specifically provides for the contribution. Answer (C) is correct. Charitable contributions to a qualified organization are deductible only to the extent the will specifically provides for the contribution.
76
On December 20, 2017, Mr. and Mrs. Garrison purchased four tickets for a New Year’s Eve party at their church, a qualified charitable organization. Each ticket cost $75 and had a fair market value of $50. The Garrisons gave two of the tickets to a needy family in the community. Mr. Garrison tended bar at the party from 8 p.m. to 4 a.m. and was paid $40. The usual charge for such services is $80. Immediately before midnight, Mr. Garrison pledged $200 to the building fund and delivered a check for that amount on January 2, 2018. Of the amounts described above, the total amount that the Garrisons can include as a charitable contribution deduction for 2017 on a joint return is A. $340 B. $200 C. $100 D. $140
C. $100 Answer (C) is correct. The taxpayers may deduct as a charitable contribution the excess of what they gave over the probable fair market value of what they received, or $100. The taxpayers gave $300 ($75 purchase price × 4 tickets) to a qualified charitable organization in return for property with a fair market value of $200 ($50 FMV × 4 tickets). The donation of the two tickets to the needy family was not a donation to a qualified organization and therefore was not deductible. No deduction is allowable for a contribution of services, so the taxpayer may not deduct the value of his time. The pledge of $200 is not deductible until actually paid.
77
Jackson owns two residences. The second residence, which has never been used for rental purposes, is the only residence that is subject to a mortgage. The following expenses were incurred for the second residence in the current year: Mortgage interest $5,000 Utilities 1,200 Insurance 6,000 For regular income tax purposes, what is the maximum amount allowable as a deduction for Jackson’s second residence in the current year? A. $5,000 as an itemized deduction. B. $6,200 in determining adjusted gross income. C. $11,000 in determining adjusted gross income. D. $12,200 as an itemized deduction.
A. $5,000 as an itemized deduction. Answer (A) is correct. Mortgage interest (qualified residence interest) is deductible in full from adjusted gross income (AGI) as an itemized deduction. A qualified residence is the principal residence of the taxpayer and any one other residence owned by the taxpayer. Insurance is allowable as a deduction only if it is a business expense, as long as it is ordinary and necessary. Here, however, the expense is for a second residence. The utilities are not deductible as well. Therefore, only the $5,000 mortgage interest is allowed as an itemized deduction.
78
Paul Bristol, a cash-basis taxpayer, owns an apartment building. The following information was available for Year 1: An analysis of the Year 1 bank deposit slips showed recurring monthly rents received totaling $50,000 for the year. On March 1, Year 1, the tenant in apartment 2B paid Bristol $2,000 to cancel the lease expiring on December 31, Year 1. The lease of the tenant in apartment 3A expired on December 31, Year 1, and the tenant left improvements valued at $1,000. The improvements were not in lieu of any required rent. In computing net rental income for Year 1, Bristol should report gross rents of A. $50,000 B. $52,000 C. $53,000 D. $51,000
B. $52,000 Answer (B) is correct. Gross rents include the $50,000 of recurring rents plus the $2,000 lease cancelation payment. The cancelation payment is in lieu of rent, so it must be included in income the same as rent. The $1,000 of leasehold improvements are excluded from income since they were not in lieu of rent.
79
For the current year, for purposes of the Earned Income Credit, all of the following amounts qualify as earned income except A. Unemployment compensation. B. Earnings from self-employment. C. Value of meals or lodging provided by an employer for the convenience of the employer. D. Excluded combat-zone pay.
A. Unemployment compensation. Answer (A) is correct. Earned income includes all wages, salaries, tips, and other employee compensation (including union strike benefits), plus the amount of the taxpayer’s net earnings from self-employment. For purposes of the Earned Income Credit, earned income also includes nontaxable compensation such as the basic quarters and subsistence allowances for the military, parsonage allowances, the value of meals and lodging furnished for the convenience of the employer, and excludable employer-provided dependent care benefits. Earned income does not include interest and dividends, welfare benefits, veterans’ benefits, pensions or annuities, alimony, Social Security benefits, workers’ compensation, unemployment compensation, or taxable scholarships or fellowships.
80
The term active participation for a passive activity loss is relevant in relation to A. Rental real estate activities. B. Working interests in oil and gas properties. C. Passive activities in which the taxpayer does not materially participate. D. Passive activities in which the taxpayer materially participates.
A. Rental real estate activities. Answer (A) is correct. A person who actively participates in rental real estate activity is entitled to deduct up to $25,000 of losses from the passive activity from other than passive income.
81
Mary Brown purchased an apartment building on January 1, 2008, for $200,000. The building was depreciated using the straight-line method. On December 31, 2017, the building was sold for $210,000 when the asset basis net of accumulated depreciation was $160,000. On her 2017 tax return, Brown should report A. Ordinary income of $50,000. B. Section 1231 gain of $40,000 and ordinary income of $10,000. C. Section 1231 gain of $10,000 and ordinary income of $40,000. D. Section 1231 gain of $50,000.
D. Section 1231 gain of $50,000. Answer (D) is correct. When depreciable property used in a trade or business is sold at a gain, first Sec. 1245 and Sec. 1250 are applied; then the balance of the gain not recaptured as ordinary income is Sec. 1231 gain. In this case, Sec. 1245 does not apply, and Sec. 1250 recapture is limited to the excess of accelerated depreciation over straight-line depreciation. Since the building was depreciated on the straight-line method, the entire $50,000 gain ($210,000 – $160,000) is Sec. 1231 gain.
82
Commerce Corp. elects S corporation status as of the beginning of 2017. At the time of Commerce’s election, it held a machine with a basis of $20,000 and a fair market value of $30,000. In March of 2017, Commerce sells the machine for $35,000. What would be the amount subject to the built-in gains tax? A. $0 B. $5,000 C. $15,000 D. $10,000
D. $10,000 Answer (D) is correct. An S corporation that, upon conversion from C to S status after 1986, had net appreciation inherent in its assets is subject to tax of 35% on net gain recognized (up to the amount of built-in gain on conversion) during the recognition period. For conversions made after the 2010 tax year, the recognition period is the 5-year period beginning on the date the S election became effective. Commerce would be subject to built-in gains tax on $10,000 ($30,000 FMV at conversion – $20,000) of the recognized gain from the transaction in March.
83
Ms. Maple, a single woman age 65, retired in 2017. Prior to her retirement, she received a $3,000 bonus plus $2,250 in wages. After her retirement, she received $9,000 in Social Security benefits. Which of the following is true? A. Ms. Maple has to file a 2017 income tax return. B. Ms. Maple has to file a 2017 income tax return but may exclude the $9,000 in Social Security benefits from income. C. Ms. Maple does not have to file a 2017 income tax return. D. Ms. Maple has to file a 2017 income tax return but may exclude the $3,000.
C. Ms. Maple does not have to file a 2017 income tax return. Answer (C) is correct. In general, a taxpayer does not have to file a return if his or her gross income is less than the sum of his or her personal exemption and the standard deduction [Publication 501 and Sec. 6012(a)]. For single individuals who are 65 or over, the standard deduction increases by $1,550. Therefore, the filing threshold will be $11,950 ($7,900 standard deduction + $4,050 personal exemption). Ms. Maple’s income does not qualify her Social Security benefits for gross income inclusion in determining her filing requirement.
84
Leker exchanged a van that was used exclusively for business and had an adjusted tax basis of $20,000 for a new van. The new van had a fair market value of $10,000, and Leker also received $3,000 in cash. What was Leker’s tax basis in the acquired van? A. $20,000 B. $7,000 C. $13,000 D. $17,000
D. $17,000 Answer (D) is correct. The basis of property received in a like-kind exchange is equal to the adjusted basis of the property surrendered, decreased by any boot received and increased by any gain recognized or boot given. Since this is a like-kind exchange (one van for another) and Leker received boot along with the like-kind property, he will recognize gain to the extent of the lesser of the realized gain or the value of boot received. In this case, however, Leker does not have a realized gain. Thus, no gain is recognized. The basis in the new van (the like-kind property) will be the basis of the property transferred ($20,000), minus the amount of boot received ($3,000), or $17,000.
85
Under the liability provisions of Section 11 of the Securities Act of 1933, a CPA may be liable to any purchaser of a security for certifying materially misstated financial statements that are included in the security’s registration statement. Under Section 11, which of the following must be proven by a purchaser of the security? Reliance on the Fraud by Financial Statements the CPA A. No Yes B. No No C. Yes Yes D. Yes No
B. No No Answer (B) is correct. Under Section 11 of the Securities Act of 1933, a purchaser must prove only that the accountant prepared and certified the financial statements, the statements contained a misstatement or omission of material fact, and (s)he incurred a loss. A purchaser does not need to prove fraud or reliance. Criminal liability under Section 24 of the 1933 act and civil liability under Sections 18 and 10(b) of the 1934 act require proof of fraud.
86
Four years ago, a self-employed taxpayer purchased office furniture for $30,000. During the current tax year, the taxpayer sold the furniture for $37,000. At the time of the sale, the taxpayer’s depreciation deductions totaled $20,700. What part of the gain is taxed as long-term capital gain? A. $27,700 B. $0 C. $20,700 D. $7,000
D. $7,000 Answer (D) is correct. Section 1245 property is depreciable personal property (e.g., office furniture). Gain on the disposition of Sec. 1245 property is ordinary income to the extent of the lesser of all depreciation taken or gain realized. The realized gain in excess of the depreciation taken may be treated as a gain from the sale or exchange of Sec. 1231 property (i.e., capital gain). The realized gain of $27,700 is greater than the depreciation taken ($20,700) by $7,000. Because the holding period is greater than one year, the gain is long-term.
87
A taxpayer purchased and placed in service during the year a $100,000 piece of equipment. The equipment is 7-year property. The first-year depreciation for 7-year property is 14.29%. Assume that, of the allowable Sec. 179 limit for the current year, $25,000 is allocated to this piece of equipment. What amount is the maximum allowable depreciation? A. $14,290 B. $35,718 C. $39,290 D. $25,000
B. $35,718 Answer (B) is correct. Depreciation for an asset is first determined based upon the election of the taxpayer to take a Sec. 179 expense on the asset. However, if the taxpayer chooses to expense any of the property, the property’s adjusted basis is reduced by the Sec. 179 expense in determining the applicable depreciation base. Therefore, the depreciation is calculated as follows: Purchase price of asset $100,000 Less: Sec. 179 expense (25,000) Depreciable basis $ 75,000 Times: Depreciation rate (14.29%) (10,718) New Adjusted Basis of Equipment $ 64,282 Total depreciation for the first year equals $25,000 + $10,718 = $35,718.
88
Davis, a sole proprietor with no employees, has a Keogh profit-sharing plan to which he may contribute 15% of his annual earned income. For this purpose, “earned income” is defined as net self-employment earnings reduced by the A. Deductible Keogh contribution and the employer’s portion of self-employment tax. B. Self-employment tax and the employer’s portion of the deductible Keogh contribution. C. Deductible Keogh contribution. D. Self-employment tax.
A. Deductible Keogh contribution and the employer’s portion of self-employment tax. Answer (A) is correct. The deduction for contributions on behalf of a self-employed individual is the same as for corporate contributions to an employee plan. The contribution limit is 25% of the earned income derived by the self-employed individual from the trade or business or $54,000, whichever is less. The earned income must be reduced by the amount of the contribution and the employer’s portion of self-employment tax.
89
Which of the following is treated as income from a passive activity with respect to loss limitations of Sec. 469? A. Interest on bank accounts. B. Annuity income from an insurance contract. C. Rental income from an office building in which the owner earns 80% of her gross income and materially participates for 700 hours of service during the year. D. An individual’s fees for managing a passive activity.
C. Rental income from an office building in which the owner earns 80% of her gross income and materially participates for 700 hours of service during the year. Answer (C) is correct. In general, a passive activity is any activity that involves the conduct of a trade or business or the production of income and in which the taxpayer does not materially participate [Sec. 469(c)(1)]. Losses from rental real estate are no longer subject to the passive activity rules if the taxpayer meets two requirements: (1) More than 50% of the individual’s personal services are performed in real property trades or businesses in which they materially participate during the year and (2) the individual performs more than 750 hours of service in the real property trades or businesses in which the individual materially participates.
90
For 2017, Mr. G has a short-term capital loss of $4,000, a short-term capital gain of $1,900, a short-term capital loss carryover from 2015 of $700, a long-term capital gain of $800 from property held for 3 years, and a long-term capital loss of $1,500 from property held for 4 years. Mr. G is in the 35% marginal tax bracket. What is Mr. G’s deductible loss in 2017? A. $3,500 B. $3,000 C. $2,800 D. $0
B. $3,000 Answer (B) is correct. Short-term capital gains and losses and long-term capital gains and losses are first netted to determine the capital loss deduction. The carryover from 2015 retains its character as a short-term capital loss and is netted with the other short-term transactions. Short-term: ($1,900 – $4,000 – $700) $(2,800) Long-term (15% basket): ($800 – $1,500) (700) Capital loss $(3,500) Since the loss computed above exceeds $3,000, the amount deductible is limited to the lesser of $3,000 or taxable income (Sec. 1211). Long-term capital losses of $500 are carried forward to the 28% basket.
91
Which of the following is not a requirement for a distribution to be treated as a partial liquidation of a corporation? A. The distribution is pursuant to a plan and occurs within the taxable year in which the plan is adopted or within the succeeding taxable year. B. The distribution is not essentially equivalent to a dividend, which is determined at the shareholder level rather than at the corporate level. C. All of the answers would be treated as a distribution in partial liquidation of a corporation. D. The distribution is attributable to the distributing corporation’s ceasing to conduct a qualifying trade or business that was actively conducted throughout the 5-year period ending on the date of the redemption.
B. The distribution is not essentially equivalent to a dividend, which is determined at the shareholder level rather than at the corporate level. Answer (B) is correct. The determination of whether a distribution is not essentially equivalent to a dividend is made at the corporate level. The distribution must be the result of a bona fide contraction of the corporation’s business. A distribution satisfies the “not essentially equivalent to a dividend” standard if it meets the safe harbor rule under Sec. 302(e)(2).
92
At December 31, Year 2, the following assets were among those owned by Rea: Date Acquired Asset Cost Jan. Year 1 Personal residence $200,000 Feb. Year 1 Stock of listed corp. 16,000 Dec. Year 2 Stock of listed corp. 6,000 Total capital assets amounted to A. $22,000 B. $216,000 C. $16,000 D. $222,000
D. $222,000 Answer (D) is correct. Capital assets include all property held by a taxpayer unless excluded by the IRC. Excluded are inventory (e.g., stock in trade held by a broker for sale to customers), depreciable business property, real property used in a trade or business, copyrights and artistic compositions created by the owner, accounts and notes receivable, and certain U.S. government publications acquired at reduced cost. Personal use property, such as a residence, is a capital asset.
93
Which of the following types of business may not qualify for a 501(c)(3) exemption from federal income taxes? A. A fund. B. A foundation. C. A corporation. D. A partnership.
D. A partnership. Answer (D) is correct. A partnership is, by definition, a for-profit association. Also, a partnership is not listed as a type of organization that may qualify for exempt status in Sec. 501(c).
94
All of the following are considered adjustments for arriving at alternative minimum taxable income except A. Standard deduction. B. Home mortgage interest (debt used to purchase, build, or substantially improve a residence). C. Personal exemptions. D. Real property taxes.
B. Home mortgage interest (debt used to purchase, build, or substantially improve a residence). Answer (B) is correct. Taxable income must be adjusted to arrive at alternative minimum taxable income. The adjustments are described in Secs. 56 and 58, with tax preferences in Sec. 57. The adjustments with respect to itemized deductions of an individual are contained in Sec. 56(b)(1). The only home mortgage interest adjustment made to taxable income in order to arrive at alternative minimum taxable income is home equity loan interest [Sec. 56(b)(1)(C)(i)].
95
Porter was unemployed for part of the year. Porter received $35,000 of wages, $4,000 from a state unemployment compensation plan, and $2,000 from his former employer’s company-paid supplemental unemployment benefit plan. What is the amount of Porter’s gross income? A. $41,000 B. $35,000 C. $39,000 D. $37,000
A. $41,000 Answer (A) is correct. Gross income is all income from whatever source derived except as otherwise provided. All compensation (wages) for personal services is gross income. Unemployment benefits received under a federal or state program are gross income. Supplemental unemployment is included in gross income as wages (not under unemployment). Porter’s total gross income is $41,000 ($35,000 wages + $4,000 state unemployment + $2,000 supplemental unemployment).
96
With regard to S corporations and their shareholders, the “at-risk” rules applicable to losses A. Depend on the type of income reported by the S corporation. B. Are subject to the elections made by the S corporation’s shareholders. C. Apply at the shareholder level rather than at the corporate level. D. Take into consideration the S corporation’s ratio of debt to equity.
C. Apply at the shareholder level rather than at the corporate level. Answer (C) is correct. The at-risk rules do not apply directly to S corporations. They apply directly to individuals as shareholders of S corporations. The at-risk rules limit a shareholder’s deduction for losses and other deductions from an S corporation to the total of (1) the adjusted basis of the shareholder’s stock in the S corporation and (2) the shareholder’s adjusted basis of any debt owed by the S corporation to the shareholder.
97
Smith, an individual calendar-year taxpayer, purchased 100 shares of Core Co. common stock for $15,000 on December 15, Year 1, and an additional 100 shares for $13,000 on December 30, Year 1. On January 3, Year 2, Smith sold the shares purchased on December 15, Year 1, for $13,000. What amount of loss from the sale of Core’s stock is deductible on Smith’s Year 1 and Year 2 income tax returns? Year 1 Year 2 A. $0 $2,000 B. $1,000 $1,000 C. $2,000 $0 D. $0 $0
D. $0 $0 Answer (D) is correct. The January 3, Year 2, sale was a wash sale because substantially the same stock (as that sold at a loss) was purchased within 30 days. The $2,000 loss realized on the wash sale is not recognized in Year 1 or Year 2. The disallowed loss is added to the basis of the stock purchased in the wash sale.
98
Donna exchanges property having an $18,000 adjusted basis and a $35,000 fair market value for 70 shares of the newly created Table Corporation stock. Evelyn exchanges legal services worth $15,000 for the remaining 30 shares of Table Corporation stock. Which of the following is true? A. Evelyn must recognize $15,000 of income, but Donna’s transfer of property qualifies under Sec. 351 as nontaxable. B. Evelyn must recognize $15,000 of income, and Donna must recognize $17,000 gain on the exchange. C. The exchange qualifies as a nontaxable exchange under Sec. 351. D. Evelyn recognizes no income, and the exchange is nontaxable.
``` B. Evelyn must recognize $15,000 of income, and Donna must recognize $17,000 gain on the exchange. Answer (B) is correct. Section 351(a) provides that no gain or loss is recognized if one person or more transfers property to a corporation solely in exchange for stock in such corporation and if, immediately after the exchange, such person or persons are in control of the corporation. “Control” is defined in Sec. 368(c) as the ownership of stock possessing at least 80% of the total combined voting power of all classes of voting stock and at least 80% of the total number of shares of all other classes of stock. However, a tax-free transfer to a controlled corporation applies only to a transfer of property. A transfer of services in exchange for stock is fully taxable. Accordingly, Evelyn must recognize $15,000 of income for the legal services provided. Donna must recognize $17,000 ($35,000 – $18,000) of gain because she is not in control of the corporation for purposes of nonrecognition under Sec. 351. Since Evelyn provided only services, her shares are not counted when determining control. ```
99
Maco Limited Partnership intends to sell $6 million of its limited partnership interests. The state in which Maco was organized is also the state in which it carries on all of its business activities. If Maco intends to offer the limited partnership interests in reliance on Rule 147, the intrastate registration exception under the Securities Act of 1933, which one of the following statements is true? A. Rule 147 limits the number of purchasers of the limited partnership interests to 100. B. Under Rule 147, certain restrictions apply to resales of the limited partnership interests by purchasers. C. Maco may make up to five offers to nonresidents without the offering being ineligible for the Rule 147 exemption. D. The offering is not exempt under Rule 147 because it exceeds $5 million.
B. Under Rule 147, certain restrictions apply to resales of the limited partnership interests by purchasers. Answer (B) is correct. One exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 is an intrastate issue of securities. Under the safe harbor provision of SEC Rule 147, an issue qualifies as intrastate if (1) the issuer is organized or incorporated in the state in which the issue is made, (2) 80% of the proceeds are to be used in that state, (3) 80% of its assets are located there, (4) the issuer does at least 80% of its business (gross revenues) within that state, (5) all the purchasers and offerees are residents of the state, (6) no resales to nonresidents occur for at least 9 months after the last sale, and (7) steps are taken to prevent interstate distribution.
100
A corporation was completely liquidated and dissolved during the current year. The filing fees, professional fees, and other expenditures incurred in connection with the liquidation and dissolution are A. Deductible in full by the dissolved corporation. B. Deductible by the shareholders and not by the corporation. C. Treated as capital losses by the corporation. D. Not deductible by either the corporation or the shareholders.
A. Deductible in full by the dissolved corporation. Answer (A) is correct. The filing fees, professional fees, and other liquidation-related expenses are deductible in the final tax return of the corporation.
101
Wonder, Inc., had 2017 taxable income of $200,000 exclusive of the following: Gain on sale of land used in business $25,000 Loss on sale of machinery used in business (13,000) Loss on sale of securities held 3 years (4,000) Loss on sale of securities held 3 months (3,000) On what amount of taxable income should Wonder compute tax? A. $200,000 B. $212,000 C. $205,000 D. $202,500
C. $205,000 Answer (C) is correct. The sale of the land and the sale of machinery used in the business are Sec. 1231 transactions, if held more than 1 year. Since the gain and loss net to a gain of $12,000, they are a long-term capital gain and loss. The capital losses on the securities are fully deductible because they do not exceed the $12,000 net Sec. 1231 gain.
102
John Budd is the sole shareholder of Ral Corp., an accrual-basis taxpayer engaged in wholesaling operations. Ral’s retained earnings at January 1, 2017, amounted to $1 million. For the year ended December 31, 2017, Ral’s book income before federal income tax was $300,000. Included in the computation of this $300,000 was the following: Amortization of cost of acquiring a perpetual dealer’s franchise (Ral paid $48,000 for this franchise on July 1, 2017, and is amortizing it over a 48-month period.) $6,000 What amount is deductible in Ral’s 2017 return for purchase of the dealer’s franchise? A. $0 B. $1,600 C. $1,200 D. $6,000
B. $1,600 Answer (B) is correct. The cost of certain intangibles acquired (not created) in connection with the conduct of a trade or business or income-producing activity is amortized over a 15-year period, beginning with the month in which the intangible is acquired. A franchise is a qualified intangible. Thus, Ral may deduct $1,600 ($48,000 ÷ 15 × 6/12).
103
Carroll, a 40 year old unmarried taxpayer with an adjusted gross income of $100,000, incurred and paid the following unreimbursed medical expenses for the current year: Doctor bills resulting from a serious fall $ 5,000 Cosmetic surgery that was necessary to correct a congenital deformity 20,000 Carroll had no medical insurance. For regular income tax purposes, what was Carroll’s maximum allowable medical expense deduction, after the applicable threshold limitation, for the year? A. $0 B. $20,000 C. $15,000 D. $25,000
C. $15,000 Answer (C) is correct. Amounts paid for qualified medical expenses that exceed 10% of AGI may be deducted for regular income tax purposes if unreimbursed. The doctor bills resulting from the serious fall are deductible to the extent they exceed 10% of AGI. In addition, the cosmetic surgery to correct the congenital deformity is also deductible to the extent it exceeds the threshold. The cost of cosmetic surgery is generally not deductible unless it is necessary to ameliorate a deformity arising from, or directly related to, a congenital abnormality, a personal injury resulting from an accident or trauma, or disfiguring disease. Therefore, Carroll’s qualifying medical expenses are $25,000. The deductible expenses are those in excess of $10,000 ($100,000 × 10%) or $15,000.
104
A taxpayer does not have to pay estimated taxes if A. The taxpayer’s earned income credit will exceed his or her tax liability for the current year. B. The taxpayer’s tax liability for the previous year was less than $1,000. C. The taxpayer’s withholding covers 90% of the tax liability for the previous year. D. All of the answers are correct.
A. The taxpayer’s earned income credit will exceed his or her tax liability for the current year. Answer (A) is correct. If tax credits exceed the tax liability, the taxpayer will not owe taxes and thus does not have to pay any estimated taxes. A $1 credit reduces tax liability by $1. Thus, if the earned income credit exceeds the tax liability, no taxes are due.
105
``` Robert had current-year adjusted gross income of $100,000 and potential itemized deductions as follows: Medical expenses (before percentage ``` limitations) $12,000 State income taxes 4,000 Real estate taxes 3,500 Qualified housing and residence mortgage interest 10,000 Home equity mortgage interest (used to consolidate personal debts) ``` 4,500 Charitable contributions (cash) ``` 5,000 What are Robert’s itemized deductions for alternative minimum tax? A. $25,500 B. $17,000 C. $21,000 D. $21,500
B. $17,000 Answer (B) is correct. Individuals are entitled to claim itemized deductions in calculating AMT with certain adjustments. The following itemized deductions are not allowed: Miscellaneous itemized deductions, State, local, and foreign income taxes, and Real and personal property taxes. Deductions claimed for medical expenses are allowed but the expenses must exceed 10% of AGI for AMT just as they must for regular tax. Qualified housing interest is deductible which is similar to the qualified residence interest deduction that is allowed against regular tax. The allowable itemized deductions for AMT are $2,000 of medical expenses, $10,000 of qualified housing interest, and $5,000 of charitable contributions.
106
Which of the following, as stated, will cause an exempt educational organization to lose its exempt status? A. Expending more than elected limit for lobbying activities. B. Compensating officers of the organization for services performed. C. Indirect participation in a political campaign. D. A substantial part of activities are an attempt to influence legislation.
D. A substantial part of activities are an attempt to influence legislation. Answer (D) is correct. No substantial part of activities of an exempt organization formed for educational purposes may be attempts to influence legislation or a political candidacy; otherwise, it will lose its exempt status. Organizations exceeding an elected expenditure limit for lobbying activities are subject to an excise tax, not loss of exempt status. Direct participation in a political campaign will cause loss of exempt status, not indirect participation. In addition, only unreasonable amounts of compensation for services will cause loss of exemption.
107
Bartlet owns a manufacturing business and participates in the business. Which of the following conditions would cause the business to be considered a nonpassive activity for Bartlet? A. Bartlet participates in the business for more than 500 hours during a year. B. The business has at least 10 employees who, individually or collectively, work for the business more than 1,000 hours in a year. C. Bartlet files an election with the IRS postponing nonpassive activity classification. D. The business made a profit in any three of the last five years that preceded the current year.
A. Bartlet participates in the business for more than 500 hours during a year. Answer (A) is correct. A passive activity is either rental activity or a trade or business in which the person does not materially participate. A taxpayer materially participates in an activity during a tax year if participation is more than 500 hours.
108
Shifty borrowed $10,000 from Easy. When Easy tried to collect the debt, she discovered that Shifty had moved to another state. Easy tracked Shifty down and demanded payment. Knowing it would cost Easy a substantial amount of time and money to collect the debt, Shifty offered to pay $5,000 on the condition that Easy cancel the remainder of the debt. Easy agreed to accept the $5,000 and cancel the remaining $5,000 of the debt. Which of the following statements is correct? A. Shifty has $5,000 of income when Easy cancels the debt. B. Easy has $5,000 of income upon collection of half of the debt. C. Neither Shifty nor Easy has any income from this transaction. D. Shifty had $10,000 of income upon obtaining the loan.
A. Shifty has $5,000 of income when Easy cancels the debt. Answer (A) is correct. Gross income includes income from the discharge of indebtedness for consideration. When Easy canceled the remainder of the debt in consideration of the $5,000 payment, Shifty was relieved of an obligation and must recognize $5,000 of income. Had there not been any consideration given (e.g., $5,000) the cancelation of debt would have been treated as a gift.
109
On January 1, Year 1, Kee Corp., a C corporation, had a $50,000 deficit in E&P. For Year 1, Kee had current E&P of $10,000 and made a $30,000 cash distribution to its shareholders. What amount of the distribution is taxable as dividend income to Kee’s shareholders? A. $30,000 B. $10,000 C. $0 D. $20,000
B. $10,000 Answer (B) is correct. Treatment of a distribution is determined by reference to accumulated E&P only after any current E&P have been accounted for. To the extent current E&P are sufficient to cover a distribution, the distribution is treated as a taxable dividend, even if there is a deficit in the accumulated E&P. Thus, the current E&P of $10,000 results in ordinary dividend income to Kee’s shareholders of $10,000.
110
Jim and Carolyn, who are married, establish a Coverdell Education Savings Account to pay for the future college expenses of their infant son. They file jointly and have a modified AGI of $100,000. What is the maximum contribution they can make to a CESA in the current year? A. $8,000 B. $4,000 C. $3,000 D. $2,000
D. $2,000 Answer (D) is correct. Joint filers with modified AGI below $190,000 may contribute up to $2,000 per beneficiary (child) per year. The amount a taxpayer is able to contribute to a CESA is limited if modified AGI exceeds certain threshold amounts. In 2017, the limit is phased out for joint filers with modified AGI at or greater than $190,000 and less than $220,000, and for single filers with modified AGI at or greater than $95,000 and less than $110,000.
111
Management of an issuer must assess the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control over financial reporting. According to the PCAOB, the registered auditor’s responsibility regarding the assessment is to A. Express an opinion on whether the client is subject to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. B. Report clients with unsatisfactory internal control to the SEC. C. Express an opinion (or disclaim an opinion) on internal control. D. Disclaim an opinion on the assessment and controls.
C. Express an opinion (or disclaim an opinion) on internal control. Answer (C) is correct. According to SOX, the registered auditor that issues the audit report for an issuer must attest to, and report on, the assessment made by management in the internal control report. The attestation must be made in accordance with standards for attestation engagements issued or adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB). Moreover, the auditor’s evaluation must not be the subject of a separate engagement. The auditor must determine whether the entity’s transactional records are (1) accurate and fair and (2) provide reasonable assurance that financial statements may be prepared in conformity with GAAP. The auditor also must describe material weaknesses in internal control. However, AS No. 5 provides for the expression of two opinions: one on the financial statements and one on the effectiveness of internal control. The latter presumably satisfies the statutory requirement that the issuer’s auditor attest to, and report on, the internal control assessment made by management.
112
Which of the following taxpayers may use the cash method of accounting? A. A qualified personal service corporation. B. A tax shelter. C. A C corporation with annual gross receipts of $50,000,000. D. A manufacturer.
A. A qualified personal service corporation. Answer (A) is correct. The cash method of accounting is only permitted for certain taxpayers. The following taxpayers use the accrual method of accounting as their overall method of accounting for tax purposes: (1) C corporations, unless they are small C corporations or personal service corporations; (2) partnerships that have a C corporation as a partner; (3) trusts that are subject to the tax on unrelated income; and (4) tax shelters. Any entity that is not a tax shelter and has average gross receipts of not more than $5 million may also use the cash method of accounting, i.e., small C corporations. An entity meets the $5 million gross receipts test if the annual gross receipts for the 3 tax years ending with the prior tax year do not exceed $5 million. Taxpayers that are required to use inventories must use the accrual method to account for purchases and sales.
113
In Year 1, Neptune sold his lakefront lot in which he had a basis of $14,000 on the installment method for $28,000. Neptune received $8,000 in Year 1 and $1,000 in Year 2 before having to repossess the land after payments stopped. What is Neptune’s gain on the repossession? A. $10,000 B. $6,000 C. $5,000 D. $0
C. $5,000 Answer (C) is correct. Section 1038(b) provides that, on the repossession of real property that was sold on the installment method, gain is recognized to the extent the payments received prior to the repossession exceed the gain on the property reported in periods prior to the repossession. This gain is limited to the total gain realized on the sale of the property, less the gain recognized in prior periods. Neptune’s gain on the repossession is $5,000 ($9,000 received prior to repossession – $4,000 recognized gain in Year 1). The limitation is $10,000 ($14,000 gain realized in Year 1 – $4,000 recognized in Year 1), which does not apply because it is greater than the gain computed.
114
Gero Corporation had operating income of $160,000 after deducting $10,000 for contributions to State University, but not including dividends of $2,000 received from nonaffiliated taxable domestic corporations (not from debt-financed portfolio stock). In computing the maximum allowable deduction for contributions, Gero should apply the percentage limitation to a base amount of A. $170,400 B. $172,000 C. $162,000 D. $170,000
B. $172,000 Answer (B) is correct. The charitable contribution deduction is limited to 10% of a corporation’s taxable income (TI) computed before the charitable contribution deduction, dividends-received deduction (not dividends income), net operating loss carryback, and capital loss carryback. Gero’s base amount is $172,000 ($160,000 operating income + $10,000 contributions + $2,000 dividends).
115
ABC, a C corporation, ends its tax year on October 30. When must ABC’s income tax return be filed for the year ending October 30, 2017? A. April 15, 2018. B. January 15, 2018. C. February 15, 2018. D. March 15, 2018.
C. February 15, 2018. Answer (C) is correct. A corporation must file its return on or before the 15th day of the 4th month following the close of the tax year. For a fiscal-year corporation with a year end of October 30, 2017, the return must be filed by February 15, 2018.
116
Mr. and Mrs. Baker, who file a joint tax return, have an adjusted gross income (AGI) of $100,000 for 2017. Their son, Tony, began his first year of graduate school on July 15, 2016. The Bakers’ expenses incurred in 2017 were $6,000 for tuition. What is the amount of Lifetime Learning Credit the Bakers may claim in 2017? A. $2,000 B. $6,000 C. $2,500 D. $1,200
D. $1,200 Answer (D) is correct. A Lifetime Learning Credit is limited to the amount of 20% of the first $10,000 of tuition paid. The Lifetime Learning Credit is available in years the American Opportunity Credit is not claimed. The Bakers’ credit for 2017 will be $1,200 ($6,000 × 20%). There is no phaseout of the Lifetime Learning Credit for the Bakers since the credit phaseout for married taxpayers filing jointly commences when modified AGI is $112,000 and ends at $132,000.
117
Which of the following are useful tools in determining Congressional intent behind certain tax laws and helping examiners apply the law properly? A. Revenue rulings. B. Committee reports. C. Revenue procedures. D. Treasury regulations.
B. Committee reports. Answer (B) is correct. Congressional Committee Reports reflect Congress’ intent behind certain tax laws and help examiners apply the law properly.
118
In Year 1, a taxpayer sold real property for $200,000, receiving $100,000 at closing and $100,000 plus accrued interest at the prime rate in the next year. The buyer also assumed a $50,000 mortgage on the property. The taxpayer’s adjusted basis was $75,000, and the taxpayer incurred $10,000 of selling expenses. If this transaction qualifies for installment sale treatment, what is the gross profit on the sale? A. $125,000 B. $115,000 C. $165,000 D. $175,000
C. $165,000 Answer (C) is correct. Gross profit equals the contract price minus the cost of goods sold. The contract price equals $250,000 ($200,000 for the property + $50,000 assumed mortgage), and the cost of goods sold equals $85,000 ($75,000 adjusted basis + $10,000 selling expenses). Therefore, the gross profit on the installment sale equals $165,000 ($250,000 – $85,000).
119
What is the non-separately stated income amount of an accrual-basis, calendar-year S corporation with the following items? Gross receipts $200,000 Interest income 12,000 Rental income 25,000 Cost of goods sold and commissions 127,000 Net long-term capital gain 17,000 Compensation paid to shareholder 10,000 A. $63,000 B. $117,000 C. $73,000 D. $127,000
A. $63,000 Answer (A) is correct. Items of income, gain, expense, loss, and credit must be separately stated if those items are specially treated for tax purposes at the shareholder level. These items include interest income, rental income, and net long-term capital gains. The non-separately stated income is $63,000 ($200,000 gross receipts – $127,000 COGS – $10,000 compensation to shareholders).
120
Howard, an employee of Ogden Corporation, died on June 30, 2017. During July, Ogden made employee death payments of $10,000 to his widow and $10,000 to his 15-year-old son. What amounts should be included in gross income by the widow and son in their respective tax returns for 2017? Widow Son A. $0 $0 B. $7,500 $7,500 C. $10,000 $10,000 D. $5,000 $5,000
C. $10,000 $10,000 Answer (C) is correct. All death benefits received by the beneficiaries or the estate of an employee from or on behalf of an employer are included in gross income. Therefore, the widow and the son should each include the full $10,000 received as employee death benefits.
121
With regard to S corporations and their shareholders, the “at-risk” rules applicable to losses A. Depend on the type of income reported by the S corporation. B. Take into consideration the S corporation’s ratio of debt to equity. C. Apply at the shareholder level rather than at the corporate level. D. Are subject to the elections made by the S corporation’s shareholders.
C. Apply at the shareholder level rather than at the corporate level. Answer (C) is correct. The at-risk rules do not apply directly to S corporations. They apply directly to individuals as shareholders of S corporations. The at-risk rules limit a shareholder’s deduction for losses and other deductions from an S corporation to the total of (1) the adjusted basis of the shareholder’s stock in the S corporation and (2) the shareholder’s adjusted basis of any debt owed by the S corporation to the shareholder.
122
Maco Limited Partnership intends to sell $6 million of its limited partnership interests. The state in which Maco was organized is also the state in which it carries on all of its business activities. If Maco intends to offer the limited partnership interests in reliance on Rule 147, the intrastate registration exception under the Securities Act of 1933, which one of the following statements is true? A. Under Rule 147, certain restrictions apply to resales of the limited partnership interests by purchasers. B. The offering is not exempt under Rule 147 because it exceeds $5 million. C. Maco may make up to five offers to nonresidents without the offering being ineligible for the Rule 147 exemption. D. Rule 147 limits the number of purchasers of the limited partnership interests to 100.
A. Under Rule 147, certain restrictions apply to resales of the limited partnership interests by purchasers. Answer (A) is correct. One exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 is an intrastate issue of securities. Under the safe harbor provision of SEC Rule 147, an issue qualifies as intrastate if (1) the issuer is organized or incorporated in the state in which the issue is made, (2) 80% of the proceeds are to be used in that state, (3) 80% of its assets are located there, (4) the issuer does at least 80% of its business (gross revenues) within that state, (5) all the purchasers and offerees are residents of the state, (6) no resales to nonresidents occur for at least 9 months after the last sale, and (7) steps are taken to prevent interstate distribution.
123
The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 provided a safe harbor from liability in connection with releases of information by the corporation through reports, speeches, public announcements, or press releases. Which of the following is(are) protected by this safe harbor? Statements that are immaterial Statements made without actual knowledge that they are false or misleading Statements accompanied by cautionary remarks, even if they are not specific A. I and II. B. I only. C. II and III. D. I, II, and III.
A. I and II. Answer (A) is correct. Claims by buyers or sellers of securities often arise in connection with releases of information by corporations through reports, speeches, public announcements, or press releases. Subjects of these releases may include mergers, research developments, rumors, or other matters of material importance. The law provides a safe harbor from liability for companies that make such statements if they are (1) not material, (2) made without actual knowledge that they are false or misleading, or (3) accompanied by meaningful cautionary statements that identify risk factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the statement.
124
On July 1, Daniel Wright owned stock (held for investment) purchased 2 years earlier at a cost of $10,000 and having a fair market value of $7,000. On this date, he sold the stock to his son, William, for $7,000. William sold the stock for $6,000 to an unrelated person on November 1 of the same year. How should William report the stock sale (before any deduction) on his tax return? A. As a short-term capital loss of $4,000. B. As a long-term capital loss of $1,000. C. As a short-term capital loss of $1,000. D. As a long-term capital loss of $4,000.
C. As a short-term capital loss of $1,000. Answer (C) is correct. Losses are not allowed on sales or exchanges of property between related parties. A father and son are related parties for this purpose. Thus, Daniel’s loss of $3,000 on the sale of the stock to William is disallowed. William takes as his basis for the stock the cost of $7,000. Since William’s stock basis is determined by his cost (not by reference to Daniel’s cost), there is no carryover of Daniel’s holding period to William. Therefore, upon the sale of the stock to an unrelated party for $6,000, William realizes a short-term capital loss of $1,000.
125
Molloy contributed $40,000 in cash in exchange for a one-third interest in the RST Partnership. In the first year of partnership operations, RST had taxable income of $60,000. In addition, Molloy received a $5,000 distribution of cash and, at the end of the partnership year, had a one-third share in the $18,000 of partnership recourse liabilities. What was Molloy’s basis in RST at year end? A. $55,000 B. $71,000 C. $101,000 D. $61,000
D. $61,000 Answer (D) is correct. A partner’s initial basis in the partnership interest received is equal to any cash contribution made. The basis of a partner’s interest in a partnership is adjusted up for allocable share of partnership taxable income and increases in the partner’s share of partnership liabilities and adjusted down for distributions from the partnership to the partner. Molloy’s basis at year end is $61,000 ($40,000 initial basis + $20,000 taxable income – $5,000 distribution + $6,000 liability assumed).
126
The holding period of a partnership interest acquired in exchange for a contributed capital asset begins on the date A. The partner is admitted to the partnership. B. The partner transfers the asset to the partnership. C. The partner’s holding period of the capital asset began. D. The partner is first credited with the proportionate share of partnership capital.
C. The partner’s holding period of the capital asset began. Answer (C) is correct. The holding period of the partner’s interest includes the holding period of contributed capital and Sec. 1231 assets. The holding period on an interest acquired in exchange for money, ordinary income property, or services begins the day after the exchange.
127
Reid, Welsh, and May are equal partners in the RWM partnership. Reid’s basis in the partnership interest is $60,000. Reid receives a liquidating distribution of $61,000 cash and land with a fair market value of $14,000 and an adjusted basis of $12,000. What gain must Reid recognize upon the liquidation of his partnership interest? A. $15,000 B. $0 C. $1,000 D. $13,000
C. $1,000 Answer (C) is correct. In a liquidation of a partner’s interest, gain is recognized to the extent money distributed exceeds the liquidating partner’s AB in the partnership interest immediately before the distribution. The liquidating partner’s basis in (noncash) property received in a distribution in liquidation is any excess of his adjusted basis in the partnership interest immediately before distribution over any amount of money received. Reid’s adjusted basis in the partnership immediately before the distribution was $60,000 and he received $61,000 in cash. Reid will recognize $1,000 of gain for the excess cash over his adjusted basis. Reid will not recognize any amount for the land and will take no basis in the land.
128
Under which of the following circumstances is a partnership that is not an electing large partnership considered terminated for income tax purposes? Fifty-five percent of the total interest in partnership capital and profits is sold within a 12-month period. The partnership’s business and financial operations are discontinued. A. II only. B. I only. C. Both I and II. D. Neither I nor II.
C. Both I and II. Answer (C) is correct. A partnership will terminate if (1) greater than 50% of the total interest in the partnership’s capital and profits is sold during a 12-month period or (2) the partnership’s business operations are discontinued.
129
In the current year, a partnership reported the following items: Fees earned $500,000 Salary expense 100,000 Utility expense 5,000 Charitable contributions 8,000 Long-term capital gain 2,000 Office supplies 500 What is the partnership’s ordinary income? A. $388,500 B. $386,500 C. $396,500 D. $394,500
D. $394,500 Answer (D) is correct. A partnership’s ordinary income is the balance of the taxable income of a partnership that is not required to be separately stated. Capital gain (loss) is a separately stated item that is not included in a partnership’s taxable income. Charitable contributions are not deductible in computing a partnership’s taxable income. Ordinary income equals $394,500 ($500,000 fees earned – $100,000 salary – $5,000 utility expense – $500 office supplies).
130
On December 31, 2017, after receipt of his share of partnership income, Clark sold his interest in a limited partnership for $30,000 cash and relief of all liabilities. On that date, the adjusted basis of Clark’s partnership interest was $40,000, consisting of his capital account of $15,000 and his share of the partnership liabilities of $25,000. The partnership has no unrealized receivables or substantially appreciated inventory. What is Clark’s gain or loss on the sale of his partnership interest? A. Ordinary gain of $15,000. B. Capital gain of $15,000. C. Capital loss of $10,000. D. Ordinary loss of $10,000.
B. Capital gain of $15,000. Answer (B) is correct. A sale or exchange of partnership interest results in a capital gain or loss, except that any gain realized attributable to unrealized receivables (UR) and substantially appreciated inventory (SAI) is ordinary income. Gain or loss is calculated as amount realized ($55,000) minus adjusted basis ($40,000) equals gain (loss) recognized on sale or exchange ($15,000). The amount realized ($55,000) is calculated by money received ($30,000 cash) + FMV of other property received ($0) + liability relief ($25,000) – money or other property given up ($0) – selling expenses ($0).
131
Bill and Ted form a partnership with cash contributions of $40,000 each. Bill is a limited partner. Under the partnership agreement, Bill and Ted share all partnership profits and losses equally. The partnership borrows $100,000 from a local bank to purchase depreciable equipment to be used in the partnership’s business. Ted is required under the partnership agreement to pay the creditor if the partnership defaults. Based upon these facts, what are Bill’s and Ted’s bases in the partnership? Ted Bill A. $90,000 $90,000 B. $40,000 $40,000 C. $140,000 $140,000 D. $140,000 $40,000
D. $140,000 $40,000 Answer (D) is correct. An increase in a partner’s share of liabilities is treated as a contribution of money by such partner, which increases the partner’s basis. Partners share recourse liabilities based on their ratio for sharing economic losses [Reg. 1.752-2(a)]. In the absence of guarantees and special arrangements, the limited partner’s economic loss is usually limited to the amount of additional contributions the partner must make. Ted’s basis in the partnership includes the full $100,000 liability because he would be liable for the $100,000 under the partnership agreement.
132
When a partner’s share of partnership liabilities increases, the partner’s basis in the partnership A. Increases by the partner’s share of the increase. B. Decreases by the partner’s share of the increase. C. Is not affected. D. Decreases, but not below zero.
A. Increases by the partner’s share of the increase. Answer (A) is correct. A partner’s share of a partnership liability is treated as if the partner contributed an equivalent amount of money to the partnership. The deemed contribution increases the partner’s basis in his or her partnership interest.
133
A partnership that is not an electing large partnership is terminated for tax purposes A. Only when it has terminated under applicable local partnership law. B. When the partnership return of income (Form 1065) ceases to be filed by the partnership. C. When at least 50% of the total interest in partnership capital and profits changes hands by sale or exchange within 12 consecutive months. D. When the sale of partnership assets is made only to an outsider, and not to an existing partner.
C. When at least 50% of the total interest in partnership capital and profits changes hands by sale or exchange within 12 consecutive months. Answer (C) is correct. Under Sec. 708(b)(1), a partnership terminates for tax purposes only if (1) no part of any business, financial operation, or venture of the partnership continues to be carried on by its partners in a partnership or (2) within a 12-month period there is a sale or exchange of 50% or more of the total interest in partnership capital and profits.
134
The adjusted basis of Vance’s partnership interest in Lex Associates was $180,000 immediately before receiving the following distribution in complete liquidation of Lex: Fair Market Basis to Lex Value Cash $100,000 $100,000 Real estate 70,000 96,000 What is Vance’s basis in the real estate? A. $96,000 B. $80,000 C. $83,000 D. $70,000
B. $80,000 Answer (B) is correct. In a liquidating distribution, a partner’s basis for his or her partnership interest is reduced by the amount of money received. Any remaining basis is then allocated to other property received ($180,000 basis – $100,000 cash).
135
Eng contributed the following assets to a partnership in exchange for a 50% interest in the partnership’s capital and profits: Cash $50,000 Equipment: Fair market value 35,000 Adjusted basis 25,000 The partnership has no liabilities. The basis for Eng’s interest in the partnership is A. $37,500 B. $42,500 C. $75,000 D. $85,000
C. $75,000 Answer (C) is correct. The basis of a partner’s interest acquired by contribution of property and money is the amount of money contributed plus the adjusted basis of property contributed (Sec. 722). Eng’s basis in the partnership interest is Money contributed $50,000 Adjusted basis of equipment 25,000 Basis $75,000
136
T. Palms has a basis of $20,000 for her one-third interest in a partnership. The partnership has no liabilities, cash of $22,000, and property with a partnership basis of $38,000 and fair market value of $44,000. For her one-third interest, Palms receives the cash of $22,000. If the partnership elects Sec. 754 optional basis adjustment, what is the basis of the retained partnership property? A. $36,000 B. $40,000 C. $38,000 D. $39,000
B. $40,000 Answer (B) is correct. The partnership generally does not adjust its basis for its retained property when it distributes other property to a partner. However, if any gain is recognized by the distributee partner, the partnership may elect under Sec. 754 to increase its basis in its retained property by the amount of that recognized gain. Here, Palms recognized a $2,000 gain on the receipt of cash. The partnership can increase its property’s basis by the recognized gain of $2,000 to $40,000.
137
On December 31 of the current year, the basis of Partner D’s interest in BRBQ Partnership was $30,000, which included his $20,000 share of partnership liabilities. There were no unrealized receivables or inventory items. D sold his interest in BRBQ for $20,000 cash, and the purchaser assumed D’s partnership liabilities. D’s basis had already been adjusted for his share of BRBQ’s income for the year. What is the amount of D’s gain or (loss)? A. $20,000 B. $10,000 C. $(10,000) D. $(20,000)
B. $10,000 Answer (B) is correct. Because there were no unrealized receivables or inventory, the sale of the interest in the partnership results in capital gain or loss (Sec. 741). The relief from partnership liabilities is treated as an amount realized on the sale [Sec. 752(d)]. Partner D’s gain is Proceeds ($20,000 cash + $20,000 liabilities assumed by purchaser) $40,000 Less: Adjusted basis (30,000) Capital gain $10,000
138
Partnership Q, an electing large partnership, reported the following items in the current year: Income from sales $300,000 Tax-exempt interest 500 Charitable contributions 1,500 Depreciation 2,500 Section 1231 loss on sale of equipment 1,250 Other business expenses 150,000 What is Partnership Q’s ordinary income? A. $145,250 B. $146,250 C. $147,500 D. $144,750
D. $144,750 Answer (D) is correct. For an electing large partnership, the law reduces the number of items that must be separately reported to the partners. While tax-exempt interest must be separately stated, all the other items are considered in the determination of ordinary income. For charitable contributions, the deduction is calculated similarly to the method for corporate donors, with the deduction limited to 10% of the taxable income of the partnership. Since the $1,500 is below the 10% threshold, the entire amount qualifies for a deduction. Therefore, the total amount of ordinary income equals $144,750.
139
Three equal partners formed partnership XYZ by each contributing $100,000 to the partnership. In the first year of operations, an $800,000 rental property was purchased in exchange for $200,000 in cash and a $600,000 recourse obligation. The partnership earned net income of $30,000 in its first year. What amount was each partner’s basis in the partnership at the end of the first year? A. $110,000 B. $100,000 C. $300,000 D. $310,000
D. $310,000 Answer (D) is correct. Each partner’s basis at the end of the first year is $310,000 [$100,000 initial basis + $10,000 distributive share of partnership income + $200,000 ($600,000 ÷ 3) increase in allocable share of partnership liabilities].
140
Which of the following limitations will apply in determining a partner’s deduction for that partner’s share of partnership losses if the partner is an individual? At-Risk Passive Loss A. No Yes B. No No C. Yes No D. Yes Yes
D. Yes Yes Answer (D) is correct. Each partner may deduct no more of his or her distributive share of partnership loss than the amount for which (s)he is at risk in the partnership. Each partner’s share is passive unless the partner materially (or actively) participates in the partnership activity. Thus, each partner must apply passive limits to his or her distributive share. These rules do not apply to partners who are widely held corporations.
141
Fact Pattern: Mr. Bonet, a one-third partner, had a $12,000 basis in his partnership interest. Mr. Bonet withdrew from the ABC Partnership on January 1 of the current year when the partnership had the following balance sheet: Assets Basis FMV Cash $12,000 $12,000 Accounts receivable 0 30,000 Land 24,000 27,000 $36,000 $69,000 Equities Accounts payable $ 9,000 $ 9,000 Abbot, capital 9,000 20,000 Bonet, capital 9,000 20,000 Costell, capital 9,000 20,000 $36,000 $69,000 If Mr. Bonet received $20,000 cash in a liquidating distribution, what will he report as his gain or loss? A. $8,000 capital gain. B. $11,000 capital gain. C. No gain or loss. D. $10,000 ordinary income; $1,000 capital gain.
D. $10,000 ordinary income; $1,000 capital gain. Answer (D) is correct. Payments made in liquidation of a retiring partner are considered a distribution under Sec. 736(b) to the extent the payments are made in exchange for the interest of the partner in the partnership property. The payment made for the unrealized receivables of $10,000 ($30,000 × 1/3) is ordinary income to Mr. Bonet under Sec. 751. Mr. Bonet is considered to have received a distribution of $10,000 cash plus $3,000 relief of liabilities (share of accounts payable). Under Sec. 731(a), he will have a capital gain of $1,000 ($13,000 remaining proceeds – $12,000 basis).
142
Clark uses a flatbed truck in his landscaping business. Clark’s sister Lois is a home decorator who uses a standard truck in her business. On December 27, Year 1, Clark and Lois exchanged vehicles. The fair market value of Clark’s flatbed truck was $7,000 with an adjusted basis of $6,000. The fair market value of Lois’s standard truck was $7,200 with an adjusted basis of $1,000. On December 28, Year 2, Clark sold the standard truck to a third party for $7,200. What is the amount of gain, if any, that Clark has to report on his Year 2 return? A. $6,200 B. $0 C. $1,000 D. $1,200
D. $1,200 Answer (D) is correct. The basis of property acquired in a like-kind exchange is equal to the adjusted basis of property surrendered, decreased by any boot received and increased by any gain recognized or boot given. Since boot is neither given nor received, Clark’s basis in the received property equals the basis of the surrendered property of $6,000. When Clark sells the vehicle, he must report gain of $1,200 ($7,200 sales price – $6,000 basis).
143
Maggie and Simon each have a 50% interest in a partnership that started business October 1. Maggie uses a calendar year, while Simon has a fiscal year ending November 30. Which of the following is true? A. The partnership may only use the fiscal year ending September 30, provided a Sec. 444 election and payment are made. B. The partnership may use the fiscal year ending September 30, provided a Sec. 444 election and payment are made, and the partnership may use the fiscal year ending November 30, as that results in the least deferral. C. The partnership may use the calendar year. D. The partnership may only use the fiscal year ending November 30, as that results in the least deferral.
B. The partnership may use the fiscal year ending September 30, provided a Sec. 444 election and payment are made, and the partnership may use the fiscal year ending November 30, as that results in the least deferral. Answer (B) is correct. A partner reports his or her distributive share of partnership items, including guaranteed payments, in that tax year of the partner within (or with) which the partnership’s tax year ended. Unless an exception applies, the partnership must use a required tax year. The required tax year that applies is the first of 1., 2., or 3. following. The partners, not the partnership, are obligated to make any estimated tax payments. Majority interest tax year is the tax year of partners owning more than 50% of partnership capital and profits if they have the same tax year on the first day of the partnership tax year. Principal partners’ tax year is the same tax year of all principal partners, i.e., partners owning 5% or more in capital and profits. Least aggregate deferral tax year is determined by multiplying each partner’s ownership percentage by the number of months of income deferral for each possible partnership tax year and then selecting the tax year that produces the smallest total tax deferral. Under Sec. 444, a partnership may elect a tax year that is neither the required year nor a natural business year. The year elected may result in no more than 3 months’ deferral (between the beginning of a tax year elected and the required tax year). The partnership must also pay an amount approximating the amount of additional tax that would have resulted had the election not been made.
144
On December 31, 2017, after receipt of his share of partnership income, Clark sold his interest in a limited partnership for $30,000 cash and relief of all liabilities. On that date, the adjusted basis of Clark’s partnership interest was $40,000, consisting of his capital account of $15,000 and his share of the partnership liabilities of $25,000. The partnership has no unrealized receivables or substantially appreciated inventory. What is Clark’s gain or loss on the sale of his partnership interest? A. Ordinary gain of $15,000. B. Ordinary loss of $10,000. C. Capital gain of $15,000. D. Capital loss of $10,000.
C. Capital gain of $15,000. Answer (C) is correct. A sale or exchange of partnership interest results in a capital gain or loss, except that any gain realized attributable to unrealized receivables (UR) and substantially appreciated inventory (SAI) is ordinary income. Gain or loss is calculated as amount realized ($55,000) minus adjusted basis ($40,000) equals gain (loss) recognized on sale or exchange ($15,000). The amount realized ($55,000) is calculated by money received ($30,000 cash) + FMV of other property received ($0) + liability relief ($25,000) – money or other property given up ($0) – selling expenses ($0).
145
In calculating the tax of a corporation for a short period, which of the following processes is correct? A. Annualize income and calculate the tax on annualized income, then multiply the computed tax by the number of months in the short period divided by 12. B. Compute tax on short-period income, then multiply the result by 12 divided by the number of months in the short period. C. Divide current-year income by prior-year income, then multiply the result by prior-year tax. D. Determine the average taxable income for the past 3 years, then multiply the result by the number of months in the short period divided by 12.
A. Annualize income and calculate the tax on annualized income, then multiply the computed tax by the number of months in the short period divided by 12. Answer (A) is correct. Businesses filing a short-period (i.e., tax-year) return must calculate tax due based on annualized income. Tax on the annualized income is then multiplied by the number of months in the short period, and then divided by 12 to arrive at tax for the short period.
146
Mr. A, a cash-basis taxpayer, sold his business in the current year for $120,000. The contract allocated $40,000 to inventory and $80,000 to real property. The book value of the inventory was $38,000. The real property had a cost of $40,000 and depreciation claimed on a straight-line basis was $20,000. In the current year, Mr. A received a down payment of $60,000 of which $40,000 was payment for the inventory. Mr. A had no other Sec. 1231 transactions. What is the amount and nature of the gain that Mr. A should report in the current year using the installment method? A. $2,000 ordinary income, $20,000 capital gain. B. $68,000 ordinary income, $10,000 capital gain. C. $40,000 ordinary income, $60,000 capital gain. D. $2,000 ordinary income, $15,000 capital gain.
D. $2,000 ordinary income, $15,000 capital gain. Answer (D) is correct. An installment sale is a disposition of property in which at least one payment is to be received after the close of the taxable year in which the disposition occurs. However, sales of inventory consisting of personal property are not installment sales as a general rule [Sec. 453(b)(2)]. A’s sale of inventory produces $2,000 of ordinary income ($40,000 – $38,000). The sale of the real property was an installment sale. Under the installment method, income recognized for any year from a disposition is that proportion of the payments received in that year that the gross profit bears to the total contract price. A’s gross profit is $60,000 ($80,000 selling price – $20,000 adjusted basis). The contract price is the total amount the seller will ultimately collect from the purchaser ($80,000). The gain is Sec. 1231 gain since straight-line depreciation was used. In the current year, Mr. A should report Sec. 1231 gain of $15,000. Assuming no other transactions involving Sec. 1231 occurred in the current year, the gain is capital gain and goes in the 25% long-term capital gain basket.
147
A limited partnership agreement provides for the following profit allocation formula: 20% of the first $1,000,000 of profit, 25% of the next $1,000,000 of profit, and 30% of profit over $2,000,000 shall be allocated to the general partner. Each limited partner and the general partner shall share equally in the remaining profit based on their relative percentages of ownership. What profit amount should be allocated to a limited partner with 3% ownership if the total profit to be allocated is $4,500,000? A. $103,500 B. $101,250 C. $135,000 D. $99,000
D. $99,000 Answer (D) is correct. The amount of $99,000 should be allocated to the limited partner with 3% ownership. The general partner receives $1,200,000 [($1,000,000 × 20%) + ($1,000,000 × 25%) + ($2,500,000 × 30%)]. The limited partner with 3% ownership receives $99,000 [($4,500,000 – $1,200,000) × 3%].
148
What is the general concept of nexus as it applies to taxing multi-jurisdictional transactions? A. Nexus is a computerized data collection program that tracks imports and exports to establish “fair prices” by identifying goods and services that are “dumped” in the United States by Japan, China, and others identified as government-subsidized industries. B. Nexus is a program administered by U.S. and Canadian customs and immigration authorities that allow approved entities to move through borders at an expedited rate. C. Nexus is a trade barrier established to reduce competition by foreign companies by establishing tariffs and duties on imported goods and services. D. Nexus is establishing a physical and/or financial presence within a jurisdiction that allows taxing authorities to tax sales and income-generating activities.
D. Nexus is establishing a physical and/or financial presence within a jurisdiction that allows taxing authorities to tax sales and income-generating activities. Answer (D) is correct. In general, nexus is a link between two or more things. In tax law, nexus is establishing a physical and/or financial presence within a jurisdiction that allows taxing authorities to tax sales and income-generating activities. For example, recently, sales and income taxes on economic activities by Internet sellers have been litigated to the U.S. Supreme court twice, and the outcome was that interstate transactions over the Internet are not subject to sales taxes, nor can foreign companies who lack a physical presence in a state be taxed on income generated in that state.
149
Which of the following taxpayers must file a return for 2017? A. A single taxpayer, claimed as a dependent by his parents, who earns $2,000 from a part-time job and has no unearned income. B. Married taxpayers filing jointly who have income of $18,800 for the year and one child who is a dependent. C. A taxpayer who files as a head of household with two exemptions and who earns $14,200. D. A single taxpayer, age 67, with interest and dividend income of $10,400.
C. A taxpayer who files as a head of household with two exemptions and who earns $14,200. Answer (C) is correct. Generally, a taxpayer must file a tax return if the taxpayer’s gross income equals or exceeds the sum of his or her personal exemption and standard deduction [Sec. 6012(a)]. Section 151 allows a $4,050 personal exemption for each taxpayer in 2017. Standard deductions in 2017 are $12,700 for married filing jointly, $9,350 for heads of household, and $6,350 for unmarried individuals. A taxpayer who files as a head of household must file a return if his or her gross income equals or exceeds $13,400 ($9,350 + $4,050). The second exemption is not considered.
150
On March 1, Year 1, Paul purchased a machine for use in his business. He sold the machine 9 months later for $11,000. At the time of the sale, the machine had an adjusted basis of $10,250. What is the amount and character of the gain? A. No gain should be recognized. B. $750 ordinary income. C. $750 long-term capital gain. D. $750 Sec. 1231 gain.
B. $750 ordinary income. Answer (B) is correct. Capital assets are any property not excluded by IRC definition. Real property used in a trade or business is excluded. Section 1231 property includes all real or depreciable property used in the taxpayer’s trade or business and held more than 1 year. Since the asset was not held long-term, this is not a Section 1231 asset and the gain is ordinary income.
151
The basis to a partner of property distributed “in kind” in complete liquidation of the partner’s interest is the A. Adjusted basis of the partner’s interest reduced by any cash distributed to the partner in the same transaction. B. Fair market value of the property. C. Adjusted basis of the property to the partnership. D. Adjusted basis of the partner’s interest increased by any cash distributed to the partner in the same transaction.
A. Adjusted basis of the partner’s interest reduced by any cash distributed to the partner in the same transaction. Answer (A) is correct. In a liquidating distribution, a partner’s basis for his or her partnership interest is reduced by the amount of money received. Any remaining basis is then allocated to other property received.
152
On June 30, Gold and Silver are calendar-year C corporations. The corporations have merged, with Gold as a subsidiary of Silver. Silver owns 85% of Gold’s voting stock and fair market value (FMV). Which of the following tax return filings would be appropriate for the two companies? A. A consolidated return, because Silver owns at least 80% of both the voting stock and FMV of Gold. B. Two separate returns, because the merger took place before the close of the second quarter. C. Two separate returns, because Silver owns at least 80% of both the voting stock and FMV of Gold. D. A consolidated return, because the merger took place before the close of the second quarter.
A. A consolidated return, because Silver owns at least 80% of both the voting stock and FMV of Gold. Answer (A) is correct. A single federal income tax return may be filed by two or more includible corporations that are members of an affiliated group. An affiliated group includes each corporation in a chain of corporations in which the parent corporation directly owns stock in the subsidiary that represents both 80% or more of total voting power and 80% or more of total value outstanding. Since Silver owns 85% of Gold’s voting stock and FMV, Gold and Silver are an affiliated group, and, therefore, they may file a consolidated return.
153
Porter Corporation, a calendar-year taxpayer reporting on the accrual basis, had accumulated earnings and profits of $110,000 as of January 1, 2017. The following occurred during the year: Taxable income $46,000 Unused charitable contributions 1,800 Depreciation claimed on return -- MACRS (straight-line would have been $4,500) 5,600 Federal income tax accrual 5,400 Net capital losses (3,200) What is the amount of Porter Corporation’s accumulated earnings and profits (E&P) as of December 31, 2017? A. $152,100 B. $149,900 C. $150,300 D. $146,700
D. $146,700 Answer (D) is correct. Calculation of E&P begins with taxable income according to the tax return. Nondeductible expenditures are subtracted from taxable income, e.g., federal income taxes, charitable contributions in excess of the 10% limitation, and net capital losses. Also, E&P are calculated based upon straight-line depreciation using the alternative depreciation system, so excess MACRS depreciation must be added back for property acquired after 1986. E&P at January 1, 2017 $110,000 Taxable income for 2017 46,000 Add: Excess depreciation 1,100 Deduct: Excess contributions (1,800) Net capital loss (3,200) Federal income taxes (5,400) E&P at December 31, 2017 $146,700
154
Mr. E, a sole proprietor, is in the process of selling his retail store. Based on the following list of assets used in his business, what is the total amount of E’s capital assets? Accounts receivable $20,000 Merchandise inventories 30,000 Buildings 40,000 Copyrights created by E 20,000 Goodwill acquired in 1990 30,000 Land 40,000 Furniture and fixtures 20,000 The goodwill is not being amortized. A. $200,000 B. $80,000 C. $0 D. $30,000
D. $30,000 Answer (D) is correct. Under Sec. 1221, a capital asset is defined as any property held by the taxpayer (whether or not it is connected with his or her trade or business) that is not specifically excluded by Sec. 1221. Land used in a business, accounts receivable, inventories, and copyrights created by the owner are specifically excluded. Buildings and furniture and fixtures are excluded as depreciable property used in a business. E’s only capital asset is the goodwill ($30,000) acquired in 1990. This goodwill is not eligible to be amortized under Sec. 197, since it was acquired before July 25, 1991 (the earliest date that Sec. 197 applies to goodwill).
155
An individual taxpayer reports the following items for the current year: Ordinary income from Partnership A, operating a movie theater in which the taxpayer materially participates $70,000 Net loss from Partnership B, operating an equipment rental business in which the taxpayer does not materially participate (9,000) Rental income from building rented to a third party 7,000 Short-term capital gain from sale of stock 4,000 What is the taxpayer’s adjusted gross income for the year? A. $70,000 B. $74,000 C. $77,000 D. $72,000
B. $74,000 Answer (B) is correct. The taxpayer has active income of $74,000 ($70,000 ordinary income from Partnership A + $4,000 short-term capital gain). The amount of loss attributable to a person’s passive activities is allowable as a deduction only against, and to the extent of, gross income or tax attributable to those passive activities (in the aggregate). Therefore, although the taxpayer has gross income from passive activities of $7,000, this income is offset by $7,000 of passive activity loss from Partnership B. The excess $2,000 passive activity loss ($9,000 – $7,000) is deductible or creditable in a future year, subject to the same limits. Since all of the taxpayer’s passive activity income is offset by the passive activity loss, the taxpayer’s adjusted gross income for the year is $74,000.
156
Distributions from an S corporation to its shareholders are deemed to affect shareholders in the following order: Accumulated earnings and profits (E&P) Return of capital Accumulated adjustment account (AAA) A. III, I, II. B. II, I, III. C. II, III, I. D. I, II, III.
A. III, I, II. Answer (A) is correct. A distribution by an S corporation is treated as first coming from AAA. This portion of the distribution reduces shareholders’ bases in their S corporation stock, but it is tax-free to the shareholders. Once AAA is exhausted, a distribution is next treated as coming from E&P. This portion of the distribution is a taxable dividend to the shareholders, yielding no effect on their basis. If the remaining distribution exceeds E&P, any excess is deemed a return of capital to the shareholders, reducing their bases. To the extent of the shareholders’ bases, this portion of the distribution is tax-free. Remaining distributions that exceed shareholders’ bases are taxable gains to the shareholders, with character determined by the character of the S corporation holdings in the shareholders’ hands.
157
Which of the following statements is correct regarding the liability of a CPA for services performed? A. A CPA’s work is not guaranteed to be accurate even though the CPA acted in a reasonably competent and professional manner. B. A CPA’s liability for negligence extends only to the client and no further. C. A CPA is negligent for exercising only that degree of care a reasonably competent CPA would exercise under the circumstances. D. A CPA’s liability for fraud extends only to the client and no further.
A. A CPA’s work is not guaranteed to be accurate even though the CPA acted in a reasonably competent and professional manner. Answer (A) is correct. A CPA has a duty to exercise reasonable care and diligence. This does not guarantee that the CPA’s work will be accurate.
158
Sam is single. Given the following information, determine the value of Sam’s gross estate: FMV at Date of Death Cash $ 15,000 Life insurance on Sam’s life (payable to his estate) 200,000 Jointly owned property (percentage includible-100%) 100,000 A. $265,000 B. $115,000 C. $65,000 D. $315,000
D. $315,000 Answer (D) is correct. A decedent’s gross estate includes the FMV of all property (real or personal, tangible or intangible, wherever situated) to the extent the decedent owned a beneficial interest at the time of death. Included in the gross estate are such items as cash; personal residence and effects; securities; other investments; and other personal assets, such as notes and claims and business interests. The gross estate also includes other items, such as the full value of property held as joint tenants with the right of survivorship, except to the extent of any part that is shown to have originally belonged to the other person and for which adequate and full consideration was not provided by the decedent and insurance proceeds on the decedent’s life if either the insurance proceeds are payable to or for the estate or if the decedent had any incident of ownership in the policy at death. Therefore, $315,000 is the value of Sam’s gross estate ($15,000 cash + $200,000 life insurance + $100,000 jointly owned property).
159
Listed below are gifts Joan made during 2017. $25,000 gift to a nonprofit home for the underprivileged $14,000 gift to her daughter $14,000 in contributions to an historical museum $40,000 gift to her spouse What is the amount of taxable gifts to be reported on Form 709 for 2017? A. $79,000 B. $0 C. $39,000 D. $53,000
B. $0 Answer (B) is correct. “Taxable gifts” means the total amount of gifts made during the calendar year reduced by the charitable and marital deductions [Sec. 2503(a)]. The first $14,000 of gifts of present interests made to each donee during the year is excluded [Sec. 2503(b)]. All of Joan’s transfers qualify for exclusion from gift taxation.
160
John made the following transfers during tax year 2017: To his neighbor in the amount of $18,000 To his nephew in the amount of $15,000 To his uncle in the amount of $16,000 All of the transfers are gifts that qualify for the annual exclusion. John files one Form 709 for tax year end December 31, 2017. What is the total annual exclusion amount for gifts listed on John’s 2017 Form 709 filing? A. $49,000 B. $42,000 C. $13,000 D. $14,000
B. $42,000 Answer (B) is correct. Section 2503(b) authorizes a $14,000 exclusion from gross income for income tax purposes and is available to an unlimited number of donees.
161
The Simone Trust reported distributable net income of $120,000 for the current year. The trustee is required to distribute $60,000 to Kent and $90,000 to Lind each year. If the trustee distributes these amounts, what amount is includible in Lind’s gross income? A. $0 B. $90,000 C. $60,000 D. $72,000
D. $72,000 Answer (D) is correct. Distributable net income (DNI) is the maximum amount of the distribution on which beneficiaries can be taxed. The trust reports DNI of $120,000 and is required to distribute $150,000 ($60,000 to Kent and $90,000 to Lind). Thus, the distribution each beneficiary receives must be prorated to determine his or her share of the distribution includible in gross income. Lind receives 60% of the distribution ($90,000 ÷ $150,000). As a result, she reports $72,000 of the $120,000 DNI.
162
Form 706, United States Estate Tax Return, was filed for John Doe in 2016. His gross estate tax was $250,000. Which group of credits is allowable in computing his net estate tax? A. Credit for gift taxes and credit for casualty and theft losses. B. Credit for funeral expenses and credit for charitable contributions. C. Credit for foreign death taxes and credit for taxes paid on prior transfers. D. Applicable credit amount and marital deduction credit.
C. Credit for foreign death taxes and credit for taxes paid on prior transfers. Answer (C) is correct. The tax due is equal to the tax imposed under Sec. 2001, reduced by allowable credits. Section 2012(a) allows a credit for foreign death taxes paid. Section 2014 allows a credit for taxes paid on prior transfers.
163
Stan is the personal representative of his brother Bruce, who died June 30, 2017. Stan has obtained an identification number for Bruce’s estate and has notified the IRS on Form 56 that he has been appointed executor. He has filed his brother’s final return for 2017 and has the following information regarding Bruce’s remaining estate. What will be the taxable income of the estate? Unpaid salary not received by Bruce before he died $ 6,000 Dividend check on XYZ stock received August 15, 2017 600 Form 1099 interest earned on savings after death 2,000 Sales price of coin collection sold to unrelated person 10,000 Value of the coins at the date of death 9,000 Attorney’s fees for administration of the estate 1,000 A. $18,600 B. None of the answers are correct. C. $9,600 D. $9,000
D. $9,000 Answer (D) is correct. Administration expenses (and debts of a decedent) are deductible on the estate tax return, and some may also qualify as deductions for income tax purposes on the estate’s income tax return. Sec 642(g), however, disallows a double deduction and requires a waiver of the right to deduct them on Form 706 in order to claim them on Form 1041. Therefore, the attorney’s fees for administration of the estate cannot be deducted on the estate return since it is not stated that a waiver was filed. The income earned by the decedent but taxable to the estate is calculated as follows: Unpaid salary $6,000 Gain on sale of coins 1,000 Dividend income 600 Interest income 2,000 Less: Exemption deduction (600) Estate’s taxable income $9,000
164
A taxpayer died in Year 1 with a gross estate valued at $100,000,000. In the taxpayer’s will, he gave $40,000,000 of his gross estate to his surviving spouse, with no restrictions. His surviving spouse also receives $20,000,000 in assets not included in the taxpayer’s gross estate. What is the amount of the marital deduction for the taxpayer’s estate? A. $0 B. $40,000,000 C. $60,000,000 D. $20,000,000
B. $40,000,000 Answer (B) is correct. The marital deduction includes outright transfers to the surviving spouse to the extent that the interest is included in the gross estate.
165
The Tom Trust requires that all trust income be distributed at least annually. There are no provisions for charitable contributions. To be treated as a simple trust, what must also be true? A. All of the answers are correct. B. There were no distributions of corpus in the current year. C. Trust income can consist of interest and dividends only. D. All beneficiaries must be U.S. citizens or resident aliens.
B. There were no distributions of corpus in the current year. Answer (B) is correct. A simple trust has the following characteristics: It requires current distribution of all its income It requires no distribution of the res (i.e., principal) It allows no charitable contributions
166
Charlie Jones died June 15, 2017. His taxable estate is $5.49 million. By what date is Form 706, United States Estate Tax Return, due? A. Not due, because taxable estate is less than $10.98 million. B. March 15, 2018. C. December 31, 2017. D. April 15, 2018.
B. March 15, 2018. Answer (B) is correct. The executor is required to file Form 706, United States Estate Tax Return, if the gross estate at the decedent’s death exceeds $5.49 million. Adjusted taxable gifts made by the decedent during his or her lifetime reduce the threshold. The estate tax return is due within 9 months after the date of the decedent’s death. An extension of up to 6 months may be granted.
167
Which of the following statements is false? A. The beneficiary of an estate or trust may be taxed on money required to be distributed whether actually distributed or not. B. Tax-exempt interest distributed to a beneficiary is not taxable to the beneficiary. C. Losses of estates and trusts are generally not deductible by the beneficiaries. D. Money distributed to a beneficiary from an estate is taxed twice–on the estate return and on the beneficiary’s return.
D. Money distributed to a beneficiary from an estate is taxed twice–on the estate return and on the beneficiary’s return. Answer (D) is correct. Money distributed to a beneficiary from an estate is not taxed twice. DNI is allocated to either the estate or beneficiary and is only taxed to whichever of the two it is allocated.
168
On May 27, 2017, David gave his brother Larry one share of ABC stock, which was traded on an exchange. May 27 was a Saturday, and Monday, May 29, was Memorial Day. These were the quoted prices on Friday and Tuesday: Sales Price Date High Low Closing May 26 100 93 97.5 May 30 100. 5 95. 5 97 What is the fair market value of David’s gift? A. $97.00 B. $96.50 C. $98.00 D. $97.50
A. $97.00 Answer (A) is correct. If there is a market for stocks on a stock exchange, the mean between the highest and lowest quoted selling prices on the date of the gift is the fair market value per share. If there were no sales on the date of the gift, the fair market value is determined by taking a weighted average of the means between the highest and lowest sales on the nearest date before and the nearest date after the date of the gift. The average is to be weighted inversely by the respective number of trading days between the selling dates and the date of the gift [Reg. 25.2512-2(b)]. The mean sales price on May 26, 1 trading day before the date of David’s gift, was $96.50, and the mean sales price on May 30, 2 trading days after the date of the gift, was $98. The fair market value of David’s gift is determined as follows: (2 days × $96.50) + (1 day × $98) = $97 per share 3 days
169
Thom (age 63) established a trust and named his second wife, Theresa (age 50), as income beneficiary for 20 years. After 20 years, Thom’s son Trevor (age 40) and nephew Bob (age 25) are to receive lifetime income interests. After the deaths of both Trevor and Bob, the remainder passes equally to Thom’s granddaughter Sara (age 20) and great-granddaughter Hope (age 1). How many younger generations are there in this trust arrangement? A. 3 B. 4 C. 1 D. 2
A. 3 Answer (A) is correct. Younger generations refer to generations younger than the transferor’s generation. An individual who is a lineal descendant of a grandparent of the grantor is assigned to that generation that results from comparing the number of generations between the grandparent and such individual with the number of generations between the grandparent and the transferor [Sec. 2651(b)(1)]. An individual who has been married to the transferor is assigned to the transferor’s generation [Sec. 2651(c)(1)]. Since Theresa is married to the transferor, she is assigned to the same generation as Thom. Trevor and Bob are assigned to one generation below the transferor’s generation. Sara is assigned to two generations below the transferor’s generation. Hope is assigned to three generations below the transferor’s generation.
170
Mr. Park died on December 1, 2017. The alternate valuation method was not elected. The assets in his estate were valued as of the date of death as follows: Home $5,400,000 Car 30,000 Stocks, bonds, and savings 350,000 Jewelry 25,000 Dividends declared November 15, 2017 not paid as of December 1, 2017 5,000 Accrued interest on savings as of December 1, 2017 2,500 Life insurance (proceeds receivable by the estate) 300,000 What is the amount of Mr. Park’s gross estate? A. $6,105,000 B. $6,110,000 C. $6,112,500 D. $5,812,500
C. $6,112,500 Answer (C) is correct. The value of the gross estate includes the value of all property in which the decedent had an interest at the time of death. Therefore, the value of the home, stocks, car, accrued interest, and jewelry is included in the gross estate. The IRC requires the inclusion of proceeds from life insurance policies when the proceeds are receivable by, or for the benefit of, the estate. A dividend is includible in the decedent’s gross estate only if the decedent died after the record date of the dividend; the record date is the date when the shareholder of record becomes entitled to receive the dividend, in this case, the declaration date. Therefore, all of the items are included in the gross estate.
171
Harry, a single person, died in 2017. The executor does not elect the alternate valuation date. Given the following information, determine the value of Harry’s gross estate. Assets of the Estate FMV at Date of Death Certificates of deposit $ 100,000 Mortgage receivable on sale of property 2,000,000 Paintings and collectibles 500,000 Income tax refund due from 2016 individual tax return 30,000 Household goods and personal effects 20,000 A. $2,120,000 B. $2,650,000 C. $2,600,000 D. $2,620,000
B. $2,650,000 Answer (B) is correct. A decedent’s gross estate includes the FMV of all property, real or personal, tangible or intangible, wherever situated, to the extent the decedent owned a beneficial interest at the time of death. Included in the gross estate are such items as cash, personal residence and effects, securities, other investments, and other personal assets, such as notes and claims and business interests. The gross estate also includes other items, such as the full value of property held as joint tenants with the right of survivorship, except to the extent of any part that is shown to have originally belonged to the other person and for which adequate and full consideration was not provided by the decedent and insurance proceeds on the decedent’s life if either the insurance proceeds are payable to or for the estate or if the decedent had any incident of ownership in the policy at death. Therefore, $2,650,000 is the value of Harry’s estate ($100,000 certificates + $2,000,000 mortgage receivable + $500,000 paintings and collectibles + $30,000 income tax refund + $20,000 household goods and effects).
172
At the close of the prior year, an individual taxpayer transferred assets into an irrevocable trust, retaining the right to the income from the trust for life. During the year, the assets earned ordinary dividends and interest income. The tax liability on the income earned will be paid A. Entirely by the trust. B. By the trust on the dividend income only, and by the individual taxpayer for the interest income. C. Entirely by the individual taxpayer. D. By the trust on the interest income only, and by the individual taxpayer for the dividend income.
C. Entirely by the individual taxpayer. Answer (C) is correct. Generally, the only way a grantor can avoid taxation on the income from the trust is to give up control and benefits of the assets assigned to the trust and give up the right to revoke or amend the trust. The taxpayer retains the right to income from the trust for life, so the taxpayer must pay taxes on the income earned by the trust.
173
Tim, who used the cash method of accounting, leased part of his farm for a 1-year period beginning March 1, 2017. The rental amount was one-third of the crop payable in cash when sold at the direction of Tim. Tim died on June 30, 2017. Seven months later, Tim’s personal representative ordered the crop to be sold and was paid $1,500. How much income should be reported on Tim’s final income tax return? A. $750 B. $500 C. $0 D. $1,500
C. $0 Answer (C) is correct. If the decedent accounted for income under the cash method, only the items actually or constructively received before the date of death are included on the final return. Constructive receipt would have occurred if the income had become available for use by the decedent without restriction. Because the money was not available for Tim’s use, it is not included as income on the final return.
174
Given the following information, determine the value of Sara’s gross estate: FMV at Date of Death Beneficiary for life of a QTIP trust (qualified terminable interest property) ``` $2,000,000 Irrevocable trust (Sara was the grantor, but retained no interest in the trust) ``` 1,000,000 Revocable grantor type trust (Sara was the grantor) 500,000 A. $3,500,000 B. $2,500,000 C. $3,000,000 D. $500,000
B. $2,500,000 Answer (B) is correct. Since the grantor of a revocable trust can control the assets in the trust by altering the terms and/or withdrawing the assets from the trust, Sara is taxed on the value of the revocable trust. A QTIP interest involves a transfer entitling the recipient spouse to all of the income for life. Per Sec. 2044, if the recipient spouse has a life estate, has no general power of appointment, and was not the transferor, then the QTIP is included in the gross estate. Since Sara retained no interest in the irrevocable trust, it is not included in her gross estate. Therefore, Sara’s gross estate is $2,500,000 ($2,000,000 QTIP trust + $500,000 revocable grantor trust).
175
During the current year, Warren made the following gifts: Cash to son Ronald $ 44,000 Land to wife Laura 100,000 Cash to First Church 32,000 Painting to niece Suzie 20,000 Warren and Laura elect gift-splitting. Laura’s only gift in the current year is a $56,000 cash gift to her mother. What is the amount of the taxable gifts to be reported by Warren in the current year? A. $48,000 B. $8,000 C. $196,000 D. $22,000
D. $22,000 Answer (D) is correct. If both spouses consent, a gift made by one spouse to any person other than the other spouse is considered as made one-half by each spouse (Sec. 2513). In addition to his own gifts, Warren is treated as having made one-half of Laura’s gift to her mother. By splitting the gifts, each spouse can take advantage of the $14,000 per donee exclusion. Donee Amount Exclusion/ Deduction Taxable Ronald $ 22,000 $ 14,000 $ 8,000 Laura 100,000 100,000 0 Church 16,000 16,000 0 Suzie 10,000 10,000 0 Laura’s mother 28,000 14,000 14,000 Total taxable gifts $22,000
176
For income tax purposes, all estates A. Must use the same tax year as that of its principal beneficiary. B. Must adopt a calendar year, except for existing estates with fiscal years that ended in 2017. C. Must adopt a calendar year regardless of the year the estate was established. D. May adopt a calendar year or any fiscal year.
D. May adopt a calendar year or any fiscal year. Answer (D) is correct. An estate is a new taxable entity and may choose a tax year ending within 12 months after the date of the decedent’s death.
177
Apogee Co. has filed with the SEC for many years, and its market capitalization is $10 billion. Perigee Co. has filed continuously with the SEC for 3 years, and its market capitalization is $75 million. Which of the following is most likely a true statement about communications prior to and during a registered offering of securities? A. Neither Apogee nor Perigee may make communications prior to filing the registration statement. B. Only Apogee may make oral communications at any time if certain conditions are met. C. Apogee and Perigee may make written offers at any time. D. Only Apogee may communicate a free-writing prospectus after the registration statement is filed.
B. Only Apogee may make oral communications at any time if certain conditions are met. Answer (B) is correct. Apogee is a well-known seasoned issuer because it has filed for at least 1 year under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and has a market capitalization of at least $700 million. Perigee is a seasoned issuer (having filed for at least 1 year and a market capitalization of at least $75 million). Thus, only Apogee may make oral communications at any time if certain conditions are met. In specified circumstances, a well-known seasoned issuer (Apogee) may make oral and written communications at any time. These may include a free-writing prospectus, a written offer (including one by electronic means) that is not a statutory prospectus.
178
What is the tax rate for an S corporation that pays tax on built-in gains? A. The highest individual income tax rate. B. The income tax rate of the shareholder. C. The highest corporate income tax rate. D. The calculated income tax rate of the corporation.
C. The highest corporate income tax rate. Answer (C) is correct. The tax rate for the built-in gains tax is defined by statute to be the highest corporate income tax rate.
179
All of the following are separately stated items for an S corporation except A. Royalty income. B. Income from trade or business. C. Investment interest expense. D. Charitable contributions.
B. Income from trade or business. Answer (B) is correct. An S corporation passes a pro rata share of its total income (loss) through to the individual shareholders except for items that require separate treatment by the shareholder. Royalty income, charitable contributions, and investment interest expense must be separately stated. Income from trade or business, however, is combined with other nonseparately stated income or loss.
180
The following information pertains to Sam and Ann Hoyt, who filed a joint federal income tax return for the calendar year 2017: Sam -- age 72; normal vision Ann -- age 67; legally blind Adjusted gross income -- $34,000 The Hoyts itemized their deductions. How many personal exemptions were the Hoyts entitled to claim on their 2017 return? A. 5 B. 2 C. 4 D. 3
B. 2 Answer (B) is correct. A personal exemption is provided for each taxpayer. On a joint return, there are two taxpayers, and a personal exemption is allowed for each.
181
Which of the following situations would require the filing of Form 709? A. Any of the gifts you made were of a future interest. B. You and your spouse agree to split your gifts, which total $20,000. C. All of the answers are correct. D. You gave more than $14,000 during the year to any one donee.
C. All of the answers are correct. Answer (C) is correct. A gift tax return must be filed for gifts that exceed $14,000 and were split with a spouse. Additionally, a return is required to be filed if more than $14,000 is gifted to any one donee or if any of the gifts were of a future interest.
182
Agnes, a cash-basis taxpayer, died August 31, 2017. During 2017, the following amounts were paid to her estate: $1,000 dividend from the ABC Corp., which was declared on August 25 and paid on September 2. $5,000 distributive share of XYZ Partnership income received on October 3, 2017. This distribution was for the partnership’s tax year ended September 30, 2017. What income must be included on Agnes’s final individual income tax return for the dividend and partnership payments? A. The $1,000 dividend but no portion of the partnership income. B. No income from either payment. C. The $1,000 dividend and a pro rata portion of the $5,000 partnership income. D. A pro rata portion of the partnership income but not the $1,000 dividend.
B. No income from either payment. Answer (B) is correct. If the decedent accounted for income under the cash method, only the items actually or constructively received before the date of death are included on the final return. Constructive receipt would have occurred if the income had become available for use by the decedent without restriction. Because the dividends were not available for use before the date of death, they were not constructively received. For a partnership whose tax year ends after the partner’s date of death, the decedent’s distributive share of income is income in respect of the decedent and will not be reported on the final income tax return.
183
Mr. J bought an asset on June 19, 2016. What is the earliest date on which Mr. J could have sold that asset and qualified for long-term capital gain or loss treatment? A. June 20, 2017. B. December 19, 2016. C. December 20, 2016. D. June 19, 2017.
A. June 20, 2017. Answer (A) is correct. For assets acquired after 1987, long-term capital gain or loss treatment is provided if the asset is held for more than 1 year. The general rule is that the date the property is acquired is excluded and the date that the property is disposed of is included in this computation of the holding period. Since Mr. J bought the asset on June 19, 2016, his holding period is treated as beginning June 20, 2016. Exactly 1 year is considered to have expired on June 19, 2017. Therefore, on June 20, 2017, more than 1 year has passed, which would satisfy the long-term holding period requirement.
184
After Mary died on June 30 of the current year, her executor identified the following items belonging to her estate: Personal residence with a fair market value of $400,000 and an existing mortgage of $100,000 Certificate of deposit in the amount of $150,000 of which $10,000 was accrued interest payable at maturity on August 1 Stock portfolio with a value at date of death of $2,000,000 and a basis of $500,000 Life insurance policy, with her daughter named as an irrevocable beneficiary, in the amount of $150,000 Assuming that no alternate valuation date is elected, what is the gross value of Mary’s estate? A. $2,090,000 B. $2,700,000 C. $2,550,000 D. $2,450,000
C. $2,550,000 Answer (C) is correct. The gross value of Mary’s estate includes items valued at their gross amount. The $100,000 mortgage is deducted after the gross valuation of the estate. Therefore, the gross value is $2,550,000 ($400,000 + $150,000 + $2,000,000). The life insurance is excluded under Sec. 2042 because there is no incidence of ownership of the decedent.
185
Rona Corp.’s 2017 alternative minimum taxable income is $200,000. The exempt portion of Rona’s 2017 alternative minimum taxable income is A. $50,000 B. $0 C. $27,500 D. $12,750
C. $27,500 Answer (C) is correct. The basic exemption amount is $40,000. However, this is reduced by 25% of the excess of alternative minimum taxable income over $150,000. Therefore, Rona Corp.’s exemption amount is reduced by $12,500 [($200,000 – $150,000) × 25%]. Rona’s exempt amount is $27,500.
186
Most unincorporated businesses formed after 1996 can choose whether to be taxed as a partnership or a corporation. The new regulations provide for a default rule if no election is made. If an election is not made and the default rules apply, which of the following is true? A. Any new domestic eligible entity having at least two or more members is classified as a partnership. B. Any new domestic eligible entity with a single member is disregarded as an entity separate from its owner. C. If all members of a new foreign entity have limited liability, the entity is classified as an association taxed as a corporation. D. All of the answers are correct.
D. All of the answers are correct. Answer (D) is correct. Under a “check-the-box” system, certain business entities are automatically treated as corporations for federal tax purposes, while others may elect to be treated as corporations for federal tax purposes. If an entity has one owner and is not automatically considered a corporation, it may nevertheless elect to be treated as a corporation or, by default, it will be treated as a sole proprietorship. Similarly, if an entity has two or more owners and is not automatically considered a corporation, it can elect to be taxed as a corporation for federal tax purposes; otherwise, it will be taxed as a partnership. Further, if all members of a new foreign entity have limited liability, the entity is classified as a corporation. One type of a corporation as defined in the Internal Revenue Code is an association.
187
When a common stock offering requires registration under the Securities Act of 1933, A. The issuer may make sales 10 days after filing the registration statement. B. The registration statement is automatically effective when filed with the SEC. C. The SEC will determine the investment value of the common stock before approving the offering. D. The issuer would act unlawfully if it were to sell the common stock without providing the investor with a prospectus.
D. The issuer would act unlawfully if it were to sell the common stock without providing the investor with a prospectus. Answer (D) is correct. If an issue is required to be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, a registration statement and a prospectus must be prepared and filed with the SEC. The prospectus contains financial material and other information about the issuer and the offering. A prospectus must be provided to any person interested in investing in the security offered.
188
An executor paid the following on behalf of an estate: $3,500 for attorney’s fees, $1,000 for a burial lot, $5,000 of state estate tax, and a $750 credit card debt of the decedent. What amount can be deducted from the gross estate? A. $10,250 B. $3,500 C. $4,250 D. $5,250
A. $10,250 Answer (A) is correct. Deductions from the gross estate include administration and funeral expenses ($3,500 attorney fee + $1,000 burial lot), state taxes ($5,000), and claims against the estate ($750 credit card debt).
189
During 2017, Kay received interest income as follows: On U.S. Treasury certificates $4,000 On refund of 2016 federal income tax 500 The total amount of interest subject to tax in Kay’s 2017 tax return is A. $4,000 B. $500 C. $4,500 D. $0
C. $4,500 Answer (C) is correct. Unless specifically excluded by the IRC, interest is included in gross income. Although interest on most obligations of a state or political subdivisions of a state are excluded from gross income, this exclusion does not apply to obligations of the U.S. if not a Series EE bond. Furthermore, interest earned on federal tax refunds is not excluded from gross income.
190
Corporations X, Y, and Z are component members of a controlled group of corporations on December 31 of the current year. For the current year, they allocate the taxable income brackets under an apportionment plan as follows: Corporation X 1/4 of each tax bracket Corporation Y 1/2 of each tax bracket Corporation Z 1/4 of each tax bracket Corporation Y has taxable income of $80,000 for the current year. What is Corporation Y’s income tax liability if the controlled group’s total taxable income is $97,000? A. $12,000 B. $18,680 C. $15,450 D. $21,325
D. $21,325 Answer (D) is correct. Under Sec. 1561(a)(1), component members of a controlled group of corporations are limited to using the taxable income brackets in Sec. 11 as if they were one corporation. Unless the members agree otherwise, the tax brackets are allocated equally. Under the apportionment plan, Y is entitled to 50% of each tax bracket. Y’s income tax is Tax Brackets 50% Tax 1st $50,000 $25,000 × 15% $ 3,750 Next $25,000 12,500 × 25% 3,125 Remainder 42,500 × 34% 14,450 Total $21,325 Note that, although each tax bracket is allocated in the same manner here, different allocations are permitted. Since the total taxable income of the controlled group is less than $100,000, no recapture of the tax savings resulting from the 15% and 25% marginal tax brackets occurs. The additional 5% tax will not apply unless the total taxable income of the controlled group exceeds $100,000. The allocation selected by the group is less than optimal since the full amount of the 15% and 25% tax bracket benefits are not used when taxable income is $97,000. The group should consider revising its allocation for the current year.
191
Which of the following is not a legal requirement that must be met before levy action can be taken? A. A notice and demand for payment must have been sent to the taxpayer’s last known address. B. An unpaid tax liability must exist. C. A final notice (Notice of Intent to Levy) must be given to the taxpayer at least 30 days in advance. D. The taxpayer must have been audited by the IRS.
D. The taxpayer must have been audited by the IRS. Answer (D) is correct. The Internal Revenue Service is authorized to collect unpaid taxes by levying upon the taxpayer’s property. Before levy action can be taken, it must first be determined that a tax liability exists. Within 60 days after making the assessment, the IRS is required to give a notice and demand for payment to the taxpayer. If the taxpayer neglects or refuses to pay the tax within 10 days after notice and demand, a final notice (Notice of Intent to Levy) must be given to the taxpayer at least 30 days in advance of levy. There is no requirement that a taxpayer first be audited.
192
Ola Associates is a limited partnership engaged in real estate development. Hoff, a civil engineer, billed Ola $40,000 in 2016 for consulting services rendered. In full settlement of this invoice, Hoff accepted, in 2017, a $15,000 cash payment plus the following: Fair Carrying Market Amount on Value Ola’s Books 3% limited partnership interest in Ola $10,000 N/A Surveying equipment 7,000 $3,000 What amount should Hoff, a cash-basis taxpayer, report in his 2017 return as income for the services rendered to Ola? A. $40,000 B. $25,000 C. $28,000 D. $32,000
D. $32,000 Answer (D) is correct. Gross income includes compensation for services in the form of cash and/or other property. A cash-method taxpayer includes income when cash or a cash equivalent is actually or constructively received. The amount is the amount of money and FMV of other property received. The FMV of a capital interest in a partnership received for services is income when received as soon as it is transferable and not subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture ($15,000 cash + $10,000 FMV of limited partnership interest + $7,000 surveying equipment).
193
Jones incorporated a sole proprietorship by exchanging all the proprietorship’s assets for the stock of Nu Co., a new corporation. To qualify for tax-free incorporation, Jones must be in control of Nu immediately after the exchange. What percentage of Nu’s stock must Jones own to qualify as “control” for this purpose? A. 51.00% B. 80.00% C. 66.67% D. 50.00%
B. 80.00% Answer (B) is correct. “Control” is the ownership of stock possessing at least 80% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote and at least 80% of the total number of shares of all other classes of stock of the corporation.
194
Given the following wage information, what are the total gross wages subject to Federal Unemployment Tax for the current year? Employee Wages Paid during the Current Year T $ 4,200 E 5,800 M 22,900 A. $17,000 B. $32,900 C. $7,000 D. $12,000
A. $17,000 Answer (A) is correct. Under Sec. 3306(b)(1), wages are taxed for federal unemployment taxes up to $7,000 for each employee. Wages earned in excess of $7,000 are not subject to federal unemployment taxes. The full amount of wages paid during the current year to employee T and employee E is taxable. Only $7,000 of the wages paid to M is subject to federal unemployment taxes. Thus, the total amount of wages paid in the current year that is subject to federal unemployment taxes is $17,000. Employee Wages Subject to Unemployment Tax T $ 4,200 E 5,800 M 7,000 Total $17,000
195
Spice, a calendar-year, accrual-basis corporation, distributed shares of Sugar Corporation stock to Spice’s employees in lieu of salaries. The salary expense would have been deductible as compensation if paid in cash. On the date of the payment, Spice’s adjusted basis in the Sugar Corporation stock distributed was $15,000, and the stock’s fair market value was $85,000. What is the tax effect to Spice Corporation? A. $85,000 deduction; $70,000 recognized gain. B. $15,000 deduction. C. $15,000 deduction; $70,000 recognized gain. D. $85,000 deduction.
A. $85,000 deduction; $70,000 recognized gain. Answer (A) is correct. The employee includes in income the fair value of property received for services. The employer is allowed a deduction for the amount the employee must include in income when the employee includes it in income. However, when property other than cash is distributed in exchange for services, the employer must recognize a gain on the deemed sale. Since the employees will include the $85,000 FMV of shares in income, Spice Corporation may deduct the $85,000. However, Spice Corporation must also recognize a $70,000 gain ($85,000 FMV – $15,000 adjusted basis) on the deemed sale.
196
Mr. Z, the sole proprietor of Z’s Wholesale, transferred an automobile used in his business to Mr. Y, an employee of Z’s Wholesale, for business related services rendered during the current year. Z’s adjusted basis in the automobile was $6,000 and the fair market value was $8,000 at the time of the transfer. Z had purchased the automobile 2 years ago for $11,000. During the current year, Z paid $80,000 in employee salaries, not including the automobile given to Mr. Y. Z is a cash-basis taxpayer. What is his total salary and wage deduction for the current year? A. $88,000 B. $48,000 C. $80,000 D. $86,000
A. $88,000 Answer (A) is correct. Section 162(a)(1) allows a deduction for reasonable compensation for personal services actually rendered. Section 83(a) allows the deduction to an employer equal to the fair market value of property given to the employee when the property is transferable or is not subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Therefore, Mr. Z’s salary and wage deduction is $88,000 ($80,000 + $8,000 FMV of car).
197
An item not subtracted in determining accumulated taxable income for the accumulated earnings tax is A. A net operating loss deduction from a prior year. B. Net capital losses. C. Net long-term capital gains reduced by the attributable taxes. D. Dividends paid within 2 1/2 months after the end of the corporate tax year.
A. A net operating loss deduction from a prior year. Answer (A) is correct. The accumulated earnings tax is applied to the accumulated taxable income, defined in Sec. 535(a) as taxable income, subject to certain adjustments. The net operating loss deduction is not allowed.
198
State X imposes a tax based upon the amount of fixed assets a business owns. An individual proprietor would deduct this tax on which schedule? A. Schedule C. B. Schedule A. C. Schedule SE. D. Schedule E.
A. Schedule C. Answer (A) is correct. A tax imposed on business assets is an expense of that business and is deductible under Sec. 162. As an ordinary and necessary expense of the business, it is reported on Schedule C, which is used to report the income and expenses of a sole proprietorship, the net income (or loss) of which is carried onto page 1 of Form 1040.
199
Data Corp., a calendar-year corporation, purchased and placed into service office equipment during November 2017. No other equipment was placed into service during 2017. Under the general MACRS depreciation system, what convention must Data use? A. Half-year. B. Mid-quarter. C. Full-year. D. Mid-month.
B. Mid-quarter. Answer (B) is correct. The taxpayer must apply the mid-quarter convention to all depreciable property acquired during the tax year when the sum of the bases of all depreciable personal property placed in service during the last quarter of the year exceeds 40% of those placed in service during the entire year. In this case, 100% of the property was placed into service in the last quarter.
200
Fact Pattern: Brown & Co., CPAs, prepared tax returns for its client, King Corp. Based on the strength of King’s tax returns, Safe Bank lent King $500,000. Brown was unaware that Safe would receive a copy of the tax returns or that they would be used in obtaining a loan by King. King defaulted on the loan. If Safe commences an action for common law fraud against Brown, Safe must prove, in addition to other elements, that it A. Justifiably relied on the financial statements. B. Was not contributorily negligent. C. Was in privity of contract with King. D. Was in privity of contract with Brown.
A. Justifiably relied on the financial statements. Answer (A) is correct. The tort of intentional misrepresentation (fraud, deceit) consists of a material misrepresentation made with scienter and an intent to induce reliance. The misstatement also must have proximately caused damage to a plaintiff who reasonably relied upon it. Scienter exists when the defendant makes a false representation with knowledge of its falsity or with reckless disregard as to its truth.
201
Fact Pattern: Lind and Post organized Ace Corp., which issued voting common stock with a fair market value of $120,000. They each transferred property in exchange for stock as follows: Adjusted Percentage of Property Basis Fair Market Value Ace Stock Acquired Lind Building $40,000 $82,000 60% Post Land $ 5,000 $48,000 40% The building was subject to a $10,000 mortgage that was assumed by Ace. What amount of gain did Lind recognize on the exchange? A. $0 B. $10,000 C. $52,000 D. $42,000
A. $0 Answer (A) is correct. Lind has a realized gain of $42,000 on this exchange, calculated as follows: Amount realized from stock $72,000 Mortgage assumed by Ace 10,000 Total amount realized 82,000 Less: Adjusted basis of building (40,000) Realized gain $42,000 However, Sec. 351 requires that no gain or loss be recognized if property is transferred to a corporation by one or more persons solely in exchange for stock in the corporation and immediately after the exchange those persons control the corporation. Control is defined as 80% or more of the voting power of stock and 80% or more of the shares of each class of nonvoting stock.
202
Andrew purchased Maple Manufacturing Company on March 17 of the current year for a lump-sum price of $3.5 million. The value of the assets was as follows: Carrying Fair Market Amount Value Inventory $ 100,000 $ 100,000 Cash 500,000 500,000 Equipment 1,650,000 1,750,000 Building 400,000 750,000 Land 100,000 150,000 Covenant not to compete 0 175,000 Goodwill 0 75,000 Andrew assumed no liabilities. What is his basis in the covenant not to compete? A. $185,000 B. $175,000 C. $350,000 D. $150,000
B. $175,000 Answer (B) is correct. Under 1060, both the buyer and the seller involved in a transfer of assets that amount to a trade or business must allocate the purchase price among the assets using the “residual method.” The residual method requires the purchase price to be allocated first to cash and cash equivalents; then to near-cash items such as CDs, government securities, and other marketable securities; then to accounts receivable, mortgages, and credit card receivables; then to stock in dealer inventory or property held for sale in the ordinary course of business; then to assets not already listed; and then to all Sec. 197 intangibles; except goodwill and going concern value. The allocation of the purchase price may not exceed the fair market value for each of these categories. Then any residual purchase price is allocated to intangible assets such as goodwill and going concern value. In this case, Andrew’s purchase price of $3.5 million is in excess of the fair market value of all the assets listed ($3,425,000). Therefore, the purchase price is allocated to each asset listed based on its fair market value, and the remaining $75,000 is allocated to goodwill or going concern value. The covenant not to compete will have a basis equal to its FMV of $175,000. Section 1060 also provides that the transferor and the transferee may agree in writing as to the allocation of consideration or as to the fair market value of any assets. This agreement is binding on the transferor and the transferee unless it is determined inappropriate by the IRS.
203
Dee is the owner of 12% of the shares of common stock of D&M Corporation that she acquired in Year 1. She is the treasurer and a director of D&M. The corporation registered its securities in Year 2 and made a public offering pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933. If Dee decides to sell part of her holdings in Year 9, the shares A. Must be registered if Dee sells 50% of her shares through her broker to the public. B. Must be registered regardless of the amount sold or manner in which they are sold. C. Would be exempt from registration because she is not an issuer. D. Would be exempt from registration because the corporation previously registered them within 3 years.
A. Must be registered if Dee sells 50% of her shares through her broker to the public. Answer (A) is correct. In general, any offer to sell securities in interstate commerce is subject to registration unless the securities or the transaction is exempt. Most transactions are exempt because they involve sales by persons other than issuers, underwriters, or dealers, e.g., transactions by ordinary investors selling on their own account. Dee, however, is considered an issuer because she is a controlling person, that is, one who owns more than 10% of the company’s stock and who has the direct or indirect ability to control the company. A sale of 6% (12% × 50%) of D&M’s common stock to the public in the ordinary course of business (e.g., through a broker) is not a basis for an exemption under the Securities Act of 1933. Thus, it is subject to SEC registration.
204
Form 706, United States Estate (and Generation-Skipping Transfer) Tax Return, was filed for the estate of John Doe. The gross estate tax was $250,000. Which of the following items cannot be credited against the gross estate tax to determine the net estate tax payable? A. Credit for gift taxes. B. Credit for tax on prior transfers. C. Credit for marital deduction. D. Credit for foreign death taxes.
C. Credit for marital deduction. Answer (C) is correct. There is no credit for a marital deduction. Instead, the marital deduction is deductible in arriving at the taxable estate. The estate tax is then computed on the taxable estate.
205
In the current year, when Hoben’s tax basis in Lynz Partnership interest was $10,000, Hoben received a liquidating distribution as follows: Adjusted Fair Tax Basis Market Value Marketable securities $ 5,000 $ 5,000 Land 25,000 27,000 Lynz had no appreciated inventory, unrealized receivables, or properties that had been contributed by its partners. What was Hoben’s recognized gain on the distribution? A. $32,000 B. $0 C. $15,000 D. $22,000
B. $0 Answer (B) is correct. The distributee’s basis in noncash property received in a distribution in liquidation is any excess of his or her AB in the partnership interest immediately before distribution over any amount of money received. Gain is only recognized to the extent money distributed exceeds the partner’s basis in the partnership. Hoben’s basis in the assets received is $10,000, and Hoben does not recognize any gain on the distribution.
206
Mell Corp. engaged Davis & Co., CPAs, to prepare its tax returns and provide advice about minimizing taxable income in high-tax states. Mell’s management informed Davis it suspected that the taxable income from certain states was materially understated and financial statement net income was materially overstated. Nonetheless, Davis expressed an unmodified opinion on the statements and did not amend the tax returns. Mell relied on the documents to obtain a loan from National Bank to expand its operations. National relied on the documents in making the loan to Mell. As a result, Mell has defaulted on the loan and has incurred a substantial loss. If National sues Davis for fraud, must Davis furnish National with the audit working papers? A. No, because County was not in privity of contract with Davis. B. Yes, if the working papers are lawfully subpoenaed into court. C. Yes, provided that Mell does not object. D. No, because of the privileged communication rule, which is recognized in a majority of jurisdictions.
B. Yes, if the working papers are lawfully subpoenaed into court. Answer (B) is correct. The AICPA’s Confidential Client Information Rule states that a member shall not disclose any confidential client information except with the specific consent of the client. But this rule should not be understood to preclude a CPA from responding to an inquiry made by (1) an investigative body of a state CPA society, (2) the trial board of the AICPA, or (3) an AICPA or state peer review body. It also does not prevent compliance with a validly issued and enforceable subpoena.
207
A limited partner A. May not demand the return of his or her contribution. B. Is liable for obligations of the partnership to the extent of his or her capital contribution. C. May freely transfer his or her interest in the partnership and substitute the transferee as a limited partner. D. Has the right to vote on partnership operations.
B. Is liable for obligations of the partnership to the extent of his or her capital contribution. Answer (B) is correct. A limited partner makes a contribution of cash or other property in exchange for an interest and a liability for partnership debts that is restricted to his or her contribution.
208
Which of the following rights would a limited partner not be entitled to assert? A. To have reasonable access to the partnership books and to inspect and copy them. B. To be elected as a general partner by a majority vote of the limited partners in number and amount. C. To have a formal accounting of partnership affairs whenever the circumstances render it just and reasonable. D. To have the same rights as a general partner to a dissolution and winding up of the partnership.
B. To be elected as a general partner by a majority vote of the limited partners in number and amount. Answer (B) is correct. A new general partner may be admitted to a limited partnership only with the specific written consent of each and every partner (both limited and general). The limited partners therefore do not have the power to admit new general partners, and unanimous consent is needed unless the partnership agreement provides otherwise.
209
Which of the following partners of a limited liability partnership (LLP) may avoid personal liability when a partner commits a negligent act? A. All the partners. B. All the partners other than the negligent partner and his or her supervisor. C. The supervisor of the negligent partner. D. All the partners other than the negligent partner.
B. All the partners other than the negligent partner and his or her supervisor. Answer (B) is correct. Partners are not liable for a negligent act committed by another partner in a limited liability partnership. This shield is provided only for liability imputed solely because of partnership status. Thus, the negligent partner is the only partner liable. However, a partner who is an immediate supervisor is also liable for any negligent acts committed by an employee within the scope of employment.
210
X, Y, and Z have capital balances of $30,000, $15,000, and $5,000, respectively, in the XYZ Partnership. The general partnership agreement is silent as to the manner in which partnership losses are to be allocated but does provide that partnership profits are to be allocated as follows: 40% to X, 25% to Y, and 35% to Z. The partners have decided to dissolve and liquidate the partnership. After paying all creditors, the amount available for distribution will be $20,000. X, Y, and Z are individually solvent. Z will A. Receive $12,000. B. Receive $7,000. C. Personally have to contribute an additional $5,000. D. Personally have to contribute an additional $5,500.
D. Personally have to contribute an additional $5,500. Answer (D) is correct. Upon termination, a partnership must first pay all creditors, including partners who are creditors, and then distribute the remaining assets to the partners. In this case, $20,000 is available for distribution. However, the total of capital contributions is $50,000, and a $30,000 ($50,000 capital contributions – $20,000 available for distribution) loss must be allocated among the partners. When the partnership agreement does not specify otherwise, losses are allocated in the same ratio as profits. Thus, Z is properly allocated 35% of the loss, or $10,500 ($30,000 × 35%). Z’s capital contribution of $5,000 is less than Z’s share of the loss. Thus, Z must contribute an additional $5,500 to the partnership.
211
Marshall formed a limited partnership for the purpose of engaging in the export-import business. Marshall obtained additional working capital from Franklin and Lee by selling them each a limited partnership interest. Under these circumstances, the limited partnership A. Will lose its status as a limited partnership if it has more than one general partner. B. Can limit the liability of all partners. C. Can exist as such only if it is formed under the authority of a state statute. D. Will usually be treated as a taxable entity for federal income tax purposes.
C. Can exist as such only if it is formed under the authority of a state statute. Answer (C) is correct. The limited partnership is not available as a form of business organization under the common law. An organization purporting to be a limited partnership but formed in a state with no statutory authority for such a form of business organization will very likely be treated as a general partnership.
212
What type of business organization may generally be formed without filing an organizational document or certificate with a state government agency or office? A. A general partnership. B. A limited liability company. C. A limited partnership. D. A corporation.
A. A general partnership. Answer (A) is correct. An advantage of the general partnership is that it can be created without any formalities. No filings are required, and the existence of the partnership may arise from a written or oral agreement.
213
An LLC may be formed when One person files articles of organization with the appropriate secretary of state. Two or more persons file articles of organization with the appropriate secretary of state. A. I and II. B. I only. C. II only. D. Neither I nor II.
A. I and II. Answer (A) is correct. An LLC is formed by one or more persons who file articles of organization with the appropriate secretary of state. Thus, formation is more difficult than for a sole proprietorship or a general partnership.
214
The limited liability company combines some aspects of all of the following organizations excluding A. Corporations. B. Limited partnerships. C. Partnerships. D. Joint ventures.
D. Joint ventures. Answer (D) is correct. The limited liability company (LLC) is a hybrid of a corporation, a partnership, and a limited partnership. Most states have statutorily provided for organization of this entity, which grants investors limited liability but the tax treatment of a partnership. In an LLC, losses are passed through to investors who may be able to use them to offset other taxable income. An LLC is formed by one or more persons who file articles of organization with the appropriate office of the secretary of state.
215
General partners have a fiduciary relationship with each other. Accordingly, a general partner A. Must exercise a degree of care and skill as a professional. B. May engage in a business that competes with the partnership if it is operated with his or her own resources. C. May take advantage of a business opportunity within the scope of the partnership enterprise if the partnership agreement will terminate before the benefit will be received. D. May not earn a secret profit in dealings with the partnership or partners.
D. May not earn a secret profit in dealings with the partnership or partners. Answer (D) is correct. A general partner is an agent of the partnership and the other partners and thus owes fiduciary duties of loyalty and due care. A partner also has an obligation of good faith and fair dealing. In dealings with the partnership or other partners, a partner may not earn a secret profit. (S)he must account to the partnership and hold as trustee for it any benefit derived in the conduct or winding up of the partnership business or from use of partnership property (including appropriation of a partnership opportunity).
216
Absent any contrary provisions in the agreement, under which of the following circumstances will a limited partnership be dissolved? A. A limited partner assigns his or her partnership interest to an outsider and the purchaser becomes a substituted limited partner. B. A personal creditor of a general partner obtains a judgment against the general partner’s interest in the limited partnership. C. A limited partner dies and his or her estate is insolvent. D. A general partner retires and all the remaining general partners do not consent to continue.
D. A general partner retires and all the remaining general partners do not consent to continue. Answer (D) is correct. Retirement of a general partner generally dissolves a limited partnership or a general partnership. However, dissolution can be avoided if the business is continued by the remaining general partners either with the consent of all partners or pursuant to a stipulation in the partnership agreement.
217
A limited partner’s capital contribution to the limited partnership A. Results in the limited partner having an intangible personal property right. B. Must be indicated in the limited partnership’s certificate. C. Can be withdrawn at the limited partner’s option at any time prior to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy against the limited partnership. D. Can only consist of cash or marketable securities.
A. Results in the limited partner having an intangible personal property right. Answer (A) is correct. The limited partner’s interest is an investment in the entity as a whole. The interest is personal property. It is an intangible because the limited partner has no right to specific partnership property.
218
Wind, who has been a partner in the PLW general partnership for 4 years, decides to withdraw from the partnership despite a written partnership agreement that states, “No partner may withdraw for a period of 5 years.” Under the Revised Uniform Partnership Act (RUPA), what is the result of Wind’s withdrawal? A. Wind’s withdrawal causes a dissolution of the partnership by operation of law. B. Wind’s withdrawal is not effective until Wind obtains a court-ordered decree of dissolution. C. Wind’s withdrawal has no bearing on the continued operation of the partnership by the remaining partners. D. Wind’s withdrawal causes dissociation from the partnership despite being in violation of the partnership agreement.
D. Wind’s withdrawal causes dissociation from the partnership despite being in violation of the partnership agreement. Answer (D) is correct. Under the RUPA, a partnership is considered an entity substantially separate from its partners. A partner has the power (if not the right) to dissociate at any time. However, if the partner wrongfully dissociates from the partnership, (s)he is liable for any resulting damages to the other partners. After dissociation, the business either continues after purchase of the dissociated partner’s interest or dissolution begins.
219
John Watson entered into an agreement to purchase 1,000 shares of the Marvel Corporation, a corporation to be organized. Watson has since had second thoughts. Applying the RMBCA, which of the following is true? A. A transfer of the agreement to another party will eliminate his liability. B. A written notice of withdrawal prior to incorporation will be valid. C. Watson may not revoke the agreement for a period of 6 months. D. Watson may avoid liability if a majority of the other subscribers release him.
C. Watson may not revoke the agreement for a period of 6 months. Answer (C) is correct. Under the RMBCA, such an agreement may not be revoked for 6 months unless (1) otherwise provided by the terms of the subscription agreement or (2) all other subscribers agree. The rationale is that the subscription agreement is an irrevocable continuing offer for the administrative convenience of the promoter.
220
An organization that is neither a de jure nor a de facto corporation has attempted to exercise corporate powers. It may be treated as a corporation if The other party demonstrates fair and equitable conduct. Injustice can be avoided only by treating the business as a corporation. A good-faith but unsuccessful effort to comply with the incorporation statute has been made. A. I, II, and III. B. I and II only. C. I only. D. II and III only.
B. I and II only. Answer (B) is correct. As a defendant in a suit, an organization that is neither a de jure nor a de facto corporation may be treated as a corporation by estoppel if certain conditions are met: (1) The organization has represented itself as a corporation, (2) the representation is followed by reasonable reliance and material alteration of position by the other party based on that representation, (3) the other party demonstrates fair and equitable conduct, and (4) injustice can be avoided only by treating the business as a corporation. In contrast, a de facto corporation is recognized given (1) a statute under which the business could have incorporated, (2) a good-faith but unsuccessful attempt to comply with it, and (3) an actual or attempted exercise of corporate powers.
221
Lobo Manufacturing, Inc., is incorporated under the laws of New Mexico. Its principal place of business is in California, and it has permanent sales offices in several other states. Under the circumstances, which of the following is true? A. California may validly demand that Lobo incorporate under the laws of the State of California. B. California may prevent Lobo from operating as a corporation if the laws of California differ regarding organization and conduct of the corporation’s internal affairs. C. Lobo must obtain a certificate of authority to transact business in California and the other states in which it does business. D. Lobo is a foreign corporation in California, but not in the other states.
C. Lobo must obtain a certificate of authority to transact business in California and the other states in which it does business. Answer (C) is correct. Because Lobo has its principal place of business in California, it has sufficient contact to qualify as “doing business” in the state. A corporation doing business but not incorporated in that state is considered a foreign corporation and must obtain a certificate of authority to transact business.
222
A consolidation of two corporations usually requires all of the following except A. Provision for an appraisal buyout of dissenting shareholders. B. An affirmative vote by the holders of a majority of each corporation’s voting shares. C. Approval by the board of directors of each corporation. D. Receipt of voting stock by all shareholders of the original corporations.
D. Receipt of voting stock by all shareholders of the original corporations. Answer (D) is correct. A consolidated corporation emerges from combining two or more preexisting corporations. Shareholders of the consolidating corporations receive stock in the new corporation, and possibly some boot (other property, including cash). The consolidating corporations are dissolved, and all or some of their businesses continue, or their assets are used by the new, consolidated corporation. No statute requires that each shareholder of the original corporation receive voting stock in the new.
223
An owner of common stock will not have any liability beyond actual investment if the owner A. Agreed but failed to perform future services for the corporation in exchange for original issue par value shares. B. Paid less than par value for stock purchased in connection with an original issue of shares. C. Failed to pay the full amount owed on a subscription contract for no-par shares. D. Purchased treasury shares for less than par value.
D. Purchased treasury shares for less than par value. Answer (D) is correct. Under traditional rules, if stated par value exceeds the amount a shareholder paid for shares at issuance, the shareholder remains liable to creditors for the difference. A purchaser of treasury shares is not liable for any such excess. Moreover, under the RMBCA, any shareholder is liable only for the authorized consideration agreed to be paid.
224
In general, which of the following must be contained in articles of incorporation? A. Number of shares of stock authorized to be issued by the corporation. B. Name of the state in which the corporation will maintain its principal place of business. C. Names of states in which the corporation will be doing business. D. Names of the initial officers and their terms of office.
A. Number of shares of stock authorized to be issued by the corporation. Answer (A) is correct. Articles of incorporation must contain (1) the name of the corporation, (2) the number of authorized shares, (3) the address of the initial registered office of the corporation, (4) the name of its first registered agent at that address, and (5) the names and addresses of the incorporators. The articles also may include (1) names and addresses of the initial directors; (2) purpose and duration of the corporation; (3) par value of shares; (4) provisions for managing the corporation and regulating its internal affairs; (5) powers of the corporation, its board, and its shareholders; (6) liability of shareholders for corporate debts; (7) a provision limiting directors’ liability (except for certain intentional wrongs); and (8) any provision that may be set forth in the bylaws.
225
The owner of cumulative preferred stock has the right to A. Receive the par value of their shares but not unpaid dividends before common shareholders receive anything in liquidation. B. The carryover of fixed dividends to subsequent periods from years in which they were not paid. C. Convert preferred stock into common stock. D. A residual share in dividends after a fixed dividend has been paid to both common and preferred shareholders.
B. The carryover of fixed dividends to subsequent periods from years in which they were not paid. Answer (B) is correct. Normally, a preferred shareholder is entitled to a fixed dividend that must be paid before dividends are received by the common shareholders. If the preferred stock is cumulative, any dividends not paid in preceding years are carried over and must be paid before the common shareholders may receive anything. Under case law, preferred stock dividends are impliedly cumulative unless stated otherwise, but the RMBCA suggests that whether stock is cumulative or noncumulative should be included in the articles.
226
Under the Revised Model Business Corporation Act (RMBCA), following what type of corporate acquisition does the acquiring corporation automatically become liable for all obligations of the acquired corporation? A. A cash tender offer. B. A leveraged buyout of assets. C. An acquisition of stock for debt securities. D. A merger.
D. A merger. Answer (D) is correct. Under the RMBCA, when a merger becomes effective, (1) the entity designated in the plan of merger as the survivor comes into existence, (2) every entity merged ceases to exist separately, (3) the property and contract rights of the merged entities are vested in the survivor, and (4) the liabilities of the merged entities also are vested in the survivor.
227
Which of the following statements is true concerning the similarities between a limited partnership and a corporation? A. All corporate shareholders and all partners in a limited partnership have limited liability. B. Both are allowed statutorily to have perpetual existence. C. Both are recognized for federal income tax purposes as taxable entities. D. Each is created under a statute and must file a copy of its organizational document with the proper state authorities.
D. Each is created under a statute and must file a copy of its organizational document with the proper state authorities. Answer (D) is correct. Neither corporations nor limited partnerships are nonstatutory business organizations. They are artificial legal entities that are recognized only if they are formed under authority of a state statute. Filing an organizational document (articles of incorporation or certificate of limited partnership) with applicable state authorities is a requirement for legal entity status for each.
228
Golden Enterprises, Inc., entered into a contract with Hidalgo Corporation for the sale of its mineral holdings. The transaction proved to be ultra vires. Which of the following parties may properly assert the ultra vires doctrine and why? A. Golden Enterprises to rescind the consummated sale. B. Hidalgo Corporation to avoid performance. C. A shareholder of Golden Enterprises to enjoin the sale. D. Golden Enterprises to avoid performance.
C. A shareholder of Golden Enterprises to enjoin the sale. Answer (C) is correct. Under the doctrine of ultra vires, a corporation may not act beyond the powers inherent in the corporate existence or provided in the articles of incorporation and the incorporation statutes. Ultra vires has been eliminated as a defense. The RMBCA states that, with certain exceptions, “the validity of corporate action may not be challenged on the ground that the corporation lacks or lacked power to act.” Those exceptions provide a cause of action in three instances in which the power to act may be questioned: (1) A shareholder can seek an injunction, (2) corporations can proceed against directors or officers, and (3) the state attorney general can proceed against the corporation.
229
Johns owns 400 shares of Abco Corp. cumulative preferred stock. In the absence of any specific contrary provisions in Abco’s articles of incorporation, which of the following statements is true? A. If Abco declares a cash dividend on its preferred stock, Johns becomes an unsecured creditor of Abco. B. Johns will be entitled to vote if dividend payments are in arrears. C. Johns is entitled to convert the 400 shares of preferred stock to a like number of shares of common stock. D. If Abco declares a dividend on its common stock, Johns will be entitled to participate with the common shareholders in any dividend distribution made after preferred dividends are paid.
A. If Abco declares a cash dividend on its preferred stock, Johns becomes an unsecured creditor of Abco. Answer (A) is correct. The holder of preferred stock must be paid the stated dividend before a common shareholder may receive any dividends. If payment of the stated dividend is not made to a cumulative preferred shareholder in any year(s), the dividends accumulate and must be paid in full prior to payment of any dividends to common shareholders. But a dividend on any stock does not become a payment obligation (debt) of the corporation until it has been declared.
230
Generally, a corporation’s articles of incorporation must include all of the following except the A. Name of each incorporator. B. Number of authorized shares. C. Quorum requirements. D. Name of the corporation’s registered agent.
C. Quorum requirements. Answer (C) is correct. Under the RMBCA, only the following must be included in the articles of incorporation: (1) the corporation’s name; (2) number of authorized shares; (3) address of initial registered office; (4) name of first registered agent (for service of process) at that address; and (5) the name and address of each incorporator. Other information, such as quorum requirements and additional provisions for managing the corporation and regulating its internal affairs, may but need not be included. Matters relating to governing the corporation are usually covered in the bylaws.
231
Which of the following documents would most likely contain specific rules for the management of a business corporation? A. Certificate of authority. B. Shareholders’ agreement. C. Bylaws. D. Articles of incorporation.
C. Bylaws. Answer (C) is correct. Bylaws govern the internal structure and operation of a corporation. Initial bylaws are adopted by the incorporators or the board. They may contain any provision for managing the business and regulating the affairs of the corporate entity not in conflict with the law or the articles of incorporation.
232
The Larkin Corporation is contemplating a two-for-one stock split of its common stock. Its $4 par value common stock will be reduced to $2 after the split. It has two million shares issued and outstanding out of a total of three million authorized. The distribution of the additional shares to the shareholders requires A. The trustees of trust recipients of the additional shares to allocate them ratably between income and corpus. B. The recipients to recognize a taxable dividend. C. That surplus equal to the par value of the existing number of shares issued and outstanding be transferred to the stated capital account. D. Both authorization by the board of directors and approval by the shareholders.
D. Both authorization by the board of directors and approval by the shareholders. Answer (D) is correct. The effect of the stock split is to increase the number of shares issued and outstanding from two million to four million, which will exceed the number of authorized shares. Such a transaction is a fundamental change in the corporate financial structure and therefore must be approved by the shareholders as well as by the board of directors.
233
Bryan Corporation decided to purchase a plant site. Bill Shephard, a newly elected director, has owned a desirable site for many years. He purchased the property for $60,000, and its present fair value is $100,000. What would be the result if Shephard offered the property to Bryan for $100,000 in an arm’s-length transaction with full disclosure at a meeting of the seven directors of the corporation? A. The sale would be proper only upon requisite approval by the appropriate number of directors and at no more than Shephard’s cost, thus precluding his profiting from the sale to the corporation. B. The sale would be void under the self-dealing rule. C. The sale would be proper and Shephard would not have to account to the corporation for his profit if the sale was approved by a disinterested majority of the directors. D. The sale would not be proper, if sold for the present fair value of the property, without the approval of all of the directors in these circumstances.
C. The sale would be proper and Shephard would not have to account to the corporation for his profit if the sale was approved by a disinterested majority of the directors. Answer (C) is correct. The fiduciary duty of directors to the corporation does not prohibit them from dealing with the corporation. The view has been that the director must disclose the contract and refrain from voting. Under the RMBCA, conflicting interest transactions between directors and corporations are not voidable and do not otherwise result in sanctions even if the interested director votes for the contract. If the interested director discloses the interest and the decision is by a majority of the disinterested directors, no secret profit exists and no breach of fiduciary duty occurs.
234
All of the following distributions to shareholders are considered asset or capital distributions except A. Liquidating dividends. B. Cash dividends. C. Property distributions. D. Stock splits.
D. Stock splits. Answer (D) is correct. A stock split is not a distribution from assets or capital. The amount of earned or capital surplus or stated capital does not change. Each share of a class of stock is merely divided into a multiple of one share. The value of each share changes, not the shareholder’s proportionate ownership interest. Under the RMBCA, a distribution is “a direct or indirect transfer of money or other property (except its own shares) or incurrence of indebtedness by a corporation to or for the benefit of its shareholders in respect of any of its shares.”
235
The board of directors of Wilcox, Inc., has noted a 7% drop in the market price of its preferred stock and decides to purchase 100,000 shares of the stock for an amount below the redemption price of the stock. Under these circumstances, which of the following is a true statement? A. The preferred stock so acquired must be retired and may not be held as treasury stock. B. The corporation may not acquire its own shares unless the articles of incorporation so provide. C. Such shares may be purchased by the corporation to the extent of unreserved and unrestricted retained earnings. D. The corporation will realize a taxable gain as a result of the transaction.
C. Such shares may be purchased by the corporation to the extent of unreserved and unrestricted retained earnings. Answer (C) is correct. A corporation may reacquire its own stock (a redemption), provided certain conditions are met. Under the RMBCA, the redemption of stock must not render the corporation insolvent, and the total assets after the distribution may not be less than the sum of total liabilities and liquidation preferences. Thus, redemptions may be made out of retained earnings that is not restricted.
236
Traditional concepts applicable to large publicly held corporations often do not meet the needs of closely held ones. Accordingly, the RMBCA addresses these needs. Under the RMBCA, A. A board of directors is required for a close corporation but shareholders have absolute power to restrict its discretion. B. A qualifying entity is automatically treated as a close corporation if it has fewer than 50 shareholders. C. Transfer of shares of a close corporation is restricted by means of a statutory buy-and-sell arrangement. D. A shareholder may have power to dissolve a close corporation that is similar to a partner’s.
D. A shareholder may have power to dissolve a close corporation that is similar to a partner’s. Answer (D) is correct. Many close corporations are like partnerships in which all of the shareholders are active in management or are friends and relatives of those who are. In a partnership, a partner’s interest is protected by his or her power to dissolve the association at any time and receive the value of his or her interest. Traditional corporate law did not provide that option for minority shareholders. The RMBCA allows a shareholder agreement (1) set forth in the articles of incorporation, the bylaws, or a separate signed writing and (2) approved by all shareholders at the time of the agreement to include a provision enabling any shareholder to dissolve the corporation either at will or upon the happening of a certain event.
237
Which of the following statements is correct regarding the declaration of a stock dividend by a corporation having only one class of par value stock? A. A stock dividend is a corporation’s ratable distribution of additional shares of stock to its stockholders. B. A stock dividend has the same legal and practical significance as a stock split. C. A stock dividend increases a stockholder’s proportionate share of corporate ownership. D. A stock dividend causes a decrease in the assets of the corporation.
A. A stock dividend is a corporation’s ratable distribution of additional shares of stock to its stockholders. Answer (A) is correct. A stock dividend is payable in the stock of the dividend-paying corporation. New stock generally is issued for this purpose. A shareholder’s equity in the corporation is not increased because a stock dividend does not increase the recipient’s proportional ownership.
238
Many states require partnerships to file the partnership name under laws known as fictitious name statutes. These statutes A. Are designed primarily to provide registration for tax purposes. B. Have little effect on the creation or operation of a partnership other than the imposition of a fine or other minor penalty for noncompliance. C. Require a proper filing as a condition precedent to the valid creation of a partnership. D. Are designed to clarify the rights and duties of the members of the partnership.
B. Have little effect on the creation or operation of a partnership other than the imposition of a fine or other minor penalty for noncompliance. Answer (B) is correct. Fictitious name statutes have been enacted in most states for the protection of creditors. Registration permits creditors to discover the persons liable for the debts of the enterprise. The creation and operation of a partnership is little affected by the requirement because a partnership need not adopt a name, although use of a name may help to distinguish a partnership action from that of a partner. Moreover, the use of a name does not necessarily indicate the existence of a partnership or that a named person is a member of the firm.
239
The filing of a return covering unrelated business income A. Must be accompanied by a minimum payment of 50% of the tax due as shown on the return, with the balance of tax payable 6 months later. B. Relieves the organization of having to file a separate annual information return. C. Is not necessary if all of the organization’s income is used exclusively for charitable purposes. D. Is required of all exempt organizations having at least $1,000 of gross income used in computing unrelated business taxable income for the year.
D. Is required of all exempt organizations having at least $1,000 of gross income used in computing unrelated business taxable income for the year. Answer (D) is correct. A UBI tax return (Form 990-T) is required of an exempt organization with at least $1,000 of gross income used in computing unrelated business taxable income for the tax year.
240
Which of the following statement(s) is (are) usually true regarding general partners’ liability? All general partners are jointly and severally liable for partnership torts. All general partners are liable only for those partnership obligations they actually authorized. A. II only. B. Both I and II. C. Neither I nor II. D. I only.
D. I only. Answer (D) is correct. Partners are jointly and severally liable for the torts committed by another partner who acted within the ordinary course of the partnership business or with the authorization of the other partners. Joint and several liability means that all of the partners are liable, but a third party may hold any partner liable for the entire amount. Because a general partner is an agent of the business, (s)he has apparent authority to bind the partnership to contracts with third parties formed while carrying on the partnership business in the usual way.
241
The apparent authority of a partner to bind the partnership in dealing with third parties A. Must be derived from the express powers and purposes contained in the partnership agreement. B. Will be effectively limited by the filing of a statement of partnership authority. C. Would permit a partner to submit a claim against the partnership to arbitration. D. Will be effectively limited by a formal resolution of the partners of which third parties are unaware.
B. Will be effectively limited by the filing of a statement of partnership authority. Answer (B) is correct. Each partner in a general partnership is an agent of the partnership. The partners may not limit partnership liability to third parties by agreement among the partners alone. But apparent authority is effectively limited to the extent a third party knows of limitations imposed on a partner’s authority. The RUPA provides for filing of a statement of authority that may give notice of limitations on the authority of a partner.
242
Which of the following will result in a dissolution of a partnership under the RUPA? A. The death of a partner as long as his or her will provides that his executor shall become a partner in his or her place. B. The bankruptcy of a partner as long as the partnership itself remains solvent. C. Notice to a partnership at will of a partner’s express will to withdraw. D. The assignment by a partner of his or her entire partnership interest.
C. Notice to a partnership at will of a partner’s express will to withdraw. Answer (C) is correct. Under the RUPA, dissociation of the partner and dissolution of a partnership at will result from a partner’s notice to the partnership of his or her express will to withdraw. A wrongful dissociation results in liability to the other partners for damages.
243
In the absence of a specific provision in a general partnership agreement, partnership losses will be allocated A. In proportion to the partners’ capital contributions and outstanding loan balances. B. Equally among the partners irrespective of the allocation of partnership profits. C. In proportion to the partners’ capital contributions. D. In the same manner as partnership profits.
D. In the same manner as partnership profits. Answer (D) is correct. Without an agreement to the contrary, the RUPA requires that each partner contribute toward the losses of the partnership according to his or her share in the profits. This rule applies only among the partners. All partners remain fully liable to third parties.
244
Which of the following statements regarding a limited partner is(are) usually true? The limited partner is subject to personal liability for partnership debts. The limited partner has the right to take part in the control of the partnership. A. Neither I nor II. B. I and II. C. II only. D. I only.
A. Neither I nor II. Answer (A) is correct. A limited partner’s liability for partnership obligations is limited to his or her capital contribution to the business, whereas a general partner has unlimited personal liability for partnership debts. The limited partner also is restricted in the right to control the partnership. (S)he is not allowed to participate in the day-to-day management of the partnership business.
245
D, E, F, and G formed a general partnership. Their written partnership agreement provides that the profits will be divided so that D will receive 40%; E, 30%; F, 20%; and G, 10%. There is no provision for allocating losses. At the end of its first year, the partnership has losses of $200,000. Before allocating losses, the partners’ capital account balances are D, $120,000; E, $100,000; F, $75,000; and G, $11,000. G refuses to make any further contributions to the partnership. Ignore the effects of federal partnership tax law. What is G’s share of the partnership losses? A. $39,000 B. $9,000 C. $50,000 D. $20,000
D. $20,000 Answer (D) is correct. The partnership agreement, to the extent it allocates partnership losses among partners, governs. Without an agreement, a partner shares losses in the same proportion (s)he shares profits. The partnership agreement, to the extent it allocates partnership profits among partners, governs. Thus, G’s share of the losses is 10% of $200,000.
246
Berry, Drake, and Flanigan are partners in a general partnership. The partners made capital contributions as follows: Berry, $150,000; Drake, $100,000; and Flanigan, $50,000. Drake made a loan of $50,000 to the partnership. The partnership agreement specifies that Flanigan will receive a 50% share of profits and that Drake and Berry each will receive a 25% share of profits. Under the Revised Uniform Partnership Act and in the absence of any partnership agreement to the contrary, which of the following statements is correct regarding the sharing of losses? A. The partners will share in losses on a pro rata basis according to the capital contributions. B. The partners will share in losses on a pro rata basis according to the capital contributions and loans made to the partnership. C. The partners will share in losses according to the allocation of profits specified in the partnership agreement. D. The partners will share equally in any partnership losses.
C. The partners will share in losses according to the allocation of profits specified in the partnership agreement. Answer (C) is correct. Unless the partners agree otherwise, the RUPA provides for equal sharing of the partnership’s profits. Also, unless otherwise agreed, each partner must contribute in proportion to his or her share of the profits toward any losses of the partnership. Thus, Flanigan, Drake, and Berry are responsible for 50%, 25%, and 25%, respectively, of the partnership’s losses.
247
Eller, Fort, and Owens do business as Venture Associates, a general partnership. Trent Corp. brought a breach of contract suit against Venture and Eller individually. Trent won the suit and filed a judgment against both Venture and Eller. Venture then entered bankruptcy. Under the RUPA, Trent will generally be able to collect the judgment in full from A. Eller’s personal assets only after partnership assets are exhausted. B. The personal assets of Eller, Fort, and Owens. C. Eller’s personal assets. D. Partnership assets but not partner personal assets.
C. Eller’s personal assets. Answer (C) is correct. The RUPA provides that partners are jointly and severally liable for all obligations of the partnership, including those arising out of a contract. The keys to the question are that (1) Trent sued both the partnership and one partner, (2) that partner can be held individually liable for the entire amount of a partnership obligation (joint and several liability), and (3) only parties who are judgment debtors can be held liable. Because Trent won the lawsuit against Venture and Eller, either Venture or Eller or both are liable for the judgment amount. In this scenario, the partnership is in bankruptcy. A plaintiff with a judgment against a defendant in bankruptcy typically collects very little, if any, of the judgment. The judgment against the partnership will be subordinated to the claims of secured creditors and creditors with priority. As a result, Trent will likely seek to recover the full judgment from Eller’s personal assets, given that Eller was a co-defendant in the lawsuit. Furthermore, because Venture is in bankruptcy, the RUPA provides that Trent need not seek a writ of execution against (compel collection of the judgment amount from) Venture before proceeding against Eller’s personal assets.
248
Donald Fisk is a limited partner of Sparta Oil Development. He paid $10,000 for his limited-partnership interest. In addition, he lent Sparta $7,500. Sparta failed to find oil and is in financial difficulty. Upon dissolution and liquidation, A. The last distribution, if anything remains, is to the general partners in respect to capital. B. Fisk and all outside general creditors will receive repayment of their loans prior to any other distributions. C. Fisk will receive repayment, along with the other limited partners, in respect to his capital and loan after all other creditors have been satisfied. D. If Fisk holds partnership property as collateral, he may resort to it to satisfy any deficiency if other partnership assets are insufficient to meet creditors’ claims.
B. Fisk and all outside general creditors will receive repayment of their loans prior to any other distributions. Answer (B) is correct. Under the RULPA, a limited (or general) partner is entitled to the same priority for repayment of a loan by the partnership as outside creditors.
249
The Securities Act of 1933 provides an exemption from registration for offers and sales of securities made only to accredited investors. Federal securities laws and regulations are violated if the exemption is claimed and A. Resale of the securities is restricted. B. Offers and sales are made to more than 100 accredited investors. C. The SEC is not informed of exempt sales. D. No information is given to investors.
C. The SEC is not informed of exempt sales. Answer (C) is correct. Section 4(6) exempts up to $5 million of offers and sales if made only to accredited investors. The number of such investors may be unlimited, and no information is required to be given to them, but general advertising and solicitation are not permitted. Moreover, (1) the SEC must be informed of sales under the exemption, (2) resale is restricted, and (3) precautions must be taken to prevent nonexempt or unregistered resales.
250
In general, which of the following statements is true with respect to a limited partnership? A. A limited partner may not also be a general partner at the same time. B. A limited partner may hire employees on behalf of the partnership. C. A limited partnership can be formed with limited liability for all partners. D. A limited partner has the right to obtain from the general partner(s) financial information and tax returns of the limited partnership.
D. A limited partner has the right to obtain from the general partner(s) financial information and tax returns of the limited partnership. Answer (D) is correct. Both general and limited partners have the right to inspect and copy the books of the partnership at any time. Thus, they can obtain financial information and tax returns of the limited partnership.
251
Gillie, Taft, and Dall are partners in an architectural firm. The partnership agreement is silent about the payment of salaries and the division of profits and losses. Gillie works full-time in the firm, and Taft and Dall each work half-time. Taft invested $120,000 in the firm, and Gillie and Dall invested $60,000 each. Dall is responsible for bringing in 50% of the business, and Gillie and Taft 25% each. How should profits of $120,000 for the year be divided? Gillie Taft Dall A. $30,000 $60,000 $30,000 B. $60,000 $30,000 $30,000 C. $40,000 $40,000 $40,000 D. $30,000 $30,000 $60,000
C. $40,000 $40,000 $40,000 Answer (C) is correct. Partners are not entitled to compensation for their actions, skill, and time applied on behalf of the partnership, except when such an arrangement is explicitly provided for in the partnership agreement. The partnership agreement is silent on this point, so salaries are not paid to the partners. Profits and losses may be divided among the partners according to any formula stated in the partnership agreement. Without a contrary agreement, partners share equally in the profits. Thus, each partner will receive $40,000.
252
Ann Grand, a general partner, retired. The partnership held a testimonial dinner for her and invited 10 of its largest customers. A week later a notice was placed in various trade journals indicating that Grand had retired and was no longer associated with the partnership in any capacity. After the appropriate public notice of Grand’s retirement, which of the following best describes her legal status? A. Grand has the apparent authority to bind the partnership in contracts she makes with persons unaware of her retirement who have previously dealt with the partnership. B. The release of Grand by the remaining partners and the assumption of all past and future debts of the partnership by them via a hold-harmless clause constitutes a novation. C. Grand has the legal status of a limited partner for the 3 years it takes to pay her the balance of the purchase price of her partnership interest. D. Grand has no liability to past creditors upon her retirement from the partnership if they all have been informed of her withdrawal and her release from liability.
A. Grand has the apparent authority to bind the partnership in contracts she makes with persons unaware of her retirement who have previously dealt with the partnership. Answer (A) is correct. Under the RUPA, a dissociated partner continues to be able to bind the partnership for up to 2 years after dissociation if other parties reasonably believe that the dissociated partner is still a partner and do not have knowledge or notice of the dissociation. A statement of dissociation must be filed by the partnership or a dissociated partner to terminate the partner’s apparent authority and his or her liability for the partnership’s post-dissociation obligations. But after the statement is filed, it is not deemed to provide notice for 90 days.
253
With regard to unrelated business income of an exempt organization, which one of the following statements is true? A. An unrelated trade or business activity that results in a loss is excluded from the definition of unrelated business. B. An exempt organization that earns any unrelated business income in excess of $100,000 during a particular year will lose its exempt status for that particular year. C. The tax on unrelated business income can be imposed even if the unrelated business activity is intermittent and is carried on once a year. D. An exempt organization is not taxed on unrelated business income of less than $1,000.
D. An exempt organization is not taxed on unrelated business income of less than $1,000. Answer (D) is correct. UBI of less than $1,000 is not subject to tax. UBI, generally, is gross income derived from a trade or business unrelated to the exempt organization’s qualified purpose minus directly connected allowable deductions. The $1,000 is, technically, a deduction.
254
Cobb, Inc., a partner in TLC Partnership, assigns its partnership interest to Bean, who is not made a partner. After the assignment, Bean may assert the rights to Participation in the management of TLC Cobb’s share of TLC’s partnership profits A. I and II. B. II only C. I only. D. Neither I nor II.
B. II only. Answer (B) is correct. Partnership rights may be assigned without the dissolution of the partnership. The assignee is entitled only to the profits the assignor would normally receive. The assignee does not automatically become a partner and would not have the right to participate in managing the business or to inspect the books and records of the partnership. The assigning partner remains a partner with all the duties and other rights of a partner.
255
Which of the following is Sec. 1250 property? A. Dams. B. Lease on land. C. Irrigation system. D. Land held for investment.
B. Lease on land. Answer (B) is correct. Land is not Sec. 1250 property, but leases are Sec. 1250 intangible properties. Certain improvements to land may be treated as land, e.g., dams and irrigation systems. Section 1250 property includes depreciable real property acquired after 1986.
256
The formation of a sole proprietorship A. Requires formal registration in each state the proprietor plans to do business in. B. Requires a formal “doing business as” filing under state law if the proprietor plans to do business under a fictitious name. C. Requires registration with the federal government’s Small Business Administration. D. Is not as easy and inexpensive to form as an S corporation.
B. Requires a formal “doing business as” filing under state law if the proprietor plans to do business under a fictitious name. Answer (B) is correct. A proprietor doing business under a fictitious name is usually required to make a d/b/a or “doing business as” filing under state law. Otherwise, the formation of a sole proprietorship is subject to few legal requirements, such as local zoning and licensing. In this respect, the sole proprietorship is the easiest and least expensive to create of all the business organizations.
257
Capital assets include A. A corporate real estate developer’s unimproved land that is to be subdivided to build homes, which will be sold to customers. B. A manufacturing company’s investment in U.S. Treasury bonds. C. Seven-year MACRS property used in a corporation’s trade or business. D. A corporation’s accounts receivable from the sale of its inventory.
B. A manufacturing company’s investment in U.S. Treasury bonds. Answer (B) is correct. Capital assets are all property held by a taxpayer not excluded by the IRC. Among the items excluded are accounts receivable, depreciable property, and real property used in a trade or business. The investment in U.S. Treasury bonds is a capital asset.
258
The trust agreement creating Trust X provides for all income of the trust to be distributed to the beneficiaries and requires a reserve equal to tax depreciation to be charged to income. If the trust has gross income of $30,000, expenses charged to income of $28,000, and depreciation of $3,000, how much depreciation can Trust X deduct? A. $300 B. $3,000 C. $2,000 D. $0
B. $3,000 Answer (B) is correct. Section 642(e) allows an estate or trust a deduction for depreciation to the extent it is not allowable to beneficiaries. Under Sec. 167(d) and Reg. 1.167(h)-1(b), in the absence of provisions in the trust instrument apportioning the deduction, the deduction is apportioned between the trust and its beneficiaries based on the income allocable to each. Since a reserve is required under the trust instrument, the depreciation deduction is allocated to the trust to the extent income is set aside for a depreciation reserve and actually remains in the trust. The entire $3,000 of depreciation is allocated to and deductible by the trust. If no reserve were required under the trust instrument or local law, the beneficiaries would be entitled to the depreciation deduction, since the trust must distribute all of its income currently.
259
All of the following would reduce the basis of a shareholder’s stock in an S corporation except a shareholder’s A. Pro rata share of any nonseparately stated income of the S corporation. B. Pro rata share of any nondeductible expenses of the S corporation that are not properly chargeable to capital account. C. Pro rata share of any nonseparately stated loss of the S corporation. D. Share of all loss and deduction items of the S corporation that are separately stated.
A. Pro rata share of any nonseparately stated income of the S corporation. Answer (A) is correct. Allocations of income increase a shareholder’s basis. They do not decrease basis.
260
Benson exchanged a van used exclusively for business and with an adjusted basis of $100,000 for a new van with a fair market value of $120,000 and received $5,000 in cash. What amount of gain did Benson recognize from the transaction? A. $25,000 B. $20,000 C. $5,000 D. $0
C. $5,000 Answer (C) is correct. Gain is recognized on a like-kind exchange equal to the lesser of gain realized or boot received. Gain realized is $25,000 ($120,000 FMV of the new van + $5,000 cash – adjusted basis of the van given up). Boot received is the $5,000 cash. Therefore, the recognized gain is $5,000.
261
Pix Corp. is making a $6 million private placement stock offering. It is subject to Rule 506 under Regulation D of the Securities Act of 1933. The securities must be sold A. Only to purchasers who are not accredited investors. B. To no more than 35 purchasers. C. Only to accredited investors. D. To no more than 35 purchasers who are not accredited investors.
D. To no more than 35 purchasers who are not accredited investors. Answer (D) is correct. The amount that may be raised under Rule 506 of Regulation D is unlimited. The offering may be purchased by an unlimited number of accredited investors. If no general solicitation or advertising is made, up to 35 purchasers who are not accredited investors also may purchase.
262
Mr. Brown transferred an office building to Corporation J in exchange for 100% of Corporation J’s stock and $30,000 in cash. The building had an adjusted basis of $150,000 and a fair market value of $250,000. The building was subject to a mortgage of $120,000, which Corporation J assumed for a valid business reason. The fair market value of Corporation J’s stock on the date of the transfer was $100,000. What is Mr. Brown’s recognized gain? A. $30,000 B. $70,000 C. $0 D. $100,000
A. $30,000 Answer (A) is correct. If the requirements of Sec. 351(a) are met, no gain or loss is recognized when property is transferred to a corporation. There are three primary exceptions to Sec. 351(a). Gain can be recognized when Property other than stock (e.g., cash) is received [Sec. 351(b)], A liability is assumed by the corporation for tax avoidance or nonbusiness purposes [Sec. 351(b)], or A liability is assumed in excess of the adjusted basis of the property transferred [Sec. 357(c)]. Since the mortgage is assumed for a valid business reason and does not exceed the $150,000 adjusted basis, none of the mortgage that is assumed is treated as boot property [Sec. 357(a)]. The recognized gain is the lesser of the cash received by the transferor ($30,000) or the realized gain of $100,000 [($100,000 FMV of stock + $120,000 mortgage release + $30,000 cash) – $150,000 adjusted basis].
263
Shale, a C corporation, made two liquidating distributions of $1,000 on January 9, 2017, and February 13, 2017, to shareholder Patricia. Shale must file Form 1099-DIV, Dividends and Distributions, with the Internal Revenue Service by A. April 15, 2018. B. February 28, 2018. C. December 31, 2017. D. January 31, 2018.
B. February 28, 2018. Answer (B) is correct. A corporation making any distribution in complete or partial liquidation must file a Form 1099-DIV in each calendar year of the liquidation for each shareholder to whom it makes a distribution of $600 or more. These forms must be sent to the shareholders by January 31 of the year following the calendar year in which the liquidating distribution is made [Sec. 6042(c)] and filed with the IRS by February 28 [Reg. 1.6043-2(a)].
264
In computing the ordinary income of a partnership, a deduction is allowed for A. Contributions to recognized charities. B. Short-term capital losses. C. The first $100 of dividends received from qualifying domestic corporations. D. Guaranteed payments to partners.
D. Guaranteed payments to partners. Answer (D) is correct. Ordinary income of a partnership is the balance of taxable income excluding all items required to be separately stated. Guaranteed payments to partners are deductible, provided they are ordinary and necessary business expenses.
265
Core Corporation reported current earnings and profits of $250,000. Core distributed a building with an adjusted basis to itself of $170,000 and a fair market value of $230,000 to its sole shareholder. The building had a mortgage of $90,000, which the shareholder will assume. What is the amount of the dividend received by the shareholder? A. $80,000 B. $140,000 C. $250,000 D. $230,000
B. $140,000 Answer (B) is correct. Section 301(b)(1) provides that the distribution to a shareholder is equal to the fair market value of the property distributed. Under Sec. 301(b)(2)(A), this amount must be decreased by any liabilities assumed by the shareholder or to which the property is subject. The distribution to the shareholder is $140,000 ($230,000 FMV – $90,000 liability). Under Sec. 316, a distribution is a dividend to the extent that it comes from earnings and profits. The earnings and profits would be increased by the gain (net of tax) on the distribution. Gain is recognized to the extent the FMV of the building exceeds the adjusted basis [Sec. 311(b)], or $60,000. In any event, the corporation has at least $250,000 of earnings and profits. Therefore, the entire $140,000 is a dividend.
266
In the current year, Fitz, a single taxpayer, sustained a $48,000 loss on Sec. 1244 stock in JJJ Corp., a qualifying small business corporation, and a $20,000 loss on Sec. 1244 stock in MMM Corp., another qualifying small business corporation. What is the maximum amount of loss that Fitz can deduct for the current year? A. $50,000 ordinary loss and $18,000 capital loss. B. $50,000 capital loss. C. $68,000 capital loss. D. $18,000 ordinary loss and $50,000 capital loss.
A. $50,000 ordinary loss and $18,000 capital loss. Answer (A) is correct. Up to $50,000 of loss realized on disposition or worthlessness of Sec. 1244 stock is treated as an ordinary loss. This limit applies to Sec. 1244 stock held in all corporations. The remaining $18,000 ($48,000 + $20,000 – $50,000) is a capital loss.
267
A complex trust is a trust that A. Must distribute income currently but is prohibited from distributing principal during the taxable year. B. Is exempt from payment of income tax since the tax is paid by the beneficiaries. C. Invests only in corporate securities and is prohibited from engaging in short-term transactions. D. Permits accumulation of current income, provides for charitable contributions, or distributes principal during the taxable year.
D. Permits accumulation of current income, provides for charitable contributions, or distributes principal during the taxable year. Answer (D) is correct. Complex trusts can accumulate income, provide for charitable contributions, or distribute amounts other than income. These characteristics distinguish a complex trust from a simple trust.
268
A corporation’s tax preference items that must be taken into account for 2017 AMT purposes include A. Accelerated depreciation on pre-1987 real property to the extent of the excess over straight-line depreciation. B. Use of the percentage-of-completion method of accounting for long-term contracts. C. Capital gains. D. Casualty losses.
A. Accelerated depreciation on pre-1987 real property to the extent of the excess over straight-line depreciation. Answer (A) is correct. Tax preference items increase adjusted taxable income to arrive at alternative minimum taxable income. Excess depreciation is a tax preference item for real property placed in service prior to 1987. Depreciation on assets placed in service after 1986 is computed as an adjustment rather than as a tax preference.
269
A $100,000 increase in partnership liabilities is treated in which of the following ways? A. Does not change any partner’s basis in the partnership regardless of whether the liabilities are recourse or nonrecourse. B. Increases the partners’ bases only if the liability is nonrecourse. C. Increases each partner’s basis in proportion to their ownership. D. Increases each partner’s basis in the partnership by $100,000.
C. Increases each partner’s basis in proportion to their ownership. Answer (C) is correct. A partner’s share of a partnership liability is treated as if the partner contributed an equivalent amount of money to the partnership. The deemed contribution increases the partner’s basis in his or her partnership interest. Normally, general partners share liabilities based on their ratio for sharing economic losses (recourse liability).
270
Under the modified accelerated cost recovery system (MACRS) of depreciation for property placed in service after 1986, A. The recovery period for depreciable realty must be at least 27.5 years. B. No type of straight-line depreciation is allowable. C. Used tangible depreciable property is excluded from the computation. D. Salvage value is ignored for purposes of computing the MACRS deduction.
D. Salvage value is ignored for purposes of computing the MACRS deduction. Answer (D) is correct. Salvage value is treated as zero in computing the amount allowable as a depreciation deduction under the MACRS. Used tangible property is depreciable under MACRS. The straight-line method is required for certain property, e.g., listed property. The 10-, 15-, and 20-year MACRS classes include certain real property, e.g., farm buildings.
271
Under the Revised Uniform Partnership Act, which of the following statements, if any, are correct regarding the effect of the assignment of an interest in a general partnership? The assignee is personally responsible for the assigning partner’s share of past and future partnership debts. The assignee is entitled to the assigning partner’s interest in partnership profits and surplus on dissolution of the partnership. A. Neither I nor II. B. I only. C. Both I and II. D. II only.
D. II only. Answer (D) is correct. A partner’s transferable interest consists of a partner’s share of partnership profits and losses and the right to receive distributions. Partners may sell or otherwise transfer (assign) their interests to the partnership, another partner, or a third party without loss of the rights and duties of a partner (except the interest transferred). Moreover, unless all the other partners agree to accept the assignee as a new partner, the assignee does not become a partner in the firm. Without partnership status, the assignee has no obligation for partnership debts.
272
Danielson invested $2,000,000 in DEC, a qualified small business corporation. Six years later, Danielson sold all of the DEC stock for $16,000,000 and purchased an office building with the proceeds. Danielson had not previously excluded any gain on the sale of small business stock. What is Danielson’s taxable gain after the exclusion? A. $9,000,000 B. $0 C. $7,000,000 D. $6,000,000
C. $7,000,000 Answer (C) is correct. Taxpayers may exclude 50% of the gain from the sale or exchange of small business stock if the stock was held for more than 5 years. Danielson has realized gain of $14,000,000 ($16,000,000 sales price – $2,000,000 AB), but only needs to recognize $7,000,000 (50% × $14,000,000) as a taxable gain.
273
What term is used to describe a partnership without a specified duration? A. A partnership by estoppel. B. An indefinite partnership. C. A partnership at will. D. A perpetual partnership.
C. A partnership at will. Answer (C) is correct. A partnership at will is one “in which the partners have not agreed to remain partners until the expiration of a definite term or the completion of a particular undertaking” (RUPA).
274
Jon, a cash-basis taxpayer, is the sole proprietor of a deer farm. Part of his farm land was transferred to the bank for partial payment of a loan. The remaining loan balance was discharged. He received the following amounts during 2017: Deer sales $100,000 Alimony 5,000 Debt discharge 9,000 Each of the deer had been purchased 2 years earlier for $5,000 and sold this year for $10,000. One of the deer sales was a buck that Jon had purchased and used for breeding. What amount does Jon report on Schedule F as gross income? A. $114,000 B. $109,000 C. $54,000 D. $50,000
C. $54,000 Answer (C) is correct. Most farm-related income is reported in Part 1 of Form 1040 Schedule F; however, one exception to that is the reporting of capital gains. Capital assets include livestock used for breeding and are reported on Schedule D. The cost of livestock purchased for resale is calculated in to arrive at gross income. Jon’s gross income includes the gain from nine deer ($100,000 ÷ $10,000 – 1 capital asset) and the debt discharge. The gross income is $54,000 ($90,000 of sales – $45,000 COGS + $9,000 debt discharge). Alimony received is reported on line 11 of Form 1040, not on Schedule F.
275
Under the position taken by a majority of state courts, to which third parties will a CPA who negligently prepares a client’s tax return be liable? A. Any third party whose reliance on the tax return was reasonably foreseeable. B. Any foreseen or known third party who relied on the tax return. C. Only those third parties in privity of contract with the CPA. D. All third parties who relied on the tax return and sustained injury.
``` B. Any foreseen or known third party who relied on the tax return. Answer (B) is correct. The majority rule is that the CPA is liable to foreseen (but not necessarily individually identified) third parties (foreseen users and users within a foreseen class of users). ```
276
Zachary invested $20,000 for a 30% interest in RST Partnership in the current year. At the same time, Andrea contributed property with a fair market value of $30,000, subject to a $10,000 liability (which the partnership assumed) for a 30% interest. Zachary’s distributive share of RST’s current year loss was $4,000. Assuming no other transactions occurred, what is Zachary’s basis in the partnership at the end of the current year? A. $16,000 B. $21,000 C. $10,000 D. $19,000
D. $19,000 Answer (D) is correct. A partner receives a basis in a partnership equal to the basis of the property contributed to the partnership. An increase in a partner’s share of liabilities is treated as a contribution of money by such partner, which increases the partner’s basis. Zachary’s basis in the partnership is $23,000 ($20,000 in contributed property and a 30% share of the $10,000 liability). After the $4,000, Zachary’s basis is reduced to $19,000.
277
When a parent corporation completely liquidates its 80%-owned subsidiary, the parent (as shareholder) will ordinarily A. Have to report any gain on liquidation as ordinary income. B. Be subject to capital gains tax on 80% of the long-term gain. C. Be subject to capital gains tax on 100% of the long-term gain. D. Not recognize gain or loss on the liquidating distribution(s).
D. Not recognize gain or loss on the liquidating distribution(s). Answer (D) is correct. When a subsidiary corporation is liquidated into the parent corporation in a Sec. 332 transaction, no gain or loss is recognized on the liquidation.
278
In 2017, Aaron transferred property worth $75,000 and services worth $25,000 to the BJ Corporation. In exchange, he received stock in BJ valued at $100,000. Immediately after the exchange, Aaron owned 80% of the only class of outstanding stock. Which of the following is true with regard to Aaron’s treatment of this transaction in 2017? A. Short-term capital gain of $25,000. B. Short-term capital gain of $100,000. C. No income until the stock is sold. D. Ordinary income of $25,000.
D. Ordinary income of $25,000. Answer (D) is correct. The general rule of Sec. 351 is that no gain or loss is recognized if one person or more transfers property to a corporation solely for stock and if, immediately after the exchange, such person(s) is(are) in control of the corporation (i.e., own at least 80% of the stock). Section 351(d) states, however, that stock issued for services is not issued in return for property. Stock issued for services falls outside the general rule, and income must be recognized on such a transfer. The fair market value of stock received for services ($25,000) must be included in Aaron’s income. All other stock received was in exchange for property, and no gain or loss is recognized on its transfer.
279
Fact Pattern: West & Co., CPAs, expressed an unmodified opinion on the financial statements of Pride Corp. These were included in Pride’s registration statement filed with the SEC. Subsequently, Hex purchased 500 shares of Pride’s preferred stock, which were acquired as part of a public offering subject to the Securities Act of 1933. Hex has commenced an action against West based on the Securities Act of 1933 for losses resulting from misstatements of facts in the financial statements included in the registration statement. Which of the following elements must Hex prove to hold West liable? A. West performed the audit negligently. B. Hex relied on the financial statements included in the registration statement. C. The misstatements were material. D. West expressed its opinion with knowledge of material misstatements.
C. The misstatements were material. Answer (C) is correct. Section 11 is the most frequently invoked basis for suit under the Securities Act of 1933. Under Section 11, the investor need only prove that (s)he suffered losses in a transaction involving the particular securities covered by the registration statement and that the registration statement contained a material misstatement or omission of fact for which the CPAs were responsible, e.g., in the audited financial statements. Unless rebutted, such proof is sufficient to prevail in the lawsuit.
280
Campbell acquired a 10% interest in Vogue Partnership by contributing a building with an adjusted basis of $40,000 and a fair market value of $90,000. The building was subject to a $60,000 mortgage that was assumed by Vogue. The other partners contributed cash only. The basis of Campbell’s partnership interest in Vogue is A. $0 B. $34,000 C. $84,000 D. $30,000
A. $0 Answer (A) is correct. A partner’s initial basis in his or her partnership interest is, among other factors, his or her adjusted basis of property contributed increased for the partner’s share of partnership liabilities and reduced by the amount of the partner’s liabilities assumed by the partnership. Campbell’s basis for his partnership interest in Vogue is calculated as follows: Basis of property contributed $ 40,000 Gain recognized on contributed property 14,000 Partner’s share of partnership liabilities ($60,000 × 10%) 6,000 Less: Partner’s liabilities assumed by the partnership (60,000) Basis in partnership interest $ 0
281
During 2015, Blake transferred a corporate bond with a face amount and fair market value of $20,000 to a trust for the benefit of her 16-year-old child. Annual interest on this bond is $2,000, which is to be accumulated in the trust and distributed to the child on reaching the age of 21. The bond is then to be distributed to the donor or her successor-in-interest in liquidation of the trust. Present value of the total interest to be received by the child is $8,710. The amount of the gift that is excludable from taxable gifts is A. $0 B. $8,710 C. $12,000 D. $20,000
A. $0 Answer (A) is correct. Up to $14,000 of the FMV of a gift of present interest to a donee is excludable each year. A present interest is an unrestricted right to the immediate use, possession, or enjoyment of property or the income from property (such as a life estate or interest). The donee has no present interest in the transferred property, so none of its present value is excludable by the donor/trustor.
282
Al and Mary Lew are married and filed a joint 2017 income tax return in which they validly claimed the $4,050 personal exemption for their dependent 17-year-old daughter, Dora. Since Dora earned $8,650 in 2017 from a part-time job at the college she attended full-time, Dora was also required to file a 2017 income tax return. What amount was Dora entitled to claim as a personal exemption in her 2017 individual income tax return? A. $1,050 B. $4,050 C. $1,550 D. $0
D. $0 Answer (D) is correct. An exemption is allowed for each dependent whose gross income for the taxable year is less than the exemption amount ($4,050 in 2017) or who is a child of the taxpayer and has not attained the age of 19. No personal exemption may be taken on the return of an individual who can be claimed as a dependent on another taxpayer’s return. Dora’s parents are entitled to claim her as a dependent on their return. Therefore, Dora is not entitled to a personal exemption herself.
283
Jaxson Corp. has 200,000 shares of voting common stock issued and outstanding. King Corp. has decided to acquire 90% of Jaxson’s voting common stock solely in exchange for 50% of its voting common stock and retain Jaxson as a subsidiary after the transaction. Which of the following statements is true? A. King must issue at least 60% of its voting common stock for the transaction to qualify as a tax-free reorganization. B. The transaction will qualify as a tax-free reorganization. C. King must acquire 100% of Jaxson stock for the transaction to be a tax-free reorganization. D. Jaxson must surrender assets for the transaction to qualify as a tax-free reorganization.
B. The transaction will qualify as a tax-free reorganization. Answer (B) is correct. A Type B, or stock-for-stock, acquisition qualifies as a tax-free reorganization if the shareholders of one company acquire the stock of the target company solely in exchange for stock of their company. The acquiring company must control at least 80% of the stock of the target company after the exchange.
284
As of January 1, 2017, Kane owned all 100 issued shares of Manning Corp., a calendar-year S corporation. On the 41st day of 2017, Kane sold 25 of the Manning shares to Rodgers. For the year ended December 31, 2017 (a 365-day calendar year), Manning had $73,000 in nonseparately stated income and made no distributions to its shareholders. What amount of nonseparately stated income from Manning should be reported on Kane’s 2017 tax return? A. $16,250 B. $0 C. $56,800 D. $54,750
C. $56,800 Answer (C) is correct. Each shareholder shall include in gross income the pro rata share of the S corporation’s income. The pro rata share is the taxpayer’s share of the corporation’s income after assigning an equal portion of the income to each day of the taxable year and then dividing that portion pro rata among the shares outstanding on each day. Therefore, each day of the year will be assigned $200 of income ($73,000 ÷ 365). Kane’s share will be $56,800 [$8,200 (41 days × $200 × 100% ownership) plus $48,600 (324 days × $200 × 75% ownership)].
285
Michael operates his health food store as a sole proprietorship out of a building he owns. Based on the following information regarding Year 6, compute his net self-employment income (for SE tax purposes) for Year 6. Gross receipts $100,000 Cost of Goods Sold 49,000 Utilities 6,000 Real estate taxes 1,000 Gain on sale of business truck 2,000 Depreciation expense 5,000 Section 179 expense 1,000 Mortgage interest on building 7,000 Contributions to Keogh retirement plan 2,000 Net operating loss (NOL) from Year 5 10,000 A. $16,000 B. $24,000 C. $31,000 D. $14,000
C. $31,000 Answer (C) is correct. Net earnings from self employment are gross income derived from a trade or business, less allowable deductions attributable to the trade or business. Capital gains and losses and contributions to retirement plans are not considered income or expenses for self-employment purposes. In addition, net operating losses are not considered for self-employment purposes. Michael’s net self-employment income is computed as follows: Gross receipts $100,000 Cost of goods sold (49,000) Utilities (6,000) Real estate taxes (1,000) Depreciation expense (5,000) Section 179 expense (1,000) Mortgage interest (7,000) Net self-employment income $ 31,000
286
All of the following are examples of disreputable conduct for which a CPA may be disbarred or suspended from practice before the Internal Revenue Service except A. Failing to properly and promptly remit funds received from a client for the purpose of payment of taxes. B. Soliciting by mailings, the contents of which are designed for the general public. C. Maintaining a partnership for the practice of tax law and accounting with a person who is under disbarment from practice before the Internal Revenue Service. D. Suggesting that (s)he is improperly able to obtain special consideration from an Internal Revenue Service employee.
B. Soliciting by mailings, the contents of which are designed for the general public. Answer (B) is correct. Section 10.51 of Circular 230 lists several examples of disreputable conduct for which a CPA may be disbarred or suspended from practice before the Internal Revenue Service. Solicitation by mailings, the contents of which are designed for the general public, is not prohibited under Sec. 10.30(a)(2) and is not disreputable conduct under Sec. 10.51 of Circular 230.
287
Rachel purchased 100 shares of Comet Corporation stock for $500 in Year 1. In Year 4, Rachel received $5,000 in a distribution from the partial liquidation of Comet Corporation. On her personal Year 4 income tax return, Rachel must report income from this transaction as A. Dividends. B. None of the answers are correct. C. Other. D. Capital gains.
D. Capital gains. Answer (D) is correct. Section 302(b)(4) allows noncorporate shareholders who receive redemptions in partial liquidation to treat the distribution as payment for their stock. Any gain on the redemption is eligible for capital gain treatment.
288
What is the threshold of public support that generally forces a private foundation to terminate that status and become a public charity? A. More than two-thirds of support from investment income and the general public. B. More than a third of support from investment income and unrelated business income. C. More than a third of support from members and the general public. D. More than two-thirds of support from members and unrelated business income.
C. More than a third of support from members and the general public. Answer (C) is correct. Each domestic or foreign exempt organization is a private foundation unless it generally receives more than a third of its support (annually) from its members and the general public. In this case, the private foundation status terminates, and the organization becomes a public charity.
289
On August 1 of the current year, George Hart, Jr., acquired a 25% interest in the Wilson, Hart, and Company partnership by gift from his father. The partnership interest had been acquired by a $50,000 cash investment by Hart, Sr., 20 years ago. The basis of Hart, Sr.’s partnership interest was $60,000 at the time of the gift. No gift tax was paid. Hart, Jr., sold the 25% partnership interest for $85,000 on December 17 of this year. What type and amount of gain should Hart, Jr., report on his current-year tax return? A. A long-term capital gain of $35,000. B. A short-term capital gain of $35,000. C. A short-term capital gain of $25,000. D. A long-term capital gain of $25,000.
D. A long-term capital gain of $25,000. Answer (D) is correct. Under Sec. 1015, the basis of property acquired by gift is the same as the adjusted basis of the donor plus gift tax paid by the donor on the property’s appreciation. Hart, Jr.’s basis was therefore $60,000. Section 741 provides that the gain on the sale of a partnership interest is capital gain. Hart, Jr.’s gain is long-term since Sec. 1223(2) provides that if property has the same basis as it did in the hands of the previous owner, the holding period of the present owner includes the holding period of the previous owner. Note that this problem assumes there is no change in basis between August 1 and December 17, which would be unlikely. Under this assumption, Hart, Jr.’s gain is Proceeds $85,000 Less: Adjusted basis (60,000) Long-term capital gain $25,000
290
Hotel Management Consulting (HMC) is a corporation chartered in state X, which has adopted the Uniform Division of Income for Tax Purposes Act (UDITPA) and does business in another state, Y, that has also adopted the act. HMC owns an office building in state Y, with 3,000 square feet of space, valued at $500,000. The total square footage of all offices for the firm is 1,200,000 square feet nation-wide valued at $200,000,000. HMC has 5 employees in state Y with an annual payroll of $450,000 and another 100 employees outside state Y. The total annual payroll for all employees is $50,000,000. The consulting income in state Y totals $4,000,000 and total income from all sources is $700,000,000. State Y used the formula specified in UDITPA, not the gross receipts factor. What is the apportionment percentage to be applied to Hotel Management Consulting for taxing income in state Y? A. 0.546% B. 1.861% C. 0.574% D. 1.940%
C. 0.574% Answer (C) is correct. The apportionment of income to a taxing state under UDITPA. The formula is The property factor = $500,000 ÷ $200,000,000 = 0.250% The payroll factor = $450,000 ÷ $50,000,000 = 0.900% The sales factor = $4,000,000 ÷ $700,000,000 = 0.5714% Therefore, the apportionment percentage for taxing HMC’s income in state Y is 0.574% [(0.250% + 0.900% + 0.5714%) ÷ 3].
291
Barker acquired a 50% interest in Kode Partnership by contributing $20,000 cash and a building with an adjusted basis of $26,000 and a fair market value of $42,000. The building was subject to a $10,000 mortgage, which was assumed by Kode. The other partners contributed cash only. The basis of Barker’s interest in Kode is A. $52,000 B. $36,000 C. $62,000 D. $41,000
D. $41,000 Answer (D) is correct. The basis of an interest in a partnership acquired through the contribution of property is the adjusted basis of such property to the contributing partner. A decrease in a partner’s personal liabilities by reason of the assumption by the partnership of such liabilities is treated as a distribution of money to the partner. This distribution reduces the basis of the partner’s interest (but not below zero). When Barker became a 50% partner, the net liability relief was 50% of the $10,000 mortgage. Barker’s basis in the partnership is the $20,000 cash contributed plus the $26,000 adjusted basis in contributed property less the $5,000 liability relief, or $41,000.
292
For an electing large partnership, miscellaneous itemized deductions are considered at the partnership level by A. Allowing all miscellaneous itemized deductions to reduce partnership taxable income at the partnership level without limitation. B. Combining the items and disallowing 70% of the deductions in determining partnership taxable income. C. Disallowing all miscellaneous itemized deductions at the partnership level in determining partnership taxable income. D. Applying the 2% floor to each of the miscellaneous itemized deduction items in determining partnership taxable income.
B. Combining the items and disallowing 70% of the deductions in determining partnership taxable income. Answer (B) is correct. Miscellaneous itemized deductions are generally combined at the partnership level. Instead of applying the 2% floor to each deduction, 70% of the total of these deductions are disallowed at the partnership level.
293
How does the Securities Act of 1933, which imposes civil liability on auditors for misrepresentations or omissions of material facts in a registration statement, expand auditors’ liability to purchasers of securities beyond that of common law? A. Purchasers have to prove either fraud or gross negligence as a basis for recovery. B. Auditors are held to a standard of care described as “professional skepticism.” C. Privity with purchasers is not a necessary element of proof. D. Purchasers only have to prove loss caused by reliance on audited financial statements.
C. Privity with purchasers is not a necessary element of proof. Answer (C) is correct. Under the 1933 act, a purchaser need only prove damages resulting from the purchase of securities covered by a registration statement containing a false statement or omission of a material fact in a section audited or prepared by the auditor. The auditor must then prove that (s)he was not negligent (or fraudulent), usually by showing that (s)he acted with due diligence. To recover damages at common law based on contract or negligence, privity between the plaintiff and accountant may be required. To recover under the Securities Act of 1933, however, a purchaser of securities need not prove privity of contract with a CPA.
294
Under a plan of complete liquidation, Len Corporation distributed land, having an adjusted basis to Len of $26,000, to its sole shareholder. The land was subject to a liability of $38,000, which the shareholder assumed for legitimate business purposes. The fair market value of the land on the date of distribution was $35,000. What is the amount of Len Corporation’s recognized gain (or loss)? A. $(29,000) B. $12,000 C. $9,000 D. $(3,000)
B. $12,000 Answer (B) is correct. Section 336(a) provides that a corporation should treat a complete liquidation as a sale using the fair market value. However, Sec. 336(b) requires that the fair market value used should not be less than any liability accepted by the distributee. Since Len is transferring property with a liability of $38,000, which is higher than the $35,000 FMV, the $38,000 is used as the new FMV. Therefore, Len Corporation recognizes a $12,000 gain ($38,000 new FMV – $26,000 adjusted basis).
295
Qualified small business stock, for purposes of applying rollover and exclusion rules, is stock that meets all the following tests except A. Originally issued after August 10, 1993. B. Stock in a C corporation. C. Total gross assets of $100 million or less at all times after August 10, 1993 and before it issued the stock. D. Acquired by original issue in exchange for money or other property or as pay for services.
C. Total gross assets of $100 million or less at all times after August 10, 1993 and before it issued the stock. Answer (C) is correct. Stock qualifies as Section 1202 stock if it is received after August 10, 1993, the corporation is a domestic C corporation, the seller is the original owner of the stock, and the corporation’s gross assets do not exceed $50 million at the time the stock was issued. Additional requirements do exist. However, the total gross assets requirement is $50 million.
296
Bear Corporation, which was organized in Year 1, reports the following adjusted current earnings (ACE) and alternative minimum taxable income (AMTI) amounts (excluding the ACE adjustment and alternative tax NOL deduction) for the period Year 1 through Year 3. Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 ACE $200 $200 $200 AMTI 100 200 400 What is Bear Corporation’s ACE adjustment for Year 3? A. $75 B. $(150) C. $(75) D. $150
C. $(75) Answer (C) is correct. Section 56(g) provides that the ACE adjustment shall be 75% of the difference between ACE and AMTI (excluding the ACE adjustment and the alternative tax NOL deduction). However, in a tax year in which AMTI exceeds ACE, the negative adjustment is limited to the aggregate positive adjustments for prior years over the aggregate negative adjustments for prior years. Bear’s AMTI exceeds its ACE by $200 in Year 3, 75% of which equals $150. However, this negative adjustment amount is limited to the $75 positive adjustment made in Year 1 [($200 ACE – $100 AMTI) × 75% = $75].
297
Mr. Anderson, a sole proprietor, purchased $12,000 worth of office equipment and furniture in 2017 for use in his business. He elected to take the maximum Sec. 179 deduction. What is Mr. Anderson’s basis for the MACRS computation? A. $2,000 B. $7,000 C. $12,000 D. $0
D. $0 Answer (D) is correct. The original cost of an asset must be reduced for any Sec. 179 expense up to $510,000 in 2017. Since Mr. Anderson took the Sec. 179 expense deduction of $12,000 in 2017, he must reduce the cost of his property. Mr. Anderson’s depreciable basis is Original cost $12,000 Less Sec. 179 deduction (12,000) Depreciable basis $ 0
298
Mr. and Mrs. B file a joint income tax return. Mr. B owns and operates a grocery store that had a net income of $15,000 in 2017. Mrs. B is a self-employed physical therapist, and her net income was $42,900. What is the total amount of self-employment tax Mr. and Mrs. B must report on their joint return for 2017? A. $8,181 B. $6,630 C. $8,859 D. $4,090
A. $8,181 Answer (A) is correct. The tax on self-employment income is imposed by Sec. 1401 on all taxpayers whose net earnings from self-employment exceed $400 [Sec. 1402(b)]. For 2017, the tax is divided into two components: the Social Security and Medicare taxes, which are based on the net earnings from self-employment. The Social Security tax is imposed at a 12.4% rate up to a $127,200 maximum. The Medicare tax is imposed at a 2.9% rate, and there is no maximum. Taxpayers may reduce their tentative net earnings from self-employment by the product of the employer’s portion of the self-employment tax rate (7.65%) times the tentative net earnings from self-employment [Sec. 1402(a)(12)]. The self-employment tax is computed separately for each spouse. Their taxes are Mr. B ``` Mrs. B Net income (tentative net earnings ``` from self-employment) $15,000 $42,900 Less: Employer’s portion of self- employment tax rate times net income (1,148) (3,282) Net earnings from self-employment $13,852 $39,618 Times: Tax Rate × 0.153 × 0.153 Self-employment tax $ 2,119 $ 6,062 The total self-employment tax for Mr. and Mrs. B is $8,181 ($2,119 + $6,062).
299
In computing an individual’s net operating loss, which of the following is not considered business income or deduction(s)? A. Personal casualty loss. B. Gain on sale of business property. C. Wages. D. Gain on sale of investment property.
D. Gain on sale of investment property. Answer (D) is correct. Business and nonbusiness income and deductions need to be distinguished because nonbusiness deductions are deductible in computing a NOL only to the extent of nonbusiness income. Nonbusiness deductions and income are those that are not attributable to, or derived from, a taxpayer’s trade or business. Also, capital losses are only deductible to the extent of capital gains. A gain on the sale of investment property is a capital gain and not business income.
300
Hansel and Gretel were employed as managers of a motel. Part of their job requirements was to live on the premises so that they would be available to watch the desk and take care of any guest’s problems. They were provided with living quarters and groceries free of charge. The living quarters were worth $3,000 per year, and the groceries were worth $2,500 per year. How much must Hansel and Gretel include in gross income? A. $3,000 B. $5,500 C. $2,500 D. $0
C. $2,500 Answer (C) is correct. Section 119 provides an exclusion for meals and lodging furnished on the business premises of the employer if they are furnished for the convenience of the employer. Having motel managers remain on the premises to register and take care of guests is for the convenience of the employer. For lodging (but not meals), the employee must be required to accept the lodging as a condition of employment. Since these requirements are met for Hansel and Gretel, they may exclude the entire value of their living quarters. However, while the value of meals may be excluded, there is no exclusion for groceries. Therefore, Hansel and Gretel must include the value of groceries ($2,500) in their gross income.
301
Placebo Corp. is an accrual-basis, calendar-year corporation. On December 13, 2017, the board of directors declared a 2%-of-profits bonus to all employees for services rendered during 2017 and notified them in writing. None of the employees own stock in Placebo. The amount represents reasonable compensation for services rendered and was paid on March 13, 2018. Placebo’s bonus expense may A. Be deducted on Placebo’s 2018 tax return. B. Not be deducted on Placebo’s tax return because payment is a disguised dividend. C. Be deducted on Placebo’s 2017 tax return. D. Not be deducted on Placebo’s 2017 tax return because the per-share employee amount cannot be determined with reasonable accuracy at the time of the declaration of the bonus.
C. Be deducted on Placebo’s 2017 tax return. Answer (C) is correct. Under Sec. 404, certain contributions paid by an employer are subject to being treated as deferred compensation and are deductible in the year of payment. This limitation is applicable if the deduction would otherwise be allowed under Sec. 162(a). The deduction is required in the payment year unless distributed prior to March 15. Because the present amount was paid on March 13, the time of receipt was within the allocated period of time, and the compensation can be deducted as a business expense under Sec. 162 in 2017.
302
Which shareholders must consent to have a corporation’s S election revoked? A. Any shareholder regardless of percentage ownership. B. All shareholders regardless of percentage ownership. C. Any two shareholders holding at least 10% each. D. Any shareholder or group of shareholders owning more than 50%.
D. Any shareholder or group of shareholders owning more than 50%. Answer (D) is correct. The consent of shareholders who collectively hold more than 50% of the issued and outstanding stock, both voting and nonvoting, at the revocation is required to successfully revoke the S election.
303
The Revised Uniform Principal and Income Act, with some modifications, has been adopted by many states to establish the definitions of the principal and income of a trust or estate for federal income tax purposes. In general, the act treats which of the following as income to a trust or estate? Rents Gain on the sale of property Stock rights Interest A. II and III. B. I and IV. C. III and IV. D. I and II.
B. I and IV. Answer (B) is correct. The distinction between trust or estate income and principal is an important one. Tax is imposed on the taxable income (TI) of trusts or estates, but not on items treated as fiduciary principal. The Revised Uniform Principal and Income Act specifies that certain items, including business income, interest, rents, and taxable dividends, are to be treated as income to the trust or estate. The act also lists certain items to be treated as principal, including consideration for property (e.g., gain on sale), stock splits, stock rights, and liquidating dividends.
304
Which of the following statements regarding the termination of an S corporation election is true? A. The election terminates automatically if the corporation derives more than 25% of its gross receipts from passive investment income during the year. B. The election may be revoked by the Internal Revenue Service if there is a history of 10 years of operating losses. C. The election may be revoked with the consent of shareholders who, at the time the revocation is made, hold more than 50% of the number of issued and outstanding shares. D. The election may be revoked by the board of directors of the corporation only if they are not shareholders.
C. The election may be revoked with the consent of shareholders who, at the time the revocation is made, hold more than 50% of the number of issued and outstanding shares. Answer (C) is correct. Upon the occurrence of a terminating event, an S corporation becomes a C corporation. An S corporation election is terminated if shareholders collectively holding more than 50% of the outstanding shares of stock on the day of the revocation (voting and nonvoting) consent, any eligibility requirement not being satisfied on any day, and/or a passive income investment income (PII) termination.
305
Elk Corporation, a calendar-year C corporation, had accumulated earnings and profits of $60,000 as of January 1, 2017, the beginning of its tax year, and had earnings and profits of $6,000 for 2017. Elk Corporation distributed $15,000 to its shareholders on July 1, 2017. What portion of the $15,000 distribution would be an ordinary dividend? A. $6,000 B. $15,000 C. $0 D. $10,000
B. $15,000 Answer (B) is correct. Determination must first be made as to whether or not the cash distribution is a dividend. Section 316 defines a dividend as a distribution of earnings and profits (E&P). Regulation 1.316-1(a)(1)(ii) states that current E&P is to be computed at the end of the tax year without regard to distributions during the year. At December 31, 2017, Elk has a current E&P of $6,000 and accumulated E&P of $60,000. The cash distribution comes first from current E&P ($6,000 – $6,000 = $0), with the balance from accumulated E&P, thereby leaving a $51,000 balance ($60,000 – $9,000). All $15,000 of the distribution is dividend income.
306
For 2017, all of the following situations qualify as exceptions to the penalty for underpayment of estimated tax except A. Total tax shown on the return minus withholdings is less than $1,000. B. The taxes shown as owed on the return are no more than 10% of the total 2017 tax, all required estimated tax payments were made on time. C. A U.S. citizen paid no estimated tax because he had no tax liability in the preceding year and the year was a 12-month period. D. An employee taxpayer’s estimated tax payments were 100% of that shown on the 2016 return, and last year’s AGI was $160,000.
D. An employee taxpayer’s estimated tax payments were 100% of that shown on the 2016 return, and last year’s AGI was $160,000. Answer (D) is correct. Adjusted gross income above $150,000 subjects the individual taxpayer to a different safe harbor provision. The safe harbor percentage is 110%.
307
The accumulated earnings tax A. Cannot be imposed on a corporation that has undistributed earnings and profits of less than $150,000. B. Can be imposed on S corporations that do not regularly distribute their earnings. C. Applies only to closely held corporations. D. Should be self-assessed by filing a separate schedule along with the regular tax return.
A. Cannot be imposed on a corporation that has undistributed earnings and profits of less than $150,000. Answer (A) is correct. The Accumulated Earnings Credit (AEC) is deducted from taxable income (TI) to determine accumulated taxable income (ATI), the AET base. The minimum credit base is $250,000. However, the minimum credit base is $150,000 for certain service corporations. The AET base is not less than any excess of the minimum credit base ($150,000) over accumulated E&P. Thus, AET is not imposed on a corporation that has undistributed earnings and profits of less than $150,000.
308
Which of the following is not one of the three classes of Treasury Regulations? A. Temporary. B. Final. C. Judicial. D. Proposed.
C. Judicial. Answer (C) is correct. The three classes of Treasury Regulations are temporary, final, and proposed regulations. Judicial is not a class of Treasury Regulations.
309
Frank owned and operated a machine shop. He used the cash method of accounting. At the time of his death in last year, Frank was owed $5,000 for work his shop had performed. This $5,000 amount was paid prior to Frank’s estate being settled. The sole beneficiary of the estate is Frank’s son Jim, but the $5,000 was not distributed to Jim before the settlement of Frank’s estate. The $5,000 must be included in the income of A. The income tax return of beneficiary Jim. B. Frank’s final income tax return. C. None of the answers are correct. D. Frank’s estate’s income tax return.
D. Frank’s estate’s income tax return. Answer (D) is correct. Because Frank used the cash method and had not received the $5,000 payment before his death, he should not report this amount on his final income tax return. The $5,000 was received before his estate was settled, however. Thus, $5,000 must be included on Frank’s estate income tax return.
310
Which transaction will cause certain employee trusts to lose exempt status? A. Lending with interest. B. Lending without adequate security. C. Non-prohibited transaction. D. Paying compensation for personal services.
B. Lending without adequate security. Answer (B) is correct. Certain employee trusts lose exempt status if they engage in prohibited transactions, e.g., lending without adequate security or reasonable interest, or paying unreasonable compensation for personal services.
311
George, a sole proprietor, may deduct various taxes imposed by federal, state, local, and foreign governments, if he incurs them in the ordinary course of his business. All of the following are deductible on Schedule C, Form 1040, except A. Personal property taxes on personal property used in his business. B. Gasoline taxes included in the cost of fuel used in his business. C. State and local income taxes on net income.
C. State and local income taxes on net income. Answer (C) is correct. State income taxes are imposed on an individual after income from all taxable sources is aggregated. State income taxes are a personal expense (deductible under Sec. 164) and not an expense of the source of income, e.g., a sole proprietorship. They are deducted from adjusted gross income and are reported as an itemized deduction on Schedule A.
312
For the tax year, Beta Corporation had net income per books of $76,000, tax-exempt interest of $4,000, excess contributions of $2,000, meals in excess of the 50% limitation of $8,000, and federal income taxes of $18,000. What is the amount of Beta Corporation’s taxable income as it would be shown on Schedule M-1 of its corporate income tax return? A. $104,000 B. $108,000 C. $100,000 D. $94,000
C. $100,000 Answer (C) is correct. Schedule M-1 reconciles income or loss per books with income or loss per return. The $76,000 income per books is adjusted by adding federal income taxes ($18,000), excess contributions ($2,000), and meals in excess of the 50% limitation ($8,000) and by subtracting tax-exempt interest ($4,000).
313
A valid limited partnership A. Is exempt from all Securities and Exchange Commission regulations. B. Cannot be treated as an “association” for federal income tax purposes. C. May have an unlimited number of partners. D. Must designate in its certificate the name, address, and capital contribution of each general partner and each limited partner.
C. May have an unlimited number of partners. Answer (C) is correct. A valid limited partnership has no maximum limit on the number of partners (limited or general). The only requirement is that it have at least one limited and one general partner. In contrast, S corporations currently have a limit of 100 shareholders.
314
The following information is from Company B’s most recent tax year in which it had $5 million of business income: Average value of real and tangible personal property State 1 = $540,000 Company total = $3 million Compensation paid State 1 = $240,000 Company total = $2 million Sales State 1 = $2.1 million Company total = $10 million How much business income should be apportioned to State 1? A. $975,000 B. $900,000 C. $825,000 D. $850,000
D. $850,000 Answer (D) is correct. All business income is apportioned to a taxing state by multiplying the business income by the sum of the property, payroll, and sales factors divided by three. Property factor = $540,000 = 18% $3 million Payroll factor = $240,000 = 12% $2 million Sales factor = $2,100,000 = 21% $10 million State 1 income apportionment = 18% + 12% + 21% = 17% × $5 million 3 = $850,000
315
What is the tax treatment of net losses in excess of the at-risk amount for an activity? A. Any losses in excess of the at-risk amount are deducted currently against income from other activities; the remaining loss, if any, is carried forward without expiration. B. Any loss in excess of the at-risk amount is suspended and is deductible in the year in which the activity is disposed of in full. C. Any losses in excess of the at-risk amount are suspended and carried forward without expiration and are deductible against income in future years from that activity. D. Any losses in excess of the at-risk amount are carried back 2 years against activities with income and then carried forward for 20 years.
C. Any losses in excess of the at-risk amount are suspended and carried forward without expiration and are deductible against income in future years from that activity. Answer (C) is correct. The losses are carried forward without expiration and are deductible against income in future years from that activity.
316
Under a “cafeteria plan” maintained by an employer, A. Participation must be restricted to employees and their spouses and minor children. B. Participants may select their own menu of benefits. C. Provision may be made for deferred compensation other than 401(k) plans. D. At least 3 years of service are required before an employee can participate in the plan.
B. Participants may select their own menu of benefits. Answer (B) is correct. Section 125 defines a cafeteria plan as a written plan under which all participants are employees and the participants may choose among benefits consisting of cash and qualified benefits. Participation is restricted to the employee. There is no minimum period of employment required. Benefits that do not qualify include (1) deferred compensation plans other than Sec. 401(k) plans, (2) scholarships and fellowship grants or tuition reductions, (3) educational assistance, and (4) other fringe benefits.
317
Sunnie owns 50% of the shares of Corporation H, a calendar-year S corporation, having a basis of $7,000. She also guaranteed a corporate loan of $6,000. For the current year, H had an operating loss of $22,000. What is the amount of H’s loss that Sunnie can deduct on her individual income tax return for the current year? A. $10,000 B. $11,000 C. $0 D. $7,000
D. $7,000 Answer (D) is correct. A shareholder in an S corporation includes his or her pro rata share of all items of income, loss, deduction, and credit from the S corporation [Sec. 1366(a)]. Sunnie is a 50% shareholder and is allocated 50% of the $22,000 ordinary loss for the current year, or $11,000. However, Sec. 1366(d) limits the losses taken into account by a shareholder to the sum of the shareholder’s basis in the stock and his or her basis in any debt of the S corporation to that shareholder. Sunnie’s guarantee does not increase her basis in the stock. Sunnie’s limit for deduction of losses is the $7,000 basis in her stock. The remaining loss of $4,000 can be carried forward indefinitely until Sunnie has sufficient basis.
318
Shaney Corporation repurchased its own outstanding bonds in the open market for $258,000 on May 31, 2017. The bonds were originally issued on May 5, 2013, at face value of $250,000. For its tax year ending December 31, 2017, Shaney should report A. A capital loss of $8,000. B. A capital gain of $8,000. C. A deduction of $8,000. D. Neither income nor a deduction.
C. A deduction of $8,000. Answer (C) is correct. If bonds are issued and subsequently repurchased by the corporation at a price in excess of the issue price, the excess of the purchase price over the issue price is deductible as interest expense for that taxable year. Shaney should therefore report a deduction of $8,000 (repurchase price of $258,000 less issue price of $250,000).
319
A taxpayer has had one issue under audit by the Internal Revenue Service for several years. Unless the taxpayer agrees otherwise, the IRS has at most how many years to assess taxes after the taxpayer’s return was filed? A. Seven. B. Three. C. Five. D. Four.
B. Three. Answer (B) is correct. The statute of limitations for assessment of tax liability (except in the case of fraud or other special exceptions) is generally 3 years from the date the return is filed. Note that an early return is treated as filed on the due date.
320
Which of the following statements about losses in federally declared disaster areas is false? A. If the taxpayer’s home is located in a federally declared disaster area, and the state government orders that it be torn down, the taxpayer may be able to treat the loss in value as a casualty loss from a disaster. B. Disaster area loss deductions are figured using the usual rules for casualty losses. C. Once made, the election to deduct the loss on the prior-year return cannot be revoked. D. The taxpayer has the option of deducting the loss on the return for the year immediately preceding the year in which the disaster actually occurred.
C. Once made, the election to deduct the loss on the prior-year return cannot be revoked. Answer (C) is correct. If a taxpayer sustains a loss from a disaster in an area subsequently designated as a federal disaster area, a special rule may help the taxpayer to cushion his or her loss. Disaster loss treatment is available with respect to a personal residence declared unsafe and ordered to be demolished by the state or local government. The taxpayer also has the option of deducting the loss on his or her return for the year in which the loss occurred or on the return for the previous year. Revocation of the election to deduct the loss on the preceding year’s tax return may be made before the expiration of time for filing the return for the year of loss. The calculation of the deduction for a disaster loss follows the same rules as those for nonbusiness casualty losses.
321
A single individual may have to pay alternative minimum tax if taxable income for regular tax purposes, plus any adjustments and preference items exceeds A. $84,500 B. $24,100 C. $42,250 D. $54,300
D. $54,300 Answer (D) is correct. Section 55(d) provides an exemption amount for individuals for purposes of computing the alternative minimum tax. The amount of this exemption for individuals who are not married and not a surviving spouse is $54,300. As a result, a single individual will not have to pay alternative minimum tax until his or her alternative minimum taxable income exceeds $54,300. Note that this amount would be phased out by reducing the exemption for 25% of the excess of alternative minimum taxable income over a certain amount ($120,700 in the case of a single individual).
322
Andrew is a 40% partner in the ABC Partnership, in which capital is a material income-producing factor. He gives one-half of his interest to his brother, John. During the current year, Andrew performs services for the partnership for which reasonable compensation is $65,000 but for which he accepts no pay. Andrew and John are each credited with a $100,000 distributive share of the partnership’s ordinary income. How much should Andrew report? A. $132,500 B. $100,000 C. $67,500 D. $105,000
A. $132,500 Answer (A) is correct. A partnership agreement is disregarded to the extent a partner receives less than reasonable compensation for services. Of ABC’s $200,000 gross income credited to Andrew and John, $65,000 must be allocated to Andrew for his services. The remaining $135,000 is split between the two. Thus, Andrew should report $132,500 [($65,000 + (1/2 × $135,000)].
323
Commerce Corp. elects S corporation status as of the beginning of 2017. At the time of Commerce’s election, it held a machine with a basis of $20,000 and a fair market value of $30,000. In March of 2017, Commerce sells the machine for $35,000. What would be the amount subject to the built-in gains tax? A. $15,000 B. $5,000 C. $0 D. $10,000
D. $10,000 Answer (D) is correct. An S corporation that, upon conversion from C to S status after 1986, had net appreciation inherent in its assets is subject to tax of 35% on net gain recognized (up to the amount of built-in gain on conversion) during the recognition period. For conversions made after the 2010 tax year, the recognition period is the 5-year period beginning on the date the S election became effective. Commerce would be subject to built-in gains tax on $10,000 ($30,000 FMV at conversion – $20,000) of the recognized gain from the transaction in March.
324
Scott became a limited partner in the S&N Partnership with a $10,000 contribution on the formation of the partnership. The adjusted basis of his partnership interest at the end of the current year is $20,000, which includes his $15,000 share of partnership liabilities. He had been paid his share of the partnership income for the year. There are no unrealized receivables or inventory items. Scott sells his interest in the partnership for $10,000. Which of the following is true? A. $5,000 capital gain. B. $10,000 ordinary loss. C. $25,000 capital gain. D. $5,000 ordinary income.
A. $5,000 capital gain. Answer (A) is correct. Generally, a capital gain or loss is recognized on the sale of a partnership interest. A selling partner’s relief of liabilities is included in the amount realized. Gain or loss recognized by the selling partner is the difference between the amount realized and the adjusted basis of the partner’s interest in the partnership. Therefore, Scott’s capital gain is $5,000 ($25,000 amount realized – $20,000 adjusted basis).
325
In determining whether a corporation is subject to the accumulated earnings tax, which of the following items is not a subtraction in arriving at accumulated taxable income? A. Accumulated Earnings Credit. B. Capital loss carryback. C. Dividends-paid deduction. D. Federal income tax.
B. Capital loss carryback. Answer (B) is correct. The accumulated earnings tax is applied to accumulated taxable income, which is taxable income, subject to certain adjustments. Capital loss carrybacks and carryforwards are not allowed. Instead, capital losses are deductible in full in the year incurred (but must be reduced by prior net capital gain deductions).
326
Chassis, Inc., located in Detroit, MI, sells a new type of automobile chassis, which is produced by Auto Manufacturing, Inc., in East Lansing, MI. Which of the following statements is true regarding the 9% manufacturing deduction in 2017? A. Auto Manufacturing cannot take the U.S. Production Deduction. B. Chassis can take the U.S. Production Deduction. C. Chassis cannot take the U.S. Production Deduction. D. Chassis and Auto Manufacturing can split the deduction between them.
C. Chassis cannot take the U.S. Production Deduction. Answer (C) is correct. The U.S. Production Deduction applies to firms that provide manufacturing and production activities in the United States. Chassis does not produce the chassis, but rather only sells it. Therefore, Chassis cannot take the U.S. Production deduction.
327
Which of the following is a disadvantage of a revocable trust? A. The trust assets are subject to being probated upon the death of the grantor. B. The trust is included in the gross estate of the grantor. C. The grantor loses power to control the trust funds for federal estate tax purposes. D. The grantor will be subject to gift taxes on the transfer of property to the trust.
B. The trust is included in the gross estate of the grantor. Answer (B) is correct. The gross estate includes assets transferred during life that, at death, the decedent retained the power to revoke, such as transfers made to a revocable trust.
328
Delta Corp. leased 60,000 square feet in an office building from Tanner under a written 25-year lease. Which of the following statements is true? A. Tanner’s sale of the office building will terminate the lease unless both Delta and the buyer consented to the assumption of the lease by the buyer. B. In the absence of a provision in the lease to the contrary, Delta does not need Tanner’s consent to assign the lease to another party. C. Tanner’s death will terminate the lease and Delta will be able to recover any resulting damages from Tanner’s estate. D. In the absence of a provision in the lease to the contrary, Delta would need Tanner’s consent to enter into a sublease with another party.
B. In the absence of a provision in the lease to the contrary, Delta does not need Tanner’s consent to assign the lease to another party. Answer (B) is correct. Both assignments and subleases are permitted unless expressly prohibited by the lease. Public policy favors transferability of property.
329
On April 1, Neptune Fisheries contracted in writing with West Markets to deliver to West 3,000 pounds of lobsters at $4.00 a pound. Delivery of the lobsters was due May 1 with payment due June 1. On April 4, Neptune entered into a contract with Deep Sea Farms that provided: “Neptune Fisheries assigns all the rights under the contract with West Markets dated April 1 to Deep Sea Farms.” The April 4 contract was A. Only an assignment of rights by Neptune. B. An unenforceable third-party beneficiary contract. C. An assignment of rights and a delegation of duties by Neptune. D. Only a delegation of duties by Neptune.
C. An assignment of rights and a delegation of duties by Neptune. Answer (C) is correct. General language, such as “I hereby assign my contract,” effects both an assignment of the rights and a delegation of performance without clear indications to the contrary.
330
Which of the following, if intentionally misstated by a seller to a buyer, would be considered a fraudulent inducement to make a contract? A. Appraised value. B. Nonexpert opinion. C. Prediction. D. Immaterial fact.
A. Appraised value. Answer (A) is correct. An element of actionable fraud is a false representation or the concealment of a material fact. A material fact is a fact that forms a basis of the bargain. Stating a false amount to be the appraised value of the subject matter is actionable as fraud, if the other elements are alleged.
331
Kram sent Fargo, a real estate broker, a signed offer to sell a specified parcel of land to Fargo for $250,000. Kram, an engineer, had inherited the land. On the same day that Kram’s letter was received, Fargo telephoned Kram and accepted the offer. Which of the following statements is correct under the statute of frauds? A. A contract was formed and would be enforceable against both Kram and Fargo. B. No contract could be formed because Fargo’s acceptance was oral. C. No contract could be formed because Kram’s letter was signed only by Kram. D. A contract was formed but would be enforceable only against Kram.
D. A contract was formed but would be enforceable only against Kram. Answer (D) is correct. An agreement to sell an interest in real property is within the statute of frauds. An agreement that meets the criteria for the formation of an oral contract (offer and acceptance, consideration, mutual assent, capacity of the parties, and legality) but is within the statute of frauds is enforceable only against a party who signs a written memorandum of the offer. Fargo’s oral acceptance bound Kram but not Fargo.
332
On February 1, Burns contracted in writing with Nagel to sell Nagel a used car. The contract provided that Burns was to deliver the car on February 15 and Nagel was to pay the $800 purchase price not later than March 15. On February 21, Burns assigned the contract to Ross for $600. Nagel was not notified of the assignment. Which of the following statements is true? A. By making the assignment, Burns implicitly warranted that Nagel would pay the full purchase price. B. The assignment to Ross is invalid because Nagel was not notified. C. Ross will not be subject to any contract defenses Nagel could have raised against Burns. D. By making the assignment, Burns implicitly warranted a lack of knowledge of any fact impairing the value of the assignment.
D. By making the assignment, Burns implicitly warranted a lack of knowledge of any fact impairing the value of the assignment. Answer (D) is correct. When an assignment is made for value, the assignor makes three implied warranties to the assignee: (1) The assignor will do nothing to affect or impair the value of the assignment, and (s)he has no knowledge of any fact that would do so; (2) the right, as assigned, actually exists and is subject to no limitations or defenses good against the assignor, except those stated or apparent; and (3) any writing given or shown to the assignee as evidence of the right is genuine and is what it purports to be.
333
Carson Corp., a retail chain, asked Alto Construction to fix a broken window at one of Carson’s stores. Alto offered to make the repairs within 3 days at a price to be agreed on after the work was completed. A contract based on Alto’s offer would fail because of indefiniteness as to the A. Price involved. B. Parties to the contract. C. Nature of the subject matter. D. Time for performance.
A. Price involved. Answer (A) is correct. An agreement regarding the sale of real estate or services is not enforceable as a contract unless essential terms are agreed upon with reasonable certainty. A contract must be definite and complete. Essential terms generally include the names of the parties, subject matter and quantity, price, and time and place for performance. No basis for objectively computing the price was agreed to by the parties. An agreement to agree does not create an enforceable obligation at common law.
334
In deciding whether consideration necessary to form a contract exists, a court must determine whether A. There is mutuality of consideration. B. The consideration has sufficient monetary value. C. The consideration given by each party is of roughly equal value. D. The consideration conforms to the subjective intent of the parties.
A. There is mutuality of consideration. Answer (A) is correct. Consideration must be bargained for and given in exchange for the consideration provided by the other party. Thus, consideration is mutual.
335
The Johnson Corporation sent its only pump to the manufacturer to be repaired. It engaged Travis, a local trucking company, to deliver the pump and to redeliver it to Johnson promptly upon completion of the repair. Travis did not know that Johnson’s entire plant was inoperative without the pump. Travis delayed several days in returning the repaired pump. During the time it expected to be without the pump, Johnson incurred $5,000 in lost profits. At the end of that time, Johnson rented a replacement pump at $200 per day. What is Johnson entitled to recover from Travis? A. The $200-a-day cost incurred in renting the pump plus the lost profits. B. Actual damages plus punitive damages. C. The $200-a-day cost incurred in renting the pump. D. Nothing because Travis is not liable for damages.
C. The $200-a-day cost incurred in renting the pump. Answer (C) is correct. The failure of Travis to perform with reasonable promptness was a breach of contract for which Johnson could recover monetary damages. Johnson may recover its compensatory (general) damages i.e., those likely and foreseeable as a result of the breach (the pump rental costs).
336
For an offer to confer the power to form a contract by acceptance, it must have all of the following elements except A. Communication to the offeree in a communication made or authorized by the offeror. B. Be sufficiently definite and certain. C. Be communicated by words to the offeree by the offeror. D. Manifestation of an intent to enter into a contract.
C. Be communicated by words to the offeree by the offeror. Answer (C) is correct. Offers may be made orally, in writing, or through any means of nonverbal communication. The manner of communication of offers is not important provided they are communicated as intended by the offeror.
337
Egan, a minor, purchased Baker’s used computer for Egan’s personal use. Egan paid $200 down on delivery and was to pay $200 thirty days later. Twenty days later, the computer was damaged seriously as a result of Egan’s negligence. Five days after the damage occurred and 1 day after Egan reached the age of majority, Egan attempted to disaffirm the contract with Baker. Egan will A. Not be able to disaffirm because the computer was damaged as a result of Egan’s negligence. B. Be able to disaffirm only if Egan does so in writing. C. Not be able to disaffirm because Egan had failed to pay the balance of the purchase price. D. Be able to disaffirm even though Egan was not a minor at the time of disaffirmance.
D. Be able to disaffirm even though Egan was not a minor at the time of disaffirmance. Answer (D) is correct. Most contracts entered into by a minor may be disaffirmed if (s)he acts during minority or a short time thereafter. Tender of goods is usually required. However, a minor may disaffirm even though (s)he cannot return the property or can return it only in damaged condition.
338
Rogers and Lennon entered into a written computer consulting agreement that required Lennon to provide certain weekly reports to Rogers. The agreement also stated that Lennon would provide the computer equipment necessary to perform the services, and that Rogers’ computer would not be used. As the parties were executing the agreement, they orally agreed that Lennon could use Rogers’ computer. After executing the agreement, Rogers and Lennon orally agreed that Lennon would report on a monthly, rather than a weekly, basis. The parties now disagree on Lennon’s right to use Rogers’ computer and how often Lennon must report to Rogers. In the event of a lawsuit between the parties, the parol evidence rule will A. Not apply to any of the parties’ agreements because the consulting agreement did not have to be in writing. B. Not prevent Lennon from proving the parties’ oral agreement that Lennon could use Rogers’ computer. C. Not prevent the admission into evidence of testimony regarding Lennon’s right to report on a monthly basis. D. Not apply to the parties’ agreement to allow Lennon to use Rogers’ computer because it was contemporaneous with the written agreement.
C. Not prevent the admission into evidence of testimony regarding Lennon’s right to report on a monthly basis. Answer (C) is correct. When parties integrate an agreement in a writing, they intend that all negotiations and agreed-to understandings be merged into the writing. The writing constitutes the entire final agreement. The parol evidence rule is a rule of substantive contract law. It prohibits admission of evidence of (1) any prior understanding (oral or written) or (2) an oral understanding reached at the same time as the execution of the final writing that tends to contradict or vary the integrated written agreement. It does not exclude evidence that tends to prove the contract is void or voidable. Neither does it exclude evidence of an understanding reached after the integrated writing was executed. Monthly reporting was agreed to after execution of the writing. Evidence tending to prove the modification is admissible.
339
Opal offered, in writing, to sell Larkin a parcel of land for $300,000. If Opal dies, the offer will A. Automatically terminate prior to Larkin’s acceptance. B. Terminate prior to Larkin’s acceptance only if Larkin received notice of Opal’s death. C. Remain open for a reasonable period of time after Opal’s death. D. Automatically terminate despite Larkin’s prior acceptance.
A. Automatically terminate prior to Larkin’s acceptance. Answer (A) is correct. Prior to effective acceptance, an offeror may revoke the offer by words or conduct. An offer also is terminated by operation of law under certain circumstances. Death or incompetence of either the offeror or offeree generally terminates the power of acceptance. But it does not terminate an offer contained in a valid option contract.
340
Contracts to purchase which of the following cannot be assigned without consent of the other party to the contract? A. Real estate. B. Vehicles. C. Personal services. D. Businesses.
C. Personal services. Answer (C) is correct. Contracts to purchase certain personal services cannot be assigned without consent of the other party. Part of the consideration underlying the contract is that the services are to be performed by one of the original contracting parties. If the services are highly personal, the assignment is invalid. For example, a college football player could not assign a right to a scholarship to another player.
341
Which of the following is not a traditional remedy for breach of a contract? A. Punitive damages. B. Injunction. C. Rescission and restitution. D. Reformation.
A. Punitive damages. Answer (A) is correct. The purpose of damages and other contractual remedies is to place the parties in the same position as if the contract had been performed, not to punish a breaching party. Punitive damages are intended to punish especially wrongful conduct and deter future wrongs. Thus, they may be awarded in tort actions. When they are permitted in contracts cases, the facts often involve tortuous behavior.
342
Essex contracted with Green, a general contractor, for Green to pave a road on Essex’s property. Green informed Essex that, due to a breakdown of Green’s equipment, Green had assigned the contract to Free, who is in the road-paving business. Essex consented to the assignment and Free began work. In the middle of the job, Free stopped work, leaving the road half-completed. Which of the following statements is the best description of the rights and liabilities of the parties? A. Essex may sue only Green for breach of contract because the contract was between Essex and Green. B. Essex may sue only Free for breach of contract because Essex’s acceptance of the assignment relieved Green of any liability. C. Essex may not sue either Green or Free because Essex accepted the assignment. D. Essex may sue both Green and Free for breach of contract because both of them are liable on the contract.
D. Essex may sue both Green and Free for breach of contract because both of them are liable on the contract. Answer (D) is correct. General language, such as “I hereby assign the contract,” is a delegation of performance as well as an assignment of rights. Delegation is authorization by a person under a duty to perform (Green, the obligor and delegator) for another person (Free, the delegatee) to render the performance to the recipient of the benefit (Essex, the obligee). A delegator may delegate performance if the delegatee’s performance will be substantially similar to the delegator’s (e.g., paying money, manufacturing ordinary goods, building according to a set of plans and specifications, or delivering standard merchandise). Road paving by a person in that business should be substantially similar to the delegator’s performance. (But highly personal services contracts generally are not delegable. The obligee has a strong interest in having the delegator perform. For example, a CPA firm cannot delegate performance of an audit.) Delegation of performance does not relieve the obligor of liability even if notice is given to the obligee (unless the contract provides otherwise). The obligee (Essex) may sue the delegatee (Free), the obligor (Green), or both after a breach.
343
Mary agrees to sell her home to Marisol for $100,000. The contract is silent regarding the time of payment and the time of delivery of the deed. Thus, payment or tender of the price is a condition of tender or delivery of the deed and vice versa. The conditions involved are A. Subsequent. B. Implied in law. C. Express. D. Implied in fact.
B. Implied in law. Answer (B) is correct. In these circumstances, the law imposes mutually dependent and concurrent conditions to reach an equitable result even though the actual language of the contract neither implies conditions nor states them expressly. These implied-in-law conditions apply even if the parties have not understood the conditions to be part of their agreement.
344
If a buyer accepts an offer containing an immaterial unilateral mistake, the resulting contract will be A. Void as a matter of law. B. Void at the election of the buyer. C. Valid as to both parties. D. Voidable at the election of the seller.
C. Valid as to both parties. Answer (C) is correct. A party who enters into a contract under a mistaken belief may rescind the contract under limited circumstances: (1) the mistake was clerical or mathematical and not grossly negligent, (2) the other party knew or should have known of the mistake, or (3) extreme hardship resulting from enforcement would amount to injustice. The mistake must be material.
345
Jay White, an engineer, entered into a contract with Sky, Inc., agreeing to provide Sky with certain specified consulting services. After performing the services, White was paid pursuant to the contract, but Social Security taxes were not withheld from his check since Sky considered White an independent contractor. The IRS has asserted that White was an employee and claims that a deficiency exists because of Sky’s failure to withhold and pay Social Security taxes. Which of the following factors is most likely to support the IRS’s position that White is an employee? A. Sky reserved the right to inspect White’s work. B. White was paid in one lump sum after all the services were performed. C. Sky supervised and controlled the manner in which White performed the services. D. White provided his own office and supplies.
C. Sky supervised and controlled the manner in which White performed the services. Answer (C) is correct. An employer controls or has the right to control the manner and means of an employee’s work. An employer does not control or have the right to control the manner and means of an independent contractor’s work.
346
Able authorized Brown to enter contracts with third parties on Able’s behalf. In which of the following situations must Able provide notice to these third parties to effectively terminate Brown’s authority? A. When Brown has been declared insane by a court of law. B. When war has broken out between Able’s country and Brown’s country. C. When it has become impossible for Brown to lawfully perform Brown’s duties. D. When Able has revoked Brown’s authority.
D. When Able has revoked Brown’s authority. Answer (D) is correct. An agent’s actual authority is terminated by the principal’s revocation. Apparent authority of the agent continues to exist until a third party receives notice of the termination by an act of the principal or the agent. Able’s revocation of Brown’s authority is such a termination. Thus, actual notice must be given to a third party who has already dealt with Brown (the agent). Constructive notice must be given to other third parties to terminate apparent authority.
347
Ted Simmons, an agent for Jensen, has the express authority to sell Jensen’s goods. Simmons also has the express authority to grant discounts of up to 5% of list price. Simmons sold Hemple goods with a list price of $1,000 and granted Hemple a 10% discount. Hemple had not previously dealt with either Simmons or Jensen. Which of the following courses of action may Jensen properly take? A. Seek recovery of $50 from Hemple only. B. Seek recovery of $50 from Simmons only. C. Seek to void the sale to Hemple only. D. Seek recovery of $50 from either Hemple or Simmons.
B. Seek recovery of $50 from Simmons only. Answer (B) is correct. Simmons had apparent authority to grant a 10% discount to Hemple because Hemple could reasonably rely on the express authority as implicit authority for the discount. Simmons, however, had actual authority to grant only a 5% discount. Simmons has violated his actual authority and is liable to the principal for any loss [(10% – 5%) of $1,000] sustained as a result of his actions.
348
Tower drives a truck for Musgrove Produce, Inc. The truck is owned by Musgrove. Tower is paid on the basis of a formula that takes into consideration the length of the trip, cargo, and fuel consumed. Tower is responsible for repairing or replacing all flat tires. Musgrove is responsible for all other truck maintenance. Tower drives only for Musgrove. If Tower is a common-law employee and not an independent contractor, which of the following statements is true? A. All Social Security retirement benefits are fully includible in the determination of Tower’s federal taxable income if certain gross income limitations are exceeded. B. Bonuses or vacation pay that are paid to Tower by Musgrove are not subject to FICA taxes because they are not regarded as regular compensation. Answer (B) is incorrect. Almost all types of compensation for employment are subject to FICA tax, including money or other forms of wages, bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, severance pay, and tips. C. Musgrove remains primarily liable for Tower’s share of FICA taxes if it fails to withhold and pay the taxes on Tower’s wages. D. Musgrove would not have to withhold FICA taxes if Tower elected to make FICA contributions as a self-employed person.
C. Musgrove remains primarily liable for Tower’s share of FICA taxes if it fails to withhold and pay the taxes on Tower’s wages. Answer (C) is correct. Under the Federal Insurance Contribution Act (FICA), the employer is required to withhold the employee’s share of Social Security taxes from the employee’s wages and remit that amount, along with the employer’s own equal share, to the government. An employer that underwithholds and underpays is liable for the unpaid balance of the employee’s share.
349
Sylvia Sims became an agent for Paul with the power to sell goods furnished by Paul but with the requirement that Sims would guarantee payment to Paul for all credit sales made by Sims. Under the circumstances, A. The relationship between Sims and Paul is subject to the federal Fair Labor Standards Act. B. Sims is an agent coupled with an interest. C. The statute of frauds applies to the above arrangement regardless of the amount of sales Sims makes. D. Sims is a surety with regard to credit sales she makes on Paul’s behalf.
D. Sims is a surety with regard to credit sales she makes on Paul’s behalf. Answer (D) is correct. A del credere agent is a sales agent who guarantees his or her customers’ obligations. If the customers fail to pay, the sales agent is a surety liable to the principal for their obligations.
350
Pell is the principal and Astor is the agent in an agency coupled with an interest. In the absence of a contractual provision relating to the duration of the agency, who has the right to terminate the agency before the interest has expired? Pell Astor A. No No B. Yes No C. Yes Yes D. No Yes
D. No Yes Answer (D) is correct. In an agency coupled with an interest, the agent has a specific, current, beneficial interest in property that is the subject matter of the agency. A principal does not have the right or power to terminate an agency coupled with an interest. In any agency, the agent may terminate at any time without liability if no specific period for the agency has been established.
351
On March 15, Ken Karmel received an oral offer to work as an account executive for Wonder Stock Brokerage Company. Ken orally accepted the offer on April 1, and agreed to begin work on May 1. The duration of the contract was one year from May 1, and provided a $24,000 salary plus a bonus based on commissions earned. Under these circumstances, which of the following is true? A. Ken is permitted to delegate his performance to another equally competent person. B. Although Ken’s contract is silent on the point, Ken has an implied right to reimbursement for the reasonable and necessary expenses incurred on behalf of Wonder. C. The contract in question is not subject to the statute of frauds. D. Ken has an agency coupled with an interest.
B. Although Ken’s contract is silent on the point, Ken has an implied right to reimbursement for the reasonable and necessary expenses incurred on behalf of Wonder. Answer (B) is correct. All agents have a right to reimbursement for reasonable and necessary expenses incurred on behalf of their principal. This right is implicit in the agency relationship even if not provided for in the agreement.
352
Under the Federal Insurance Contributions Act (FICA), all of the following are considered wages except A. Contingent fees. B. Commissions. C. Reimbursed travel expenses. D. Bonuses.
C. Reimbursed travel expenses. Answer (C) is correct. The Social Security tax imposed by the FICA applies to virtually all compensation received for employment, including money or other forms of wages, bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, severance allowances, and tips. Reimbursed travel expenses are not included as wages to the extent a corresponding deduction is allowable.
353
Jim entered into an oral agency agreement with Sally in which he authorized Sally to sell his interest in a parcel of real estate, Blueacre. Within 7 days, Sally sold Blueacre to Dan, signing the real estate contract on behalf of Jim. Dan failed to record the real estate contract within a reasonable time. Which of the following most likely is true? A. Dan may enforce the real estate contract against Jim because it satisfied the statute of frauds. B. The real estate contract is unenforceable against Jim because Sally’s authority to sell Blueacre was oral. C. Dan may enforce the real estate contract against Jim because Sally signed the contract as Jim’s agent. D. The real estate contract is unenforceable against Jim because Dan failed to record the contract within a reasonable time.
B. The real estate contract is unenforceable against Jim because Sally’s authority to sell Blueacre was oral. Answer (B) is correct. Oral agreement usually suffices to form an agency, but a contract involving a sale of land is required to be in writing in some states. Furthermore, the equal dignity rule applies in many states. In these states, the agency must be in writing if the authority granted to the agent is to enter into a contract required to be in writing. For example, an agreement to transfer an interest in land is subject to the statute of frauds and therefore must be in writing. The contract is therefore most likely to be voidable at Jim’s option. It was required by the statute of frauds to be written, and Sally’s agency was oral. In most other situations, the agent’s authority may be oral.
354
Kate, an agent of Gator Supplies, Inc., is responsible for performance of a specified task. However, the instructions are unclear, and Kate must act in a reasonable manner considering the circumstances. This is an example of an exception to which duty owed to the principal? A. Duty to account. B. Duty of obedience. C. Duty of notification. D. Fiduciary duty.
B. Duty of obedience. Answer (B) is correct. Under the duty of obedience, the agent must follow lawful explicit instructions of the principal. If the instructions are not clear, the agent must act in good faith and in a reasonable manner considering the circumstances. If an emergency arises and the agent cannot reach the principal, the agent may deviate from instructions to the extent warranted.
355
A principal will not be liable to a third party for a tort committed by an agent A. Unless the principal instructed the agent to commit the tort. B. If the agency agreement limits the principal’s liability for the agent’s tort. C. If the tort is also regarded as a criminal act. D. Unless the tort was committed within the scope of the agency relationship.
D. Unless the tort was committed within the scope of the agency relationship. Answer (D) is correct. A principal is strictly liable for the torts of an agent committed within the scope of the agent’s employment. An act is within the scope of employment when it is work assigned by the employer or a course of conduct subject to the employer’s control. The principal’s liability to the third party is for acts of the agent within the scope of the agent’s actual or apparent authority.
356
Alice Able, on behalf of Pix Corp., entered into a contract with Sky Corp. by which Sky agreed to sell computer equipment to Pix. Able disclosed to Sky that she was acting on behalf of Pix. However, Able had exceeded her actual authority by entering into the contract with Sky. If Pix does not want to honor the contract, it will nonetheless be held liable if Sky can prove that A. Able was an employee of Pix and not an independent contractor. B. Able had apparent authority to bind Pix. C. Able believed she was acting within the scope of her authority. D. The agency relationship between Pix and Able was formalized in a signed writing.
B. Able had apparent authority to bind Pix. Answer (B) is correct. Apparent authority results from words or conduct of the principal directed to a third party that reasonably induces the third party to infer that the agent has actual authority. It is a form of estoppel. Express limitations do limit an agent’s actual authority. But if they are not known by third parties, they do not affect apparent authority.
357
Bo Borg is the vice president of purchasing for Crater Corp. He has authority to enter into purchase contracts on behalf of Crater, provided that the price under a contract does not exceed $2 million. Dent, who is the president of Crater, is required to approve any contract that exceeds $2 million. Borg entered into a $2.5 million purchase contract with Shady Corp. without Dent’s approval. Shady was unaware that Borg exceeded his authority. Neither party substantially changed its position in reliance on the contract. What is the most likely result of this transaction? A. Crater will not be bound because Borg exceeded his authority. B. Crater will be bound because of Borg’s apparent authority. C. Crater will only be bound up to $2 million, the amount of Borg’s authority. D. Crater may avoid the contract because Shady has not relied on the contract to its detriment.
B. Crater will be bound because of Borg’s apparent authority. Answer (B) is correct. Apparent authority exists when a third party has reason to believe that an agent has the authority to enter into contracts of the nature involved based upon a principal’s representations. Secret limitations placed on the agent’s normal authority create apparent authority. In this case, it was reasonable for Shady to believe that Borg had the authority to enter into the contract, given Borg’s position in the company as vice president of purchasing. That Dent secretly limited Borg’s authority has no effect, and Crater Corp. can be held liable under the contract.
358
Which of the following is a prerequisite for the creation of an agency relationship? A. The consideration must be in writing. B. The principal must have capacity. C. Consideration must be given. D. The agent must have capacity.
B. The principal must have capacity. Answer (B) is correct. The principal must have the legal capacity to perform the act authorized. A contract entered into by an agent with a third party on behalf of an incompetent principal, e.g., a minor, is generally voidable by the principal.
359
In a principal-agent relationship that is not contractual, which of the following remedies is not available to the agent whose principal is guilty of violating a duty owed the agent? A. Recovery for future damages. B. Withholding further performance. C. Recovery for past services. D. Specific performance.
D. Specific performance. Answer (D) is correct. The principal has duties to (1) compensate the agent for services performed, (2) reimburse the agent for authorized payments made or expenses incurred, and (3) indemnify the agent for losses suffered or expenses incurred while the agent acted in a legal transaction or in a transaction that the agent did not know to be wrongful. An agent also may withhold performance from the principal if the principal violates a duty owed to the agent. However, the contractual remedy of specific performance is rarely granted in contract cases and then only when no other remedy is adequate. Moreover, it is not available when the relationship of the parties is noncontractual.
360
Ace Corporation engaged Kosier, CPA, to perform a consulting engagement. While driving to Ace’s office, Kosier was involved in an automobile accident in which Norton was injured. The accident was solely Kosier’s fault. If Norton sues both Ace and Kosier for the injuries Norton sustained, what will be the result? A. Both Kosier and Ace will be liable. B. Ace will be liable because of Kosier’s actual authority, and Kosier will not be liable. C. Ace will be liable under the principle of respondeat superior, and Kosier will not be liable. D. Kosier will be liable, and Ace will not be liable because Kosier is an independent contractor.
D. Kosier will be liable, and Ace will not be liable because Kosier is an independent contractor. Answer (D) is correct. A principal may be liable in tort because of its personal act or the agent’s wrongful act that results in harm to a third party. Whether the principal is vicariously liable for an agent’s tort depends in part on their employment relation. For example, an employer does not control or have the right to control the manner and means of an independent contractor’s work. Thus, a CPA hired to perform a consulting engagement is an independent contractor. The specialized services performed are not subject to the control of their manner and means by the principal. Because a principal ordinarily is not liable for the tort (e.g., negligence) of an independent contractor, Ace is not liable. Ace also is not liable because driving to work is not within the scope of employment. It is not work assigned by the employer or a course of conduct controlled by the employer.
361
Which of the following duties is owed by a principal to an agent? A. Accountability. B. Performance. C. Ratification. D. Indemnification.
D. Indemnification. Answer (D) is correct. Principals are required to indemnify the agent for losses the agent suffers during the agent’s performance of the agency. Also, regardless of whether the agency is gratuitous or contractual, the principal has a duty to indemnify the agent. The indemnity is for losses suffered or expenses incurred while the agent acted (1) as instructed in a legal transaction or (2) in a transaction that the agent did not know to be wrongful.
362
Other than the net investment income (NII) tax, which of the following types of income is subject to taxation under the provisions of the Federal Insurance Contributions Act (FICA)? A. Car received as a productivity award. B. Capital gains of $3,000. C. Dividends of $2,500. D. Interest earned on municipal bonds.
A. Car received as a productivity award. Answer (A) is correct. The Social Security tax imposed by the FICA applies to virtually all compensation received for employment, including money or other forms of wages, bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, severance allowances, and tips. A car received as a productivity award is a form of compensation for employment. It is not excepted from application of FICA tax. Income derived from an investment, as opposed to compensation for employment, is not subject to FICA tax. But the NII tax applies to the lesser of (1) NII or (2) the excess of modified AGI over an applicable threshold amount.
363
Easy Corp. is a real estate developer and regularly engages real estate brokers to act on its behalf in acquiring parcels of land. The brokers are authorized to enter into such contracts but are instructed to do so in their own names, without disclosing Easy’s identity or relationship to the transaction. If a broker enters into a contract with a seller on Easy’s behalf, A. Easy will be bound by the contract because of the broker’s apparent authority. B. Easy will not be liable for any negligent acts committed by the broker while acting on Easy’s behalf. C. The broker will have the same actual authority as if Easy’s identity had been disclosed. D. The broker will not be personally bound by the contract because the broker has express authority to act.
C. The broker will have the same actual authority as if Easy’s identity had been disclosed. Answer (C) is correct. Actual authority is conveyed by the principal’s giving express or implied consent to the agent to bind the principal to third parties. Actual authority is not affected by failure to disclose the principal.
364
Carson Corp., a retail chain, asked Alto Construction to fix a broken window at one of Carson’s stores. Alto offered to make the repairs within 3 days at a price to be agreed on after the work was completed. A contract based on Alto’s offer would fail because of indefiniteness as to the A. Time for performance. B. Price involved. C. Parties to the contract. D. Nature of the subject matter.
B. Price involved. Answer (B) is correct. An agreement regarding the sale of real estate or services is not enforceable as a contract unless essential terms are agreed upon with reasonable certainty. A contract must be definite and complete. Essential terms generally include the names of the parties, subject matter and quantity, price, and time and place for performance. No basis for objectively computing the price was agreed to by the parties. An agreement to agree does not create an enforceable obligation at common law.
365
If a buyer accepts an offer containing an immaterial unilateral mistake, the resulting contract will be A. Voidable at the election of the seller. B. Valid as to both parties. C. Void at the election of the buyer. D. Void as a matter of law.
B. Valid as to both parties. Answer (B) is correct. A party who enters into a contract under a mistaken belief may rescind the contract under limited circumstances: (1) the mistake was clerical or mathematical and not grossly negligent, (2) the other party knew or should have known of the mistake, or (3) extreme hardship resulting from enforcement would amount to injustice. The mistake must be material.
366
An agency relationship A. Can be created by estoppel, i.e., implied as a matter of law. B. Creates a fiduciary duty on the principal’s part. C. Must be in writing if it is to be legally enforceable. D. Is normally delegable as a matter of law.
A. Can be created by estoppel, i.e., implied as a matter of law. Answer (A) is correct. An agency relationship may arise by estoppel when a person represents himself or herself as an agent, the alleged principal knows of the representation and does not deny it, and a third person reasonably but detrimentally relies on the existence of an agency. The “principal” is then prevented (estopped) from asserting the nonexistence of the agency relationship.
367
Which of the following is not an essential element of an agency relationship? A. The agent is a fiduciary in respect to the principal. B. It must be created by contract. C. The agent acts on behalf of another and not himself or herself. D. The agent must be subject to the principal’s control.
B. It must be created by contract. Answer (B) is correct. The agency relationship may be implied based on duties assigned to the agent. It also may arise from the principal’s conduct with third parties (such as remaining silent when another purports to be his or her agent or representing to third parties that another is his or her agent). The agency relationship may also arise in an emergency.
368
Meen Co. has 40 full-time employees and 20 full-time equivalent employees. Meen does not offer its employees affordable essential health insurance coverage. Furthermore, its employees received tax credits to buy coverage for this fiscal year. According to the Affordable Care Act (ACA), what amount must Meen pay as an annual penalty? A. $0 B. $67,800 C. $135,600 D. $45,200
B. $67,800 Answer (B) is correct. If any employee receives a tax credit to buy coverage, the annual penalty paid by an employer with at least 50 full-time or full-time equivalent employees (FTEs) is determined as follows: Annual penalty = $2,260 × (total FTEs – first 30 FTEs) The employer has 60 FTEs and must pay a penalty for not providing coverage. Accordingly, the amount paid is $67,800 [$2,260 × (60 – 30)].
369
The Federal Unemployment Tax Act (FUTA) A. Allows the employer to take a credit against the FUTA tax if contributions are made to a state unemployment fund. B. Does not apply to employers that conduct business in only one state and employ only residents of that state. C. Requires both the employer and employee to pay FUTA taxes, although the amounts to be paid by each are different. D. Does not apply to businesses with fewer than 35 employees.
A. Allows the employer to take a credit against the FUTA tax if contributions are made to a state unemployment fund. Answer (A) is correct. FUTA permits an employer who made contributions to a state unemployment fund to take a credit against the federal unemployment tax.
370
According to the Restatement (Second) of the Law of Agency, the apparent authority of a general agent for a disclosed principal will terminate without notice to third parties when the A. Time period set forth in the agency agreement has expired. B. Principal or agent dies. C. Purpose of the agency relationship has been fulfilled. D. Principal dismisses the agent.
B. Principal or agent dies. Answer (B) is correct. According to the Restatement (Second) of the Law of Agency, an agency and the agent’s power to bind the principal terminate instantly upon the death of the principal because the principal must exist at the time the agent acts. NOTE: According to the Restatement of the Law, Third, Agency, the principal’s death does not automatically terminate actual or apparent authority. Continuation of actual and apparent authority protects from liability the agent and the parties who do business with the agent, respectively.
371
Which of the following actions requires an agent for a corporation to have a written agency agreement? A. Retaining an attorney to collect a business debt owed to the principal. B. Purchasing office supplies for the principal’s business. C. Hiring an independent general contractor to renovate the principal’s office building. D. Purchasing an interest in undeveloped land for the principal.
D. Purchasing an interest in undeveloped land for the principal. Answer (D) is correct. Oral agreement usually suffices to form an agency, but a contract involving a sale of land is required to be in writing in some states. Furthermore, the equal dignity rule applies in many states. In these states, the agency must be in writing if the authority granted to the agent is to enter into a contract required to be in writing. For example, an agreement to transfer an interest in land is subject to the statute of frauds and therefore must be in writing.
372
What type of conduct generally will make a contract voidable? A. Contracting with a person under a guardianship. B. Physical coercion. C. Fraud in the execution. D. Fraud in the inducement.
D. Fraud in the inducement. Answer (D) is correct. Fraud in the inducement occurs even when the defrauded party is aware of entering into a contract and intends to do so. However, (s)he is deceived about a fact material to the contract (e.g., the nature of the goods or services). Thus, the contract is voidable.
373
Which of the following conditions must be met to form an agency? A. An agency agreement must be in writing. B. The principal must possess contractual capacity. C. An agency agreement must be signed by both parties. D. The principal must furnish legally adequate consideration for the agent’s services.
B. The principal must possess contractual capacity. Answer (B) is correct. An agency is an express or implied consensual relationship formed when two parties agree that one (the agent) will act on behalf of the other (the principal) in dealing with third parties. To create this relationship, (1) the principal must intend for the agent to act on the principal’s behalf, (2) the agent must agree to act as a fiduciary for the principal, (3) the agency must have a legal purpose, and (4) the principal must have the legal capacity to perform the act assigned to the agent. Certain personal acts may never be delegated.
374
In determining whether a corporation is subject to the accumulated earnings tax, which of the following items is not a subtraction in arriving at accumulated taxable income? A. Dividends-paid deduction. B. Federal income tax. C. Accumulated Earnings Credit. D. Capital loss carryback.
D. Capital loss carryback. Answer (D) is correct. The accumulated earnings tax is applied to accumulated taxable income, which is taxable income, subject to certain adjustments. Capital loss carrybacks and carryforwards are not allowed. Instead, capital losses are deductible in full in the year incurred (but must be reduced by prior net capital gain deductions).
375
Frost’s accountant and business manager has the authority to A. Insure Frost’s property against fire loss. B. Sell Frost’s business. C. Mortgage Frost’s business property. D. Obtain bank loans for Frost.
A. Insure Frost’s property against fire loss. Answer (A) is correct. An agent has express and implied actual authority that is conveyed by manifestations of the principal to the agent. Authority is implied to do what is reasonably necessary to accomplish the expressly authorized action. Obtaining insurance against fire loss would be implied.
376
Green entered into an oral agency agreement to purchase real estate on behalf of Smith. Subsequently, Green entered into a written contract to buy land from Davis without disclosing the relationship with Smith. Which of the following is Smith’s best legal defense if Smith does not want the land? A. Green’s act was a misrepresentation of Green’s express authority. B. Green failed to get the agency agreement in writing. C. Green failed to get Smith’s consent before entering into the contract with Davis. D. Green failed to disclose Smith’s relationship as principal.
B. Green failed to get the agency agreement in writing. Answer (B) is correct. Formalities, such as a writing, are not required to form an agency relationship. But some states require an agency to be in writing if the contract involves a sale of land. Also, many states apply the equal dignity rule. In these states, an agency must be in writing if the agent is to enter into a contract required to be in writing. Accordingly, the agency agreement most likely needs to be in writing because an agreement to transfer an interest in land is required to be in writing.
377
On June 1, Year 1, Decker orally guaranteed the payment of a $5,000 note Decker’s cousin owed Baker. Decker’s agreement with Baker provided that Decker’s guarantee would terminate in 18 months. On June 3, Year 1, Baker wrote Decker confirming Decker’s guarantee. Decker did not object to the confirmation. On August 23, Year 1, Decker’s cousin defaulted on the note and Baker demanded that Decker honor the guarantee. Decker refused. Which of the following statements is true? A. Decker is not liable under the oral guarantee because Decker’s promise was not in writing. B. Decker is liable under the oral guarantee because Baker demanded payment within 1 year of the date the guarantee was given. C. Decker is liable under the oral guarantee because Decker did not object to Baker’s June 3 letter. D. Decker is not liable under the oral guarantee because it expired more than 1 year after June 1.
A. Decker is not liable under the oral guarantee because Decker’s promise was not in writing. Answer (A) is correct. A contract within the statute of frauds is unenforceable against a party who did not sign a writing expressing its essential terms. An agreement to answer for the debt of another is within the statute if the promise is secondary, that is, its main purpose is to benefit the debtor.
378
Anker wishes to give Mix power of attorney. In general, the power of attorney A. May limit Mix’s authority to specific transactions. B. May continue in existence after Anker’s death. C. Will be valid only if Mix is a licensed attorney at law. D. Must be signed by both Anker and Mix.
A. May limit Mix’s authority to specific transactions. Answer (A) is correct. A power of attorney is a written authorization for the agent to act on behalf of the principal. A power of attorney can be general, or it can grant the agent specific and restricted authority.
379
Under the Restatement (Second) of the Law of Agency, an agency relationship generally is terminated by operation of law in all of the following situations except the A. Agent’s failure to acquire a necessary business license. B. Agent’s renunciation of the agency. C. Principal’s incapacity. D. Principal’s death.
B. Agent’s renunciation of the agency. Answer (B) is correct. Under the Second Restatement, an agency is based on the consent of both principal and agent and may be terminated by an act of either party. Thus, it may be terminated by the agent’s giving notice of renunciation to the principal. This intentional form of termination is in contrast with the automatic termination by operation of law that results from the occurrence of certain events.
380
Starr is an agent of a disclosed principal, Maple. On May 1, Starr entered into an agreement with King Corp. on behalf of Maple that exceeded Starr’s authority as Maple’s agent. On May 5, King learned of Starr’s lack of authority and immediately notified Maple and Starr that it was withdrawing from the May 1 agreement. On May 7, Maple ratified the May 1 agreement in its entirety. If King refuses to honor the agreement and Maple brings an action for breach of contract, Maple will A. Prevail. The agreement of May 1 was ratified in its entirety. B. Prevail. Maple’s capacity as a principal was known to Starr. C. Lose. The May 1 agreement is void due to Starr’s lack of authority. D. Lose. King notified Starr and Maple of its withdrawal prior to Maple’s ratification.
D. Lose. King notified Starr and Maple of its withdrawal prior to Maple’s ratification. Answer (D) is correct. When an agent exceeds express, implied, or apparent authority, a principal is not bound until (s)he ratifies. Moreover, certain conditions terminate the power of ratification, such as (1) the third-party’s withdrawal, death, or loss of capacity; (2) changed circumstances; or (3) failure to ratify within a reasonable time. Because King withdrew prior to ratification by Maple, no agreement existed for Maple to ratify and no contract to breach.
381
Baxter, Inc., and Globe entered into a contract. After receiving valuable consideration from Clay, Baxter assigned its rights under the contract to Clay. In which of the following circumstances would Baxter not be liable to Clay? A. Baxter breached the contract. B. Globe paid Baxter. C. Clay released Globe. D. Baxter released Globe.
C. Clay released Globe. Answer (C) is correct. When Baxter unconditionally assigned its rights to Clay, Baxter no longer had rights in the contract. But Clay has rights, as assignee, against Baxter (1) if Baxter breaches the assignor’s warranties (in that the rights were transferred for value) or (2) if Baxter accepts performance of the contract. But if Clay releases Globe from obligation to perform the contract, there is no basis for holding liable the assignor of the right to receive performance.
382
William Gladstone has been engaged as sales agent for the Doremus Corporation. Under which of the following circumstances may Gladstone delegate his duties to another? A. If Doremus sells its business to another. B. When an emergency arises and the delegation is necessary to meet the emergency. C. Only with the express consent of Doremus. D. When it is convenient for Gladstone to do so.
B. When an emergency arises and the delegation is necessary to meet the emergency. Answer (B) is correct. As a general rule, an agent may not delegate his or her duties without the consent of the principal. However, an agent may delegate his or her duties when an emergency arises, and the delegation is necessary to meet the emergency. This emergency exception applies to most contractual duties.
383
Under agency law, which of the following statements best describes ratification? A. A principal’s affirmation of an agent’s unauthorized act. B. A principal’s disavowal of an agent’s unauthorized act. C. A principal’s approval in advance of an agent’s acts. D. A principal’s affirmation of an agent’s authorized act.
A. A principal’s affirmation of an agent’s unauthorized act. Answer (A) is correct. After an unauthorized act by the agent, the principal can assent to the agent’s act if the principal is aware of all material facts. Ratification can be expressed or may be implied by the principal’s words or conduct that reasonably indicates intent to ratify.
384
Forming an agency relationship requires that A. The agent’s authority be limited to the express grant of authority in the agency agreement. B. Both the principal and agent consent to the agency. C. The principal and agent not be minors. D. The agreement between the principal and agent be supported by consideration.
B. Both the principal and agent consent to the agency. Answer (B) is correct. Agency is an express or implied consensual relationship. Both the principal and agent must manifest consent to the grant of authority. The purpose and subject matter of the agency must be legal. The principal must have legal capacity to perform the act authorized.
385
Under the Restatement of the Law Third, Agency, which of the following does not terminate an agency relationship? A. Agent fails to obtain a required license. B. War between the principal and agent’s countries. C. An agent’s act of filing a bankruptcy petition. D. Changing circumstances that make it unreasonable to believe the agent has actual authority.
C. An agent’s act of filing a bankruptcy petition. Answer (C) is correct. A principal’s act of filing a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, not an agent’s, terminates an existing agency.
386
Which of the following statements is false regarding the formation of a principal-agent relationship? A. The test for agency is objective. B. An agency must have a legal purpose. C. An agency may be implied in law, even if the principal did not intend to grant authority. D. Each element of a contract must be present for the relationship to exist.
D. Each element of a contract must be present for the relationship to exist. Answer (D) is correct. An agency relationship need not be contractual. But if the agency arises by contract, each element of a contract must be present.
387
An employer who fails to withhold Federal Insurance Contributions Act (FICA) taxes from covered employees’ wages, but who pays both the employer and employee shares, will A. Owe penalties and interest for failure to collect the tax. B. Be entitled to a refund from the IRS for the employees’ share. C. Have a right to be reimbursed by the employees for the employees’ share. D. Be allowed no federal tax deduction for any payments.
C. Have a right to be reimbursed by the employees for the employees’ share. Answer (C) is correct. An employer is primarily liable to pay an employee’s share of FICA tax if the employer fails to pay and remit it. The employer then has a right to reimbursement of the amount paid.
388
The Affordable Care Act (ACA) sets a 60% minimum actuarial value for an eligible employer plan. All of the following statements are true except that A. An employee would not pay more than 40% of the covered expenses excluding the premium contribution. B. Employer contributions to health-savings accounts may decrease the minimum actuarial value. C. The lowest tier of plan allowed by the ACA is bronze. D. Actuarial value indicates what percentage of covered expense the health plan will pay.
B. Employer contributions to health-savings accounts may decrease the minimum actuarial value. Answer (B) is correct. According to the ACA, actuarial value is the expected percentage of covered expenses that the plan will pay. The minimum actuarial value allowed for an eligible employer plan is 60%. The minimum actuarial value is set by the ACA and will not be reduced by employer contributions.
389
Lee repairs high-speed looms for Sew Corp., a clothing manufacturer. Which of the following circumstances best indicates that Lee is an employee of Sew and not an independent contractor? A. Lee is paid weekly by Sew. B. Lee’s work is not supervised by Sew personnel. C. Lee’s tools are owned by Lee. D. Lee’s work requires a high degree of technical skill.
A. Lee is paid weekly by Sew. Answer (A) is correct. An employee is any person who is hired by another person or business for a wage or fixed payment in exchange for personal services and who does not provide these services as part of an independent business. Additional characteristics of employment are determined on a case-by-case basis. Thus, weekly payment is the best indicator that Lee is an employee.
390
Ace engages Butler to manage Ace’s retail business. Butler has no implied authority to A. Purchase inventory for Ace’s business. B. Pay Ace’s business debts. C. Sell Ace’s business fixtures. D. Hire or discharge Ace’s business employees.
C. Sell Ace’s business fixtures. Answer (C) is correct. An agent’s actual authority is conveyed by communication to the agent from the principal. It is not feasible to state expressly each act an agent is authorized to perform. Thus, an agent may have express and implied actual authority. Implied actual authority is for acts reasonably necessary to execute express authority. Selling the business fixtures is not necessary to manage a retail business.
391
In September, Cobb Company contracted with Thrifty Oil Company for the delivery of 100,000 gallons of heating oil at the price of $.75 per gallon at regular specified intervals during the forthcoming winter. Due to an unseasonably warm winter, Cobb took delivery of only 70,000 gallons. In a suit against Cobb for breach of contract, Thrifty will A. Win, because the change of circumstances could have been contemplated by the parties. B. Lose, because both parties are merchants and the UCC recognizes commercial impracticability. C. Lose, because Cobb acted in good faith. D. Win, because this is a requirements contract.
A. Win, because the change of circumstances could have been contemplated by the parties. Answer (A) is correct. Performance was not conditioned on customer usage or demand. The doctrines of impossibility and impracticability excuse performance only if a supervening circumstance was not reasonably foreseeable when the contract was made. Unseasonably warm weather is not such a circumstance. It is an ordinary business risk.
392
An agent who acts within the scope of actual or apparent authority most likely is contractually liable to a third party when A. The agent guaranteed the principal’s performance. B. The principal is disclosed. C. The principal is liable to the third party. D. The agent commits a tort.
A. The agent guaranteed the principal’s performance. Answer (A) is correct. The agent may assume liability on any contract by (1) making the contract in his or her own name, (2) co-making the contract with the principal, or (3) guaranteeing the principal’s performance. The agent also is liable for his or her torts and crimes.
393
Vicki Trent was retained in writing to act as Post’s agent for the sale of Post’s memorabilia collection. Which of the following statements is true? To be an agent, Trent must be at least 21 years of age. Post would be liable to Trent if the collection was destroyed before Trent found a purchaser. A. Neither I nor II. B. Both I and II. C. II only. D. I only.
A. Neither I nor II. Answer (A) is correct. Neither statement is correct because an agent’s acts are deemed to be the acts of the principal. Thus, whether Trent lacks capacity to enter into a contract because she is under 21 years old is irrelevant. In addition, the age of majority in most states is 18 years of age. Furthermore, Post is not liable to Trent if the collection is destroyed because the principal is not required to compensate the agent unless the collection is sold. The agency relationship was terminated by operation of law when the subject matter of the agency relationship was destroyed.
394
Which of the following statements is correct regarding the parol evidence rule? A. It applies only to subsequent written modifications to a written contract. B. It applies to subsequent oral agreements that contradict the terms of a final written agreement. C. It applies only in cases involving an oral contract. D. It applies to prior or contemporaneous oral agreements that contradict the terms of final written agreements.
D. It applies to prior or contemporaneous oral agreements that contradict the terms of final written agreements. Answer (D) is correct. The parol evidence rule was created to make the final contract the last word. The parol evidence rule excludes any prior agreement or an oral agreement made at the time of the final writing that would tend to vary or contradict the terms of a written agreement intended to be complete. If the parties meant their written agreement to be the entire agreement, only terms incorporated directly or by reference are part of the contract as it existed at the time it was set forth in writing and signed. Therefore, the parol evidence rule applies to prior or contemporaneous oral agreements that contradict the terms of final written agreements.
395
Which of the following statements is correct regarding the taxes payable under the Federal Unemployment Tax Act (FUTA)? A. The amount is withheld from the wages of all employees. B. Credits for this tax are allowed to employers for certain state unemployment taxes paid by the employer. C. The amount is determined as a percentage of all compensation paid to an employee. D. Liability arises only when wages are actually, not constructively, paid to employees.
B. Credits for this tax are allowed to employers for certain state unemployment taxes paid by the employer. Answer (B) is correct. A credit against FUTA tax liability is provided to an employer who pays state unemployment tax. The credit cannot exceed 5.4% of the first $7,000 of wages.
396
Stanton exceeded her actual authority when she concluded an agreement with Nilworth Corp. on behalf of Lax Corp. If Lax wishes to ratify the contract with Nilworth, which of the following statements is true? A. Stanton must have acted reasonably and in Lax’s best interest. B. Lax must notify Nilworth that Lax intends to ratify the contract. C. Lax must have knowledge of all material facts relating to the contract at the time it is ratified. D. Stanton must be a general agent of Lax.
C. Lax must have knowledge of all material facts relating to the contract at the time it is ratified. Answer (C) is correct. The person who ratifies becomes legally bound on a contract that was entered into by another who, without authority, purported to act as the principal’s agent. To ratify a contract, the principal must have full knowledge of the material facts.
397
Which of the following payments are deducted from an employee’s salary? Unemployment Workers’ Compensation Compensation Insurance Insurance A. Yes Yes B. No No C. Yes No D. No Yes
B. No No Answer (B) is correct. Neither unemployment compensation insurance nor workers’ compensation insurance is deducted from an employee’s salary. The employer is required by law to pay these amounts. Under FUTA, an employer pays a specific amount to the IRS to provide temporary financial assistance to workers who become unemployed as a result of being laid off. Workers’ compensation insurance is a state program in which employers must insure employees for losses sustained due to work-related injuries, regardless of fault.
398
Young was a purchasing agent for Wilson, a sole proprietor. Young had the express authority to place purchase orders with Wilson’s suppliers. Young conducted business through the mail and had little contact with Wilson. Young placed an order with Vanguard, Inc., on Wilson’s behalf after Wilson was declared incompetent in a judicial proceeding. Young was aware of Wilson’s incapacity. The applicable law is based on the Restatement (Second) of the Law of Agency. With regard to the contract with Vanguard, Wilson (or Wilson’s legal representative) will A. Not be liable because Vanguard dealt only with Young. B. Be liable because Vanguard was unaware of Wilson’s incapacity. C. Not be liable because Young did not have authority to enter into the contract. D. Be liable because Young acted with express authority.
C. Not be liable because Young did not have authority to enter into the contract. Answer (C) is correct. An agency relationship is terminated by operation of law if the principal becomes legally incompetent. Under the Second Restatement, apparent authority ceases upon termination that occurs by the principal’s incapacity. However, under the Restatement of the Law, Third, Agency, the principal’s incapacity does not automatically terminate actual or apparent authority.
399
North, Inc., hired Sutter as a purchasing agent. North gave Sutter written authorization to purchase, without limit, electronic appliances. Later, Sutter was told not to purchase more than 300 of each appliance. Sutter contracted with Orr Corp. to purchase 500 tape recorders. Orr had been shown Sutter’s written authorization. Which of the following statements is true? A. North will be liable to Orr because of Sutter’s actual and apparent authority. B. Sutter will be liable to Orr because Sutter’s actual authority was exceeded. C. North will not be liable to Orr because Sutter’s actual authority was exceeded. D. Sutter will not be liable to reimburse North if North is liable to Orr.
A. North will be liable to Orr because of Sutter’s actual and apparent authority. Answer (A) is correct. A principal is liable on contracts made by an agent who has actual or apparent authority. Sutter had apparent authority to make the contract because of the principal’s communication (letter) shown to the third party. Moreover, the third party’s rights against the principal are not affected by the secret limits placed on actual authority. Sutter had actual authority to buy up to 300 units and apparent authority to buy the rest.
400
The statute of frauds A. Applies to all contracts having consideration valued at $500 or more. B. Requires a secondary promise to pay the debt of another to be in writing. C. Prevents the use of oral evidence to contradict the terms of a written contract. D. Applies to all real estate leases.
B. Requires a secondary promise to pay the debt of another to be in writing. Answer (B) is correct. A primary promise is a promise to pay or perform one’s own obligation. A secondary promise is one to answer for the debt or default of another. It must be in writing under the statute of frauds. A secondary promise for one’s own benefit, however, is an exception.
401
When an agent acts for an undisclosed principal, the principal will not be liable to third parties if the A. Principal ratifies a contract entered into by the agent. B. Principal seeks to conceal the agency. C. Agent acts within an implied grant of authority. D. Agent acts outside the grant of actual authority.
D. Agent acts outside the grant of actual authority. Answer (D) is correct. An undisclosed principal is generally not liable for acts of the agent beyond the scope of actual authority.
402
Under the Restatement of the Law Third, Agency, which of the following does not terminate an agency relationship? A. Agent fails to obtain a required license. B. Changing circumstances that make it unreasonable to believe the agent has actual authority. C. War between the principal and agent’s countries. D. An agent’s act of filing a bankruptcy petition.
D. An agent’s act of filing a bankruptcy petition. Answer (D) is correct. A principal’s act of filing a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, not an agent’s, terminates an existing agency.
403
Unemployment tax payable under the Federal Unemployment Tax Act (FUTA) is A. A tax-deductible employer’s expense. B. Payable by all employers. C. Paid to the Social Security Administration. D. Deducted from employee wages.
A. A tax-deductible employer’s expense. Answer (A) is correct. The Internal Revenue Code imposes federal unemployment taxes on certain employers. The tax is a deductible business expense of the employer.
404
A principal is most likely to be held criminally liable for the crime of an agent who A. Committed the crime without the approval of the principal. B. Committed the crime without the participation of the principal. C. Violated a regulatory statute. D. Acted within the course and scope of employment.
C. Violated a regulatory statute. Answer (C) is correct. A principal is liable for his or her own criminal conduct but is generally not liable for a crime committed by the agent. A principal may be held criminally liable for a crime of the agent if (1) the principal approves or directs the crime, (2) the principal participates or assists in the crime, or (3) violation of a regulatory statute constituted the crime. A regulatory statute in this context is one that imposes strict liability, for example, a law that prohibits sales of liquor to minors.
405
Smith entered an oral agreement hiring and authorizing Jones to sell fraudulent identification cards produced by Smith. Smith and Jones orally agreed to share the proceeds from their enterprise. Later, Jones claimed that no enforceable agency relationship was created. Jones is correct because A. Jones did not have contractual capacity. B. Jones did not have authority. C. The purpose of the agency was contrary to public policy. D. The agreement was a partnership.
C. The purpose of the agency was contrary to public policy. Answer (C) is correct. Agency is an express or implied consensual relationship. Both the principal and agent must manifest consent to the grant of authority. The purpose and subject matter of the agency must be for a legal purpose. Smith and Jones formed an agency for an illegal purpose, the sale of fraudulent identification cards, which automatically voids the agency by operation of law.
406
Thorp was a purchasing agent for Ogden, a sole proprietor, and had the express authority to place purchase orders with Ogden’s suppliers. Thorp placed an order with Datz, Inc., on Ogden’s behalf after Ogden was declared incompetent in a judicial proceeding. Thorp was aware of Ogden’s incapacity. Under the Restatement (Second) of the Law of Agency, which of the following statements is true concerning Ogden’s liability to Datz? A. Ogden will be liable because Thorp acted with express authority. B. Ogden will not be liable because Thorp’s agency ended when Ogden was declared incompetent. C. Ogden will not be liable because Ogden was an undisclosed principal. D. Ogden will be liable because Datz was not informed of Ogden’s incapacity.
B. Ogden will not be liable because Thorp’s agency ended when Ogden was declared incompetent. Answer (B) is correct. Under the Second Restatement, an agency is terminated automatically by operation of law when the principal is declared incompetent in a judicial proceeding. The agent’s actual authority and apparent authority are terminated. Thus, the principal is not bound by the contract for supplies entered into by the agent after the principal is declared incompetent.
407
The firm Meek & Co., CPAs was engaged by Reed, the president of Sulk Corp, to express by June 15 an opinion on Sulk’s financial statements for the fiscal year ended March 31. Meek’s engagement and its fee of $20,000 were approved by Sulk’s board of directors. Meek did not express its opinion until June 30 because of Sulk’s failure to supply Meek with the necessary information to complete the audit. Sulk refuses to pay Meek. If Meek sues Sulk, Meek will A. Lose, because it breached the contract. B. Prevail based on the contract. C. Lose, because the June 15 deadline was a condition precedent to Sulk’s performance. D. Prevail based on quasi-contract.
B. Prevail based on the contract. Answer (B) is correct. Meek’s failure to meet the deadline did not result in a breach of contract. Rather, the failure of performance was caused by Sulk’s failure to supply Meek with the necessary information to complete the audit. Every contract contains an implied promise each party will not interfere with the other party’s performance. Consequently, Meek can enforce the contract because Meek was not in breach.
408
Under the Restatement of the Law Third, Agency, A. Apparent authority may still exist after constructive notice of the termination. B. Actual authority does not continue after termination by operation of law. C. Revocation of authorization of the agent must be in writing. D. Bankruptcy terminates apparent authority.
A. Apparent authority may still exist after constructive notice of the termination. Answer (A) is correct. Apparent authority of the agent continues until the third party receives notice. But an effective notification (actual, not constructive) is required if the third party has already dealt with the agent.
409
Green entered into an oral agency agreement to purchase real estate on behalf of Smith. Subsequently, Green entered into a written contract to buy land from Davis without disclosing the relationship with Smith. Which of the following is Smith’s best legal defense if Smith does not want the land? A. Green’s act was a misrepresentation of Green’s express authority. B. Green failed to get the agency agreement in writing. C. Green failed to disclose Smith’s relationship as principal. D. Green failed to get Smith’s consent before entering into the contract with Davis.
B. Green failed to get the agency agreement in writing. Answer (B) is correct. Formalities, such as a writing, are not required to form an agency relationship. But some states require an agency to be in writing if the contract involves a sale of land. Also, many states apply the equal dignity rule. In these states, an agency must be in writing if the agent is to enter into a contract required to be in writing. Accordingly, the agency agreement most likely needs to be in writing because an agreement to transfer an interest in land is required to be in writing.
410
Which is the true classification of goods under UCC Article 9? A. Accounts, equipment, inventory, unextracted minerals. B. Consumer goods, equipment, farm products, inventory. C. Accounts, consumer goods, equipment, inventory. D. Consumer goods, instruments, and inventory.
B. Consumer goods, equipment, farm products, inventory. Answer (B) is correct. UCC Article 9 effectively classifies goods other than fixtures into four categories. Consumer goods are those used or bought for use primarily for personal, family, or household purposes. Equipment means goods other than inventory, farm products, and consumer goods. Farm products are crops, livestock, supplies used or produced in farming operations, or products of crops or livestock in their unmanufactured states. They must be in the hands of one engaged in farming operations. If goods are farm products, they are not equipment or inventory. Inventory consists of goods (1) leased by a person as lessor; (2) held for sale or lease; (3) furnished under contracts of service; or (4) consisting of raw materials, work-in-process, or materials used or consumed in a business.
411
Suggs Company agreed to sell certain goods to Barr Corporation pursuant to a written contract. No shipment or delivery date was specified in the contract. Based on these facts, A. The time for shipment must be agreed upon. B. The contract fails for indefiniteness. C. The time for shipment is within 3 months. D. The time for shipment is within a reasonable time.
D. The time for shipment is within a reasonable time. Answer (D) is correct. The time for shipment or delivery is a reasonable time if the parties have not specified a time. Also, the UCC provides for a single shipment of the goods if the contract does not specify otherwise. These provisions reflect the UCC’s policy to find a valid contract if the parties so intended and a reasonable basis for a remedy exists.
412
Cookie Co. offered to sell Distrib Markets 20,000 pounds of cookies at $1.00 per pound, subject to certain specified terms for delivery. Distrib replied in writing as follows: “We accept your offer for 20,000 pounds of cookies at $1.00 per pound, weighing scale to have valid city certificate.” Under the UCC, A. No contract was formed because Distrib included the weighing scale requirement in its reply. B. No contract was formed because Distrib’s reply was a counteroffer. C. A contract was formed between the parties. D. A contract will be formed only if Cookie agrees to the weighing scale requirement.
C. A contract was formed between the parties. Answer (C) is correct. Additional or different terms in an unconditional, definite, and timely acceptance of an offer for a sale of goods are interpreted as proposals for addition to the contract. But between merchants, such terms become part of the contract unless (1) the offer expressly limits acceptance to its terms, (2) the additional or different terms materially alter the offer, or (3) the offeree objects within a reasonable time. Cookie and Distrib most likely are merchants, the acceptance was unconditional, and no exception applies. Thus, the weighing scale term becomes part of the agreement unless objected to in a reasonable time. (If the parties are not merchants, a contract is formed without the additional term.)
413
For purposes of the Secured Transactions Article of the Uniform Commercial Code, a security interest includes A. The interest of a consignor when title is retained regardless of whether the arrangement is intended as security. B. The special interest of a buyer of goods acquired on identification of the goods to a contract for sale. C. An interest in personal property or fixtures that secures payment or performance of an obligation. D. An interest in any property that secures payment or performance of an obligation.
C. An interest in personal property or fixtures that secures payment or performance of an obligation. Answer (C) is correct. A security interest is an interest in personal property or fixtures that secures payment or performance of an obligation. This broad definition encompasses currently existing security devices and new ones that may evolve.
414
One of the underlying purposes of the UCC is to permit the parties to exercise considerable contractual freedom. With regard to contractual modification or limitation of remedy, however, this freedom is circumscribed. Which is the true statement about the parties’ ability to agree about remedies for breach of their contract for the sale of goods? A. The parties may limit the remedies afforded by the UCC but may not agree to remedies in addition to those provided. B. If the parties have limited the remedies available for breach of their contract and unforeseen circumstances cause the limited remedy to fail of its essential purpose, the injured party must adhere to his or her bargain. C. The limitation of consequential damages for injury to the person in the case of consumer goods and for commercial loss is prima facie unconscionable. D. The damages for breach by either party may be liquidated in the agreement.
D. The damages for breach by either party may be liquidated in the agreement. Answer (D) is correct. It is efficient for parties to agree on remedies for breach and avoid the trouble, expense, and uncertainty of litigation. Damages may be liquidated or specified in the agreement as long as such damages are reasonable in the circumstances.
415
Which of the following is a true statement about the general obligations of the parties to a sale of goods? A. Tender does not entitle the seller to acceptance of the goods. B. Tender does not entitle the seller to payment. C. The UCC requires tender as a prerequisite to the buyer’s performance, and the parties may not agree otherwise. D. Tender of delivery is a condition of the buyer’s duty to accept the goods.
D. Tender of delivery is a condition of the buyer’s duty to accept the goods. Answer (D) is correct. The general obligation of a seller is to transfer and deliver. That of the buyer is to accept and pay in accordance with the contract. Tender of delivery is a condition to the buyer’s duty to accept the goods. Tender entitles the seller to demand buyer’s acceptance of the goods and payment according to the contract.
416
On May 2, Mason orally contracted with Acme Appliances to pay $480 for a washer and dryer for household use. Mason and the Acme salesperson agreed that delivery would be made on July 2. On May 5, Mason telephoned Acme and requested that the delivery date be moved to June 2. The Acme salesperson agreed to this request. On June 2, Acme failed to deliver the washer and dryer to Mason because of an inventory shortage. Acme advised Mason that it would deliver the appliances on July 2 as originally agreed. Mason believes that Acme has breached its agreement with Mason. Acme contends that its agreement to deliver on June 2 was not binding. Acme’s contention is A. Incorrect, because Acme’s agreement to change the delivery date is a firm offer that cannot be withdrawn by Acme. B. Correct, because Mason is not a merchant and was buying the appliances for household use. C. Incorrect, because the agreement to change the delivery date was binding. D. Correct, because the agreement to change the delivery date was not in writing.
C. Incorrect, because the agreement to change the delivery date was binding. Answer (C) is correct. An oral enforceable contract for the sale of goods was formed on May 2 because the price was not for $500 or more. An oral modification of a contract for the sale of goods does not require consideration to be binding. The modification need not be in writing provided that (1) the contract as modified is for less than $500, (2) the original contract did not require that modification be in writing, (3) the modification was sought in good faith, and (4) another exception does not apply.
417
Under the UCC Secured Transactions Article, what is the order of priority for the following security interests in store equipment? Security interest perfected by filing on April 15. Security interest attached on April 1. Purchase money security interest attached April 11 and perfected by filing on April 20. A. I, III, II. B. III, II, I. C. III, I, II. D. II, I, III.
C. III, I, II. Answer (C) is correct. The basic rule is that conflicting security interests in the same collateral will rank in priority according to the time of filing or perfection. If a purchase money security interest (PMSI) in goods (e.g., equipment) other than inventory or livestock is perfected when the debtor receives possession of the collateral, or within 20 days afterward, the PMSI has priority over a conflicting security interest even if it was perfected first. The reasonable assumption is that the debtor took possession between April 11 (when the security interest attached) and April 20 (when perfection occurred). Furthermore, a perfected security interest generally has priority over a security interest that has attached but is not perfected.
418
Buyer and Seller contracted for Buyer to purchase all of Seller’s output for 1 year. The stated price was subject to decreases of up to 5% if the market price decreased. The market price fell by 2%, and Seller doubled its usual output. Accordingly, Buyer refuses to purchase Seller’s output. In a suit by Seller against Buyer, Buyer’s best defense is that A. Seller supplied an unreasonable amount. B. The contract was impossible to perform. C. Mutual assent was not present. D. The quantity was not definite.
A. Seller supplied an unreasonable amount. Answer (A) is correct. Requirements and output contracts are permitted if the parties act in good faith and demand or tender reasonable quantities. Without stated estimates, Seller’s normal or otherwise comparable prior output is the measure of a reasonable amount. No estimates were made. Thus, if Seller’s output is twice the reasonable amount, Buyer may avoid performance.
419
Pam wrote Matz setting forth specifications for a printing press of a unique nature to be constructed to order and asked for a firm price offer if Matz were interested. Matz wrote Pam 1 week later, “Offer to construct as per your letter for twenty thousand seven hundred dollars cash on November delivery. Offer terminates 2 days. Matz.” The letter omitted the words “seven hundred” when delivered to Pam. Pam immediately phoned Matz and stated, “I accept as stated in your letter.” Matz said, “Done.” Based on the above facts and assuming no further writing, A. Pam probably cannot assert the statute of frauds as a defense to a suit by Matz if she notifies Matz that she will not take the goods after Matz has completed about 40% of the work. B. If Matz completed the contract and delivered the press to Pam, Matz would be deemed to have made an implied warranty against infringement of any patent held by others. C. Neither party is bound because of mutual mistake. D. No contract resulted because Matz did not intend to sell the press for $20,000.
A. Pam probably cannot assert the statute of frauds as a defense to a suit by Matz if she notifies Matz that she will not take the goods after Matz has completed about 40% of the work. Answer (A) is correct. A contract for the sale of specially manufactured goods, which are not suitable for sale in the ordinary course of the seller’s business and upon which a substantial beginning has been made, is enforceable even if not in writing. Thus, the statute of frauds is not defense for Pam.
420
On May 2, Lace Corp., an appliance wholesaler, offered to sell appliances worth $3,000 to Parco, Inc., a household appliances retailer. The offer was signed by Lace’s president and provided that it would not be withdrawn before June 1. It also included the shipping terms: “FOB -- Parco’s warehouse.” Parco accepted Lace’s offer. If Lace inadvertently ships the wrong appliances to Parco and Parco rejects them 2 days after receipt, title to the goods will A. Pass to Parco when they are shipped. B. Remain with Parco until the goods are returned to Lace. C. Pass to Parco when they are identified to the contract. D. Revest to Lace when they are rejected by Parco.
D. Revest to Lace when they are rejected by Parco. Answer (D) is correct. Title revests in the seller after (1) a rejection or other refusal by the buyer to receive or retain the goods, whether or not justified, or (2) a justified revocation of acceptance. Such revesting occurs by operation of law.
421
Under the UCC Secured Transactions Article, which of the following events will always prevent a security interest from attaching? A. Failure of the creditor to have possession of the collateral. B. Failure of the debtor to have rights in the collateral. C. Failure of the creditor to give present consideration for the security interest. D. Failure to authenticate a security agreement.
B. Failure of the debtor to have rights in the collateral. Answer (B) is correct. Attachment occurs when the security interest is enforceable against the debtor with regard to the collateral, barring an express agreement postponing attachment. The security interest is enforceable against the debtor and third parties when (1) the secured party has given value, (2) the debtor has rights in the collateral or can transfer them to the secured party, and (3) the debtor has authenticated a security agreement describing the collateral or other evidence of authentication exists (e.g., the secured party has possession or control).
422
Burn Manufacturing borrowed $500,000 from Howard Finance Co., secured by Burn’s current and future inventory, accounts receivable, and its proceeds. Burn’s representative authenticated a sufficient security agreement that described the collateral. The security agreement was filed in the appropriate state office. Burn subsequently defaulted on the repayment of the loan, and Howard attempted to enforce its security interest. Burn contended that Howard’s security interest was unenforceable. In addition, Green, who subsequently gave credit to Burn without knowledge of Howard’s security interest and filed a financing statement but did not have a purchase money security interest (PMSI) in inventory, is also attempting to defeat Howard’s alleged security interest. The security interest in question is valid with respect to A. Burn but not Green. B. Both Burn and Green. C. Green but not Burn. D. Neither Burn nor Green.
B. Both Burn and Green. Answer (B) is correct. Before attachment of the security interest, the creditor gave value, the debtor had rights in the collateral, and the debtor authenticated a sufficient security agreement. Thus, attachment has occurred, and the security interest is enforceable between the debtor (Burn) and the secured party (Howard). Because Howard’s security interest was perfected by filing a financing statement, Green is assumed to have notice of Howard’s security interest. Howard’s claim has priority over Green’s because Howard filed and perfected before Green. However, if Green had perfected a PMSI in inventory and met the notice requirements, Green would have priority.
423
Mix Clothing shipped 300 custom suits to Tara Retailers. The suits arrived on Thursday, earlier than Tara had anticipated and on an exceptionally busy day for its receiving department. They were perfunctorily examined and sent to a nearby warehouse for storage until needed. On the following day, upon closer examination, it was discovered that the quality of the linings of the suits was inferior to that specified in the sales contract. Which of the following is true insofar as Tara’s rights are concerned? A. Tara’s only course of action is rescission. B. Tara can reject the suits upon subsequent discovery of the defects. C. Tara had no rights if the linings were of merchantable quality. D. Tara must retain the suits because it accepted them and had an opportunity to inspect them upon delivery.
B. Tara can reject the suits upon subsequent discovery of the defects. Answer (B) is correct. A buyer has the right to inspect the goods at any reasonable place and time and in any reasonable manner. Tara did not have a reasonable opportunity to inspect on the day of the delivery. After acceptance, a buyer may revoke acceptance of nonconforming goods within a reasonable time if the seller is notified. But the acceptance must have been (1) reasonably induced by (a) the difficulty of discovery or (b) the seller’s assurances or (2) on the reasonable assumption that the nonconformity would be cured.
424
Bond and Spear orally agreed that Bond would buy a car from Spear for $475. Bond paid Spear a $100 deposit. The next day, Spear received an offer of $575, the car’s fair market value. Spear immediately notified Bond that Spear would not sell the car to Bond and returned Bond’s $100. If Bond sues Spear and Spear defends on the basis of the statute of frauds, Bond will probably A. Lose, because the agreement was for less than the fair market value of the car. B. Win, because Bond paid a deposit. C. Win, because the agreement was for less than $500. D. Lose, because the agreement was not in writing and signed by Spear.
C. Win, because the agreement was for less than $500. Answer (C) is correct. The UCC’s statute of frauds does not apply because the good was sold for less than $500. Thus, the seller cannot assert the defense that (s)he did not sign a writing sufficient to show that the contract was made.
425
Under the Sales Article of the UCC, which of the following oral contracts for the sale of goods valued at more than $500 is most likely to be unenforceable? A. A contract to sell fuel oil, where the contract is admitted to in court. B. A contract to sell a work of art. C. A contract to sell furniture where half of the value of the shipment has been received and accepted. D. A contract to sell goods specially manufactured for the buyer.
B. A contract to sell a work of art. Answer (B) is correct. Goods are all things movable and tangible when they are identified as goods to be sold. Thus, a work of art is a good. Generally, contracts for the sale of goods for $500 or more are not enforceable without a writing. However, a writing is unnecessary if (1) the goods are to be specifically made or extensively modified and cannot be sold to others in the ordinary course of business, (2) the goods actually have been received and accepted or payment has been made, or (3) a party admits in pleadings or in court that a contract exists. A contract to sell a work of art is not within these exceptions. Given that the work of art is valued at more than $500, a writing is necessary for the contract to be enforceable.
426
Lombard, Inc., manufactures exclusive designer apparel. It sells through franchised clothing stores on consignment, retaining a security interest in the goods. Gifford is one of Lombard’s franchisees pursuant to a detailed contract signed by both Lombard and Gifford. For the security interest to be valid against Gifford with respect to the designer apparel in Gifford’s possession, Lombard A. Must retain title to the goods. B. Must file a financing statement. C. Must perfect its security interest against Gifford’s creditors. D. Does not have to do anything further.
D. Does not have to do anything further. Answer (D) is correct. Attachment of a security interest is the process by which a security interest becomes enforceable against a debtor by a secured party. Attachment of a security interest in inventory collateral results as soon as the following three events occur (barring an explicit agreement otherwise): (1) The collateral is in the possession of the secured party pursuant to the debtor’s security agreement, or the debtor has authenticated a security agreement describing the collateral; (2) value has been given; and (3) the debtor has rights (or the ability to transfer rights) in the collateral. All these conditions have been satisfied. The detailed contract was a security agreement because it created or provided for a security interest, and the debtor has signed (authenticated) it. Value has been given because Lombard has effectively sold the goods on credit to Gifford. The debtor has rights in the goods because it has the power to sell the goods at a profit. Consequently, the security interest has attached, and Lombard need not do anything further to protect itself against Gifford.
427
Which of the following requirements must be met for modification of a sales contract under the Uniform Commercial Code? A. The parol evidence rule applies, and thus a writing is required. B. The modification must satisfy the statute of frauds if the contract as modified is within its provisions. C. There must be consideration present if the contract is between merchants. D. There must be a writing if the original sales contract is in writing.
B. The modification must satisfy the statute of frauds if the contract as modified is within its provisions. Answer (B) is correct. If the modification of a contract brings it within the statute of frauds, both the contract and the modification must meet the statute’s requirements even though not originally required. For example, if the original price was $400 and the modification raises it to $500, the contract as modified falls within the statute of frauds and must be written.
428
Under the UCC Sales Article, which of the following conditions most likely will prevent the formation of an enforceable sale of goods contract? A. Open delivery. B. Open acceptance. C. Open quantity. D. Open price.
B. Open acceptance. Answer (B) is correct. The UCC favors open terms. One or more terms left open does not prevent the formation of a contract if (1) the parties apparently intended to make a contract and (2) a reasonably certain basis exists for granting a remedy. An offer is deemed to invite acceptance in any manner and by any medium reasonable under the circumstances. However, the term “open acceptance” is not used by the UCC Sales Article. Also, prior to acceptance, no contract can be formed.
429
Perfection of a security interest permits the secured party to protect its rights by A. Avoiding the need to file a financing statement. B. Establishing priority over the claims of most subsequent secured creditors. C. Preventing another creditor from obtaining a security interest in the same collateral. D. Denying the debtor the right to possess the collateral.
B. Establishing priority over the claims of most subsequent secured creditors. Answer (B) is correct. Unless perfection is by attachment, to establish priority over a previous unperfected creditor or a subsequent secured creditor, a secured party must give notice by perfecting its security interest. The methods of perfection include (1) filing a financing statement, (2) taking possession of the collateral, or (3) obtaining control of the collateral. The steps taken will depend upon the nature of the collateral.
430
Which of the following requirements must be met for modification of a sales contract under the Uniform Commercial Code? A. The modification must satisfy the statute of frauds if the contract as modified is within its provisions. B. The parol evidence rule applies, and thus a writing is required. C. There must be consideration present if the contract is between merchants. D. There must be a writing if the original sales contract is in writing.
A. The modification must satisfy the statute of frauds if the contract as modified is within its provisions. Answer (A) is correct. If the modification of a contract brings it within the statute of frauds, both the contract and the modification must meet the statute’s requirements even though not originally required. For example, if the original price was $400 and the modification raises it to $500, the contract as modified falls within the statute of frauds and must be written.
431
On March 1, Green went to Easy Car Sales to buy a car. Green spoke to a salesperson and agreed to buy a car that Easy had in its showroom. On March 5, Green made a $500 down payment and signed a security agreement to secure the payment of the balance of the purchase price. On March 10, Green picked up the car. On March 15, Easy filed the security agreement. On what date did Easy’s security interest attach? A. March 1. B. March 5. C. March 10. D. March 15.
B. March 5. Answer (B) is correct. Attachment occurs when a security interest is enforceable against the debtor with regard to the collateral, barring an express agreement postponing attachment. The security interest is enforceable against the debtor and third parties when (1) the secured party has given value, (2) the debtor has rights in the collateral or can transfer them to the secured party, and (3) the debtor has authenticated a security agreement describing the collateral or other evidence of authentication exists (e.g., the secured party has possession or control). These conditions were satisfied on March 5. First, the seller gave value in the form of the consideration provided by the contractual promise to sell a specific car on credit on March 1. The security agreement is a writing evidencing the contract. If the contract was not signed by the seller, the statute of frauds applying to a sale of goods for $500 or more prevents its enforcement against the seller. Nevertheless, partial performance (the $500 down payment) renders the contract enforceable to the extent of payment made and accepted. Acceptance of a partial payment is the seller’s admission (at least to the extent of payment) that a contract exists. Second, the buyer (debtor) had rights in the collateral (the car). (1) A specific car was identified in the contract, giving the buyer a special property and an insurable interest in it, (2) the car presumably was adequately described in the security agreement, and (3) a down payment was made on March 5. “A debtor’s limited rights in collateral, short of full payment, are sufficient for a security interest to attach” (Official Comment, UCC 9-203). But this interest attaches only to the rights held by the debtor. Third, the debtor authenticated a security agreement on March 5.
432
Vega Manufacturing, Inc., manufactures and sells stereo systems and components to the trade and at retail. Repossession is frequently made from customers who are in default. Which of the following statements is true concerning the rights of the defaulting debtors who have had property repossessed by Vega? A. It is unimportant whether the goods repossessed are defined as consumer goods, inventory, or something else in respect to the debtor’s rights upon repossession. B. If the defaulting debtor voluntarily authenticates a statement waiving rights in the collateral, the creditor must nevertheless resell them for the debtor’s benefit. C. Vega has the right to retain all the goods repossessed as long as it gives notice and cancels the debt. D. If a debtor has paid 60% or more of the cash price of consumer goods in satisfaction of a purchase money security interest, the debtor has the right to have the creditor dispose of the goods.
D. If a debtor has paid 60% or more of the cash price of consumer goods in satisfaction of a purchase money security interest, the debtor has the right to have the creditor dispose of the goods. Answer (D) is correct. To protect the equity interest of debtors who have had property repossessed by secured parties, the UCC provides for compulsory disposition of the collateral in certain cases. In other cases, a secured party may retain the collateral if appropriate authenticated notice is given to the debtor and other parties to whom notice must be given, and no authenticated objection is received within 20 days of sending the notice. If the debtor has paid at least 60% of the cash price in the case of a PMSI in consumer goods, the secured party must dispose of the goods unless the debtor waives the right to require disposal by an agreement entered into and authenticated after default.
433
Pulse Corp. maintained a warehouse where it stored its manufactured goods. Pulse received an order from Star. Shortly after Pulse identified the goods to be shipped to Star but before moving them to the loading dock, a fire destroyed the warehouse and its contents. With respect to the goods, which of the following statements is true? A. Star has title but no insurable interest. B. Star has title and an insurable interest. C. Pulse has title but no insurable interest. D. Pulse has title and an insurable interest.
D. Pulse has title and an insurable interest. Answer (D) is correct. Unless otherwise explicitly agreed to, title passes to the buyer at the time and place at which the seller completes performance of physical delivery of the goods. The seller has an insurable interest in goods as long as title to, or any security interest in, the goods remains in the seller. A buyer of goods has an insurable interest in them when they are identified to the contract.
434
On May 2, Handy Hardware sent Ram Industries a signed purchase order that stated, in part, as follows: “Ship for May 8 delivery 300 Model A-X socket sets at current dealer price. Terms 2/10/net 30.” Ram received Handy’s purchase order on May 4. On May 5, Ram discovered that it had only 200 Model A-X socket sets and 100 Model W-Z socket sets in stock. Ram shipped the Model A-X and Model W-Z sets to Handy without any explanation concerning the shipment. The socket sets were received by Handy on May 8. Assuming a contract exists between Handy and Ram, which of the following warranties would result? Implied warranty of merchantability Implied warranty of fitness for a particular purpose Warranty of title A. I only. B. I and III only. C. I, II, and III. D. III only.
B. I and III only. Answer (B) is correct. A warranty of title is made in every contract for the sale of goods, unless it is excluded or modified by specific language or by circumstances. The warranty of merchantability is implied only when the seller is a merchant. Ram is a merchant because it deals in goods of the kind sold. The warranty of fitness for a particular purpose is implied only when a seller has reason (1) to know the particular purpose for which the goods are to be used and (2) that the buyer is relying on the seller’s skill and judgment to select the goods.
435
If goods have been delivered to a buyer pursuant to a sale or return contract, the A. Seller is liable for the expenses incurred by the buyer in returning the goods to the seller. B. Buyer may use the goods but not resell them. C. Risk of loss for the goods passed to the buyer. D. Title to the goods remains with the seller.
C. Risk of loss for the goods passed to the buyer. Answer (C) is correct. If (1) goods are delivered to a person for sale and (2) that person keeps a place of business at which (s)he deals in goods of that kind, the goods are on “sale or return.” Risk of loss in a sale or return passes at the same time and place as in any other sale of goods, i.e., in accordance with the shipping terms. Except for a sale on approval, delivery and receipt of the goods will customarily signify that risk of loss has passed to the buyer.
436
The scope of secured transactions under Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code does not include A. After-acquired collateral. B. Consignments. C. Sale of corporate debentures. D. Transactions in which title to the collateral has not passed.
C. Sale of corporate debentures. Answer (C) is correct. Article 9 applies to security interests created under Articles 2, 2A, 4, and 5. It also applies to (1) security interests in personal property and fixtures created by contract; (2) agricultural liens; (3) consignments; and (4) sales of accounts, promissory notes, and certain other items. It does not apply to sales of corporate debentures, which are bonds not secured by specific collateral. These transactions are governed by Article 8 of the UCC, other state statutes, and possibly the federal securities laws. However, corporate debentures and other investment property may be collateral under Article 9.
437
Unless the parties have otherwise agreed, an action for the breach of a contract within the UCC Sales Article must be commenced within A. Four years after the cause of action has accrued. B. Four years after the effective date of the contract. C. Six years after the effective date of the contract. D. Six years after the cause of action has accrued.
A. Four years after the cause of action has accrued. Answer (A) is correct. A 4-year statute of limitations applies to cases involving sales of goods. The parties, however, may reduce (but not extend) the period for suit, but not to less than 1 year. The limitations period generally begins to run when the cause of action has accrued.
438
Pine, an employee of Global Messenger Co., was hired to deliver highly secret corporate documents for Global’s clients throughout the world. Unknown to Global, Pine carried a concealed pistol. While Pine was making a delivery, Pine suspected an attempt was being made to steal the package, drew the gun, and shot Kent, an innocent passerby. Kent most likely will not recover damages from Global if A. Global discovered that Pine carried a weapon and did nothing about it. B. Pine’s weapon was unlicensed and illegal. C. Global instructed its messengers not to carry weapons. D. Pine was correct, and an attempt was being made to steal the package.
B. Pine’s weapon was unlicensed and illegal. Answer (B) is correct. Under the doctrine of respondeat superior, the employer is vicariously liable for the torts of the employee committed within the scope and during the course of employment. However, the doctrine ordinarily does not apply to crimes committed by the employee. Thus, the employer most likely will not be liable. The employee’s possession (and therefore use) of the weapon was criminal. The employer would be liable in exceptional cases, e.g., if it authorized the use of force.
439
Under the UCC Secured Transactions Article, perfection of a security interest in goods by a creditor provides added protection against other parties in the event the debtor does not pay its debts. Which of the following parties is not affected by perfection of a security interest? A. A buyer in the ordinary course of business. B. Other prospective creditors of the debtor. C. The trustee in a bankruptcy case. D. A subsequent personal injury judgment creditor.
A. A buyer in the ordinary course of business. Answer (A) is correct. A buyer of goods in the ordinary course of business is a person who, in good faith and without knowledge that the sale is in violation of the ownership rights or security interest of a third party in the goods, buys in the ordinary course of business from a person in the business of selling goods of that kind. Such a buyer, except one purchasing farm products from a person engaged in farming, takes free of a perfected security interest granted by the seller even if the buyer knows of its existence.
440
Bush Hardware ordered 300 Ram hammers from Ajax Hardware. Ajax accepted the order in writing. On the final date allowed for delivery, Ajax discovered it did not have enough Ram hammers to fill the order. Instead, Ajax sent 300 Strong hammers. Ajax stated on the invoice that the shipment was sent only as an accommodation. Which of the following statements is true? A. Ajax’s note of accommodation cancels the contract between Bush and Ajax. B. Bush’s order can be accepted only by Ajax’s shipment of the goods ordered. C. Ajax’s shipment of Strong hammers is a breach of contract. D. Ajax’s shipment of Strong hammers is a counteroffer, and no contract exists between Bush and Ajax.
C. Ajax’s shipment of Strong hammers is a breach of contract. Answer (C) is correct. Shipment of a brand different from that stipulated in the contract was a breach of the contract. Bush may (1) accept the goods despite their nonconformity, (2) rightfully reject them, or (3) resort to any of the buyer’s other remedies under the UCC. Accommodation shipments and the ability to cure, are not applicable. Notice of acceptance was sent, and a cure must be made within the time for performance in most cases.
441
Card communicated an offer to sell Card’s stereo to Bend for $250. Which of the following statements is correct regarding the effect of the communication of the offer? A. Card is required to mitigate any loss Card would sustain in the event Bend rejects the offer. B. Bend may not reject the offer for a reasonable period of time. C. Card is not obligated to sell the stereo to Bend until Bend accepts the offer. D. Bend should immediately accept or reject the offer to avoid liability to Card.
C. Card is not obligated to sell the stereo to Bend until Bend accepts the offer. Answer (C) is correct. An offer is a statement or other communication by which the offeror grants the offeree the power to accept and form an agreement. A contract is formed when an offeree accepts an offer. Because Bend has not yet accepted the offer, a contract has not been formed, and Card is not obligated to sell the stereo to Bend until Bend accepts the offer.
442
Which of the following transactions illustrates a secured party’s perfection of its security interest by taking possession of the collateral? A. A wholesaler’s borrowing to purchase inventory. B. A pawnbroker’s lending money. C. A bank’s receiving a mortgage on real property. D. A consumer’s borrowing to buy a car.
B. A pawnbroker’s lending money. Answer (B) is correct. A secured party may perfect a security interest by taking possession of the collateral. Thus, pawnbrokers, to secure loans, usually take possession of the collateral. A security interest in goods, instruments, money, negotiable documents, or tangible chattel paper (but not a security interest in electronic chattel paper, which is perfected by control) may be perfected by the secured party’s taking possession of the collateral.
443
Pine has a security interest in certain goods purchased by Byron on an installment contract. Byron has defaulted on the payments resulting in Pine’s taking possession of the collateral. Which of the following is true? A. Unless otherwise agreed, Pine must pay Byron for any increase in value of the collateral while it is in Pine’s possession. B. Pine must sell the collateral if Byron has paid more than 60% of the cash price on a purchase money security interest in business equipment. C. Byron may waive his right of redemption at the time he executes the security agreement. D. The collateral may be sold by Pine at a private proceeding and, if it is consumer goods, without notice to other secured parties.
D. The collateral may be sold by Pine at a private proceeding and, if it is consumer goods, without notice to other secured parties. Answer (D) is correct. The secured party may dispose of the collateral at a public or private proceeding provided that every aspect of the disposition is commercially reasonable. Unless the collateral (1) is perishable, (2) threatens to decline rapidly in value, or (3) is of a type customarily sold on a recognized market, reasonable authenticated notice must be given to the debtor and any secondary obligor unless that right has been waived. In the case of consumer goods, no other notice need be sent to other secured parties because many PMSIs in consumer goods are perfected by attachment alone.
444
Under the UCC Secured Transactions Article, which of the following actions will best perfect a security interest in a negotiable instrument against any other party? A. Perfecting by attachment. B. Obtaining a duly executed financing statement. C. Taking possession of the instrument. D. Obtaining control.
C. Taking possession of the instrument. Answer (C) is correct. A security interest in instruments may be perfected by the secured party’s taking possession of the collateral. A security interest in instruments also may be perfected by filing. However, a security interest in instruments is perfected without filing or perfection for 20 days after attachment to the extent of new value given under an authenticated security agreement. Temporary perfection of a security interest in an instrument also is permitted for a 20-day period when such collateral is delivered to the debtor for ultimate sale or exchange or for presentation, collection, enforcement, renewal, or registration of transfer. Possession is the optimal method of perfection because (1) it is not limited to 20 days, and (2) a prior perfected security interest is defeated by a holder in due course.
445
Under the Sales Article of the UCC, when a contract for the sale of goods stipulates that the seller ship the goods by common carrier, “FOB purchaser’s loading dock,” which of the parties bears the risk of loss during shipment? A. The purchaser, because risk of loss passes when the goods are delivered to the carrier. B. The seller, because risk of loss remains with the seller until the goods are accepted by the purchaser. C. The seller, because risk of loss passes only when the goods reach the purchaser’s loading dock. D. The purchaser, because title to the goods passes at the time of shipment.
C. The seller, because risk of loss passes only when the goods reach the purchaser’s loading dock. Answer (C) is correct. The parties to a contract for the sale of goods may agree who will have the risk of loss. Without an express agreement, the intent with respect to risk is determined by shipping and delivery terms. The shipping term FOB purchaser’s place of business indicates a destination contract. The seller bears the risk of loss until the goods reach the destination (the buyer’s loading dock).
446
Sutter purchased a computer from Harp. Harp is not in the business of selling computers. Harp tendered delivery of the computer after receiving payment in full from Sutter. Sutter informed Harp that Sutter was unable to take possession of the computer at that time but would return later that day. Before Sutter returned, the computer was destroyed by a fire. The risk of loss A. Remained with Harp because Sutter had not yet received the computer. B. Passed to Sutter at the time the contract was formed and payment was made. C. Passed to Sutter upon Harp’s tender of delivery. D. Remained with Harp because title had not yet passed to Sutter.
C. Passed to Sutter upon Harp’s tender of delivery. Answer (C) is correct. If the parties have no agreement as to risk of loss, no carrier is involved, and the goods are not in the possession of a bailee, the risk of loss passes to the buyer on his or her receipt of the goods if the seller is a merchant; otherwise, the risk passes to the buyer on tender of delivery. Because Harp is not a merchant (a person engaged in selling goods of the kind), risk passed to Sutter on tender of delivery.
447
Under Article 2 of the UCC and the United Nations Convention for the International Sale of Goods (CISG), absent specific terms in an international sales shipment contract, when will risk of loss pass to the buyer? A. When the goods are tendered to the buyer. B. When the goods are delivered to the first carrier for transmission to the buyer. C. When the goods are identified to the contract. D. When the execution of the contract is concluded.
B. When the goods are delivered to the first carrier for transmission to the buyer. Answer (B) is correct. The CISG is similar to Article 2 of the UCC. Under Article 2 and the CISG, title to goods passes from the seller to the buyer in any manner and on any conditions explicitly agreed to by the parties. Under a shipment contract, title passes when the goods are delivered to the carrier. In carrier cases, unless otherwise explicitly stated, a shipment contract is assumed.
448
Under Chapter 11 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code, which of the following actions is necessary before the court may confirm a reorganization plan? A. Provision for full payment of administration expenses. B. Acceptance of the plan by all classes of claimants. C. Preparation of a contingent plan of liquidation. D. Appointment of a trustee.
A. Provision for full payment of administration expenses. Answer (A) is correct. The debtor generally has the exclusive right to file a reorganization plan during the 120 days after the order of relief. To be effective, the plan must be confirmed by the bankruptcy court. The plan must provide for full payment of administration expenses.
449
Under the liquidation provisions of Chapter 7 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code, certain property acquired by the debtor after the filing of the petition becomes part of the bankruptcy estate. An example of such property is A. Child support payments received by the debtor within 1 year after the filing of the petition. B. Inheritances received by the debtor within 180 days after the filing of the petition. C. Social Security payments received by the debtor within 180 days after the filing of the petition. D. Wages earned by the debtor within 1 year after the filing of the petition.
B. Inheritances received by the debtor within 180 days after the filing of the petition. Answer (B) is correct. Upon commencement of a Chapter 7 proceeding, an estate in property is formed. The estate consists of all the debtor’s legal and equitable interests in property. It excludes earnings of the debtor for services rendered after commencement of a Chapter 7 proceeding. The estate includes each of the following: (1) all property currently held (wherever located); (2) community property; (3) property the trustee recovers from third parties; (4) proceeds and profits from the property of the estate; (5) inheritances received by will or intestate succession, property settlements, or life insurance proceeds to which the debtor becomes entitled within 180 days after filing; and (6) interests in property acquired by the estate after the filing of the petition.
450
In general, which of the following debts will be discharged under the voluntary liquidation provisions of the Bankruptcy Code? A. A debt incurred more than 90 days before the filing of the bankruptcy petition and not disclosed in the petition. B. Income taxes due as the result of filing a fraudulent return 7 years prior to the filing of the bankruptcy petition. C. A debt arising before the filing of the bankruptcy petition caused by the debtor’s negligence. D. Alimony payments owed to the debtor’s spouse under a separation agreement entered into prior to the filing of the bankruptcy petition.
C. A debt arising before the filing of the bankruptcy petition caused by the debtor’s negligence. Answer (C) is correct. Discharge in a voluntary liquidation proceeding may be denied based on certain acts or circumstances of the debtor or the nature of particular debts if a trustee or creditor objects to the discharge. Examples of debts that will be statutorily denied a discharge include penalties imposed by government entities, unpaid taxes, and unpaid child support. A debt that was the result of negligence, e.g., from a malpractice claim, in contrast to willful or malicious activity, is dischargeable.
451
In a voluntary bankruptcy proceeding under Chapter 7 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code, which of the following claims incurred within 90 days prior to filing will be paid first? A. Utility bills up to $1,000. B. Voluntary contributions to employee benefit plans. C. Unsecured federal taxes. D. Employee vacation and sick pay up to $12,850 per employee.
D. Employee vacation and sick pay up to $12,850 per employee. Answer (D) is correct. Secured claims must be satisfied in full before any unsecured claims may be paid. Unsecured claims with a higher priority are then paid in full before lower priority claims. The list of priorities among unsecured claims is as follows: Domestic support obligations, Administrative expenses, Claims arising in the ordinary course of business after the petition was filed but before the order for relief was granted, Claims up to $12,850 for wages earned by an individual within 180 days before filing, Claims for contributions to employee benefit plans, Claims of grain producers and fishermen, Claims of depositors of money for the purchase of undelivered consumer goods, Tax claims of governmental units, and Death and injury claims arising from an intoxicated person’s operation of a motor vehicle. Employee vacation pay and sick pay are forms of compensation (wages).
452
Under the reorganization provisions of Chapter 11 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code, after a reorganization plan is confirmed and a final decree closing the proceedings entered, which of the following events usually occurs? A. A trustee will continue to operate the debtor’s business. B. A reorganized corporate debtor will be liquidated. C. A reorganized individual debtor will not be allowed to continue in the same business. D. A reorganized corporate debtor will be discharged from all debts except as otherwise provided in the plan and applicable law.
D. A reorganized corporate debtor will be discharged from all debts except as otherwise provided in the plan and applicable law. Answer (D) is correct. At the conclusion of Chapter 11 proceedings, a corporate debtor is discharged from most debts of the business. Exceptions include debts that are provided for in the plan of reorganization approved by the creditors and certain nondischargeable debts.
453
A plan of reorganization under Chapter 11 ``` A. Must treat all claims or interests in the same class equally. B. Must be filed by the trustee and approved by the creditors within 180 days after entry of the order for relief. C. May be filed by any party in interest for 120 days after entry of the order for relief. D. Must treat all classes of claims and ownership interests equally. ```
``` A. Must treat all claims or interests in the same class equally. Answer (A) is correct. The plan must (1) designate classes of creditors’ claims and owners’ interests; (2) state the treatment to be given each class; (3) indicate which classes will or will not be impaired; (4) allow for equal treatment of the members within a class unless they agree otherwise; and (5) provide for an adequate method of payment. If the debtor is a corporation, the plan must also protect voting rights, state that no nonvoting stock will be issued, and require that selection of officers and directors be effected in a manner to protect the parties in interest. ```
454
Which of the following statements is true with respect to the reorganization provisions of Chapter 11 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code? A. A reorganization plan may be filed by a creditor anytime after the petition date. B. A trustee must always be appointed. C. The debtor must be insolvent if the bankruptcy petition was filed voluntarily. D. The commencement of a bankruptcy case may be voluntary or involuntary.
D. The commencement of a bankruptcy case may be voluntary or involuntary. Answer (D) is correct. A reorganization proceeding under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code provides for payment of creditors and restructuring of the debtor’s finances, but permits his or her business to be continued. The commencement of a proceeding may be voluntary or involuntary.
455
Which of the following statements is(are) true regarding debtors’ rights? State exemption statutes prevent all of a debtor’s personal property from being sold to pay a federal tax lien. Federal Social Security benefits received by a debtor are exempt from garnishment by creditors. A. I only. B. Neither I nor II. C. II only. D. Both I and II.
C. II only. Answer (C) is correct. Only federal statutes, not state statutes, may exempt debtor assets from federal tax liens. Social Security benefits, however, are exempt from garnishment.
456
The filing of an involuntary bankruptcy petition under the Federal Bankruptcy Code A. Stops the debtor from incurring new debts. B. Terminates all security interests in property in the bankruptcy estate. C. Terminates liens on exempt property. D. Stops the enforcement of judgment liens against property in the bankruptcy estate.
D. Stops the enforcement of judgment liens against property in the bankruptcy estate. Answer (D) is correct. The automatic stay resulting from filing the petition operates to postpone certain actions against the debtor and his or her property whether the filing is voluntary or involuntary. All acts, with certain exceptions, to establish, enforce, or perfect any lien against estate property are stayed when a petition in bankruptcy is filed. The stay also applies to judgment liens.
457
Mac, doing business as Mac’s Restaurant, has an involuntary petition in bankruptcy filed against him. Which of the following is a true legal statement regarding such a filing? A. The filing of the petition by a majority of the creditors creates a binding presumption that Mac is insolvent. B. Mac has the right to contest the validity of the petition and, if Mac is successful, the petition will be dismissed. Moreover, Mac may be able to recover his costs, including a reasonable attorney’s fee. C. A single creditor may file the petition regardless of the number of creditors if its provable unsecured claim is at least $15,775. D. A trustee is appointed upon the filing of the petition and is vested by operation of law with the bankrupt’s title as of the date of the filing.
B. Mac has the right to contest the validity of the petition and, if Mac is successful, the petition will be dismissed. Moreover, Mac may be able to recover his costs, including a reasonable attorney’s fee. Answer (B) is correct. A debtor has the right to contest an involuntary petition, and it will be dismissed if the statutory requirements are not met. After a dismissal, the court has the power to award the debtor costs, a reasonable attorney’s fee, and damages caused by the trustee’s taking possession of the debtor’s property. If the petition was filed in bad faith, the court may award damages caused by the filing for injury to the debtor’s reputation or punitive damages.
458
Trish took out a home equity loan from Friendly Finance Co. to add a pool to her home. She conveyed a second mortgage on the home to Friendly. She then engaged Chip to have the pool built. Chip also convinced her to have him build a changing room with a hot tub for an additional $10,000. When Trish’s car was stolen the next week, she discovered her insurance had lapsed. She used funds allocated for the construction to buy a new car. Thus, she could not timely pay Chip, who filed a mechanic’s lien. Real property taxes on Trish’s home had become overdue. Which of the following liens has the highest priority? A. The tax lien. B. The mechanic’s lien. C. The first mortgage. D. The second mortgage.
A. The tax lien. Answer (A) is correct. The general rule of priority under common law is that the first in time is the first in right. The perfected mechanic’s lien has priority set by state statute. Its priority generally is established as of the date the work began, provided that recording was completed within the statutorily designated number of days after completing the work. However, statutes typically provide that liens for taxes have priority over otherwise superior liens.
459
FGC, Inc. is in serious financial trouble. Trade accounts payable total $1 million. FGC has not paid its vendors in over 120 days. Although the vendors are anxious for payments, they agree that everyone will benefit if FGC avoids bankruptcy. FGC and all the vendors agree to a plan calling for FGC to make monthly payments on the overdue accounts for 24 months. All vendors will be paid in full. This plan is best described as a(n) A. Composition agreement with creditors. B. Extension agreement. C. Liquidation of unliquidated claims. D. Assignment for the benefit of creditors.
B. Extension agreement. Answer (B) is correct. An extension agreement is a variation of the composition agreement with creditors. Rather than agree to the reduced but immediate payment of debts, the creditors and debtor agree that payments will be made over an extended period. The key characteristic of an extension agreement is the extended payment period.
460
Anthony is a surety on a debt owed by Victor to Day. Which of the following is true? A. The extension of credit by Day to Victor, contingent upon Anthony’s agreeing to act as a surety, provides the consideration for Anthony’s promise. B. The surety undertaking need not be in writing if the surety is obtained by Victor at Day’s request. C. Upon default, Anthony would be allowed to deduct a personal claim that he has against Victor from his required payment to Day. D. Day must satisfy the Uniform Commercial Code’s filing requirements in order to perfect his security interest.
A. The extension of credit by Day to Victor, contingent upon Anthony’s agreeing to act as a surety, provides the consideration for Anthony’s promise. Answer (A) is correct. A contract for suretyship must be supported by adequate consideration. The extension of credit by the creditor (Day) to the debtor (Victor) is dependent on the agreement of the surety (Anthony) to act as a surety. This extension of credit to Victor by Day supports the promises made by Anthony and Victor. Thus, separate consideration is not required if the surety promise is made when the creditor gives consideration to the debtor.
461
A mortgagor’s right of redemption will be terminated by a judicial foreclosure sale unless A. The mortgage instrument does not provide for a default sale. B. The mortgagee purchases the property for market value. C. The proceeds from the sale are not sufficient to satisfy the mortgage debt fully. D. The jurisdiction has enacted a statutory right of redemption.
D. The jurisdiction has enacted a statutory right of redemption. Answer (D) is correct. A foreclosure sale occurs when a mortgage is in default and the mortgagee elects to satisfy its debt by sale of the property rather than by obtaining a personal judgment against the mortgagor. It generally terminates the mortgagor’s equitable right of redemption. A statutory right of redemption provides the mortgagor with the opportunity to repurchase the property after the foreclosure sale, for a certain statutorily specified period generally not exceeding 1 year, by payment of the auction sale price.
462
Under Chapter 13, unsecured creditors A. Rights are never unilaterally modified. B. Receive at least the amounts they would receive in a Chapter 7 liquidation. C. Receive less than they would receive in a Chapter 7 liquidation. D. Vote on Chapter 13 plans.
B. Receive at least the amounts they would receive in a Chapter 7 liquidation. Answer (B) is correct. A Chapter 13 plan is confirmed if, among other conditions, unsecured creditors receive amounts equivalent to those that received under Chapter 7. Thus, the rights of unsecured creditors may be modified if all claims in a class receive the same treatment.
463
To file for bankruptcy under Chapter 7 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code, an individual must A. Have debts in excess of $15,775. B. Be insolvent. C. Have debts of any amount. D. Be indebted to more than three creditors.
C. Have debts of any amount. Answer (C) is correct. Under Chapter 7, generally, a debtor’s nonexempt assets are converted into cash, the cash is distributed among creditors, and the debtor is discharged from most remaining obligations. Any person eligible to be a debtor under Chapter 7 may file a petition.
464
By signing a reaffirmation agreement on April 15, Year 1, a debtor agreed to pay certain debts that would be discharged in bankruptcy. On June 20, Year 1, the debtor’s attorney filed the reaffirmation agreement and an affidavit with the court indicating that the debtor understood the consequences of the reaffirmation agreement. The debtor obtained a discharge on August 25, Year 1. The reaffirmation agreement would be enforceable only if it was A. Not rescinded before discharge. B. Approved by the bankruptcy court. C. Not for a household purpose debt. D. Made after discharge.
A. Not rescinded before discharge. Answer (A) is correct. To be enforceable, a reaffirmation agreement must conspicuously state the debtor’s right of rescission. The debtor has the right to rescind the reaffirmation until the later of the discharge or 60 days after the agreement is filed with the court.
465
Which of the following events will release a surety from liability? A. Modification by the principal debtor and the creditor of their contract that fundamentally increases the surety’s risk of loss. B. Filing of an involuntary petition in bankruptcy against the principal debtor. C. Release of the principal debtor’s obligation by the creditor but with the reservation of the creditor’s rights against the surety. D. Insanity of the principal debtor at the time the contract was entered into with the creditor.
A. Modification by the principal debtor and the creditor of their contract that fundamentally increases the surety’s risk of loss. Answer (A) is correct. Modification by the principal debtor and the creditor of their contract that fundamentally increases the surety’s risk of loss or creates a substituted contract operates to release a surety from liability unless the surety consents to the modification.
466
On Monday, April 1, Mr. Paint, in exchange for Kelly’s promise to pay $250 cash on completion, agreed to paint Kelly’s car at his shop. When the job was done on April 5, Kelly told Mr. Paint she was not yet able to pay. Kelly took her car, having assured Mr. Paint that she would return it on Monday, April 8. She consented to his stipulation that he would retain his lien until she paid in full. Mr. Paint perfected the lien by recording on April 9. Instead of returning the car, Kelly simply returned on foot Wednesday, April 10, and placed $250 cash in front of Mr. Paint as payment. As a fair equivalent to Kelly’s not returning possession on Monday, Paint told her he would not accept her payment before Friday, April 12. The artisan’s lien terminated on A. April 12. B. April 8. C. April 9. D. April 10.
D. April 10. Answer (D) is correct. A proper and sufficient tender of payment discharges an artisan’s lien. The tender also relieves the obligor from liability for further interest or damages (such as legal fees). But tender does not operate to discharge the underlying obligation, which, in this case, was to pay $250.
467
Fran Di, doing business as Di Fashions, is hopelessly insolvent. As a means of staving off her aggressive creditors and avoiding bankruptcy, Di has decided to make a general assignment for the benefit of her creditors. Consequently, she transferred all her nonexempt property to a trustee for equitable distribution to her creditors. What are the legal consequences of Di’s actions? A. Upon distribution of all her assigned property to the participating creditors, she is discharged from all liability. B. All creditors must participate in the assignment and distribution of property if a majority in number and amount participate. C. She may be petitioned into bankruptcy by her creditors. D. A debtor may not make an assignment for the benefit of creditors if she has been adjudicated a bankrupt and discharged within the preceding 8 years.
C. She may be petitioned into bankruptcy by her creditors. Answer (C) is correct. An involuntary petition by creditors contested by the debtor is granted if (1) the debtor is not paying debts as they come due or (2) during the 120 days before the filing of the petition, a custodian (e.g., trustee or receiver) was appointed or took possession of the debtor’s property. For this reason, Di may not be able to avoid bankruptcy.
468
Which of the following transfers by a debtor, within 90 days of filing for bankruptcy, could be set aside as a preferential payment? A. Borrowing money from a bank secured by giving a mortgage on business property. B. Making a gift to charity. C. Prepaying an installment loan on inventory. D. Paying a business utility bill.
C. Prepaying an installment loan on inventory. Answer (C) is correct. A preferential transfer is made for the benefit of a creditor within 90 days prior to filing the petition and on account of an antecedent (pre-existing) debt. The transfer must have (1) been made when the debtor was insolvent and (2) resulted in the creditor's receipt of a larger portion of its claim than it otherwise would have received as a distribution in bankruptcy. A prepayment is on account of an existing debt and is therefore a voidable preference.
469
Englebert is a professor of business at a university. He expected a large raise this year and made a lot of expenditures, including a trip around the world, on credit. However, university funding has been reduced and the raise did not go through. Englebert cannot pay his debts as they become due. Englebert A. Can be required to go through a bankruptcy liquidation. B. Can request an adjustment of debts under Chapter 13. C. Can be required by creditors to go through an adjustment of debts under Chapter 13. D. Cannot request a reorganization under Chapter 11.
B. Can request an adjustment of debts under Chapter 13. Answer (B) is correct. An individual with regular income may submit a plan for the payment of a portion of his or her debts while retaining sufficient income to live and support a family. The petitioner must be an individual who owes unsecured debts of less than $394,725 and secured debts of less than $1,184,200. The court grants a discharge of most remaining debts after the plan has been carried out.
470
Which of the following acts always will result in the total release of a compensated surety? A. The principal debtor’s performance is tendered. B. The principal debtor’s obligation is partially released. C. The creditor changes the manner of the principal debtor’s payment. D. The creditor extends the principal debtor’s time to pay.
A. The principal debtor’s performance is tendered. Answer (A) is correct. A surety is discharged by performance to the extent that the principal debtor’s obligations under the debtor-creditor contract have been performed or tendered. Who tenders the performance is irrelevant. For example, payment in full or a refused tender of payment in full by the principal debtor discharges the surety in full. NOTE: Current suretyship law treats compensated and uncompensated sureties essentially the same.
471
Sklar Corp. owns a factory that has a fair market value of $90,000. Dall Bank holds an $80,000 first mortgage, and Rice Finance holds a $20,000 second mortgage on the factory. Sklar has discontinued payments to Dall and Rice, who have foreclosed on their mortgages. If the factory is properly sold to Bond at a judicial sale for $90,000, after expenses, A. Dall will receive $77,500 out of the proceeds. B. Bond will take the factory subject to the unsatisfied portion of any mortgage. C. Rice will receive $10,000 out of the proceeds. D. Rice has a right of redemption after the judicial sale.
C. Rice will receive $10,000 out of the proceeds. Answer (C) is correct. A first mortgage holder has priority upon foreclosure and must be paid in full prior to payment of a subsequent mortgage holder. Thus, Dall Bank will receive the first $80,000 of the proceeds, and Rice will receive the remaining $10,000. Rice will be an unsecured creditor for the remaining $10,000 of its debt.
472
Terri Hall, CPA, is an unsecured creditor of Tree Co. for $16,000. Tree has a total of 10 creditors, all of whom are unsecured. Tree has not paid any of the creditors for 3 months. Under Chapter 11 of the federal Bankruptcy Code, which of the following statements is true? A. Hall may file an involuntary petition in bankruptcy against Tree. B. Hall and two other unsecured creditors must join in the involuntary petition in bankruptcy. C. Tree may not be petitioned involuntarily into bankruptcy under the provisions of Chapter 11. D. Tree may not be petitioned involuntarily into bankruptcy because it has fewer than 12 unsecured creditors.
A. Hall may file an involuntary petition in bankruptcy against Tree. Answer (A) is correct. An involuntary bankruptcy proceeding can be commenced only under Chapter 7 and Chapter 11 against an eligible debtor. If the debtor has 12 or more different creditors, any 3 or more creditors who together hold unsecured claims of at least $15,775 can file an involuntary petition. If the debtor has fewer than 12 creditors, any 1 or more creditors who alone or together have unsecured claims of at least $15,775 can file an involuntary petition. Accordingly, Hall may file an involuntary petition in bankruptcy against Tree because she holds an unsecured claim of $16,000.
473
Nolan Surety Company has agreed to serve as a guarantor of collection (a form of conditional guaranty) of the accounts receivable of the Dunbar Sales Corporation. The duration of the guarantee is one year and the maximum liability assumed is $3,000. Nolan charged the appropriate fee for acting in this capacity. Which of the following statements best describes the difference between a guarantor of collection and the typical surety relationship? A. The guarantor is not immediately liable upon default; the creditor must first proceed against the debtor. B. A guaranty is only available from a surety who is a compensated surety. C. A guaranty need not be in writing provided the duration is less than a year. D. A guaranty is only used in connection with the sale of goods which have been guaranteed by the seller.
A. The guarantor is not immediately liable upon default; the creditor must first proceed against the debtor. Answer (A) is correct. A person who guarantees the payment of the debt of another without qualification is required to pay the debt upon default. Such a person is normally called a surety. The guarantor of collection is a person who guarantees a debt upon the condition that the creditor first use ordinary legal means to collect it from the debtor.
474
Bar, a creditor of Sy, has filed an involuntary petition in a bankruptcy liquidation case against Sy. Sy is indebted to six unsecured creditors including Bar for $6,000 each. If Sy opposes the petition, which of the following is true? A. Bar may be required to file a bond indemnifying Sy for any losses that Sy may incur. B. Bar must be joined by at least three other creditors in filing the petition. C. The court may not award attorney’s fees to Sy because of its limited authority under the Bankruptcy Code. D. The U.S. Trustee must appoint a trustee within ten days after the filing of the petition.
A. Bar may be required to file a bond indemnifying Sy for any losses that Sy may incur. Answer (A) is correct. An involuntary petition is a means of harassing a debtor, so the court is empowered to require that the petitioner(s) post a bond to indemnify a debtor who successfully contests the petition. Amounts that the debtor may recover include court costs, attorney’s fees, and damages caused by the trustee’s taking possession of the debtor’s property. If the petitioner(s) acted in bad faith, punitive damages or damages to the debtor’s reputation caused by the filing may be awarded.
475
Sussex, Inc. had given a first mortgage when it purchased its plant and warehouse. Sussex needed additional working capital. It decided to obtain financing by giving a second mortgage on the plant and warehouse. Which of the following statements is correct with respect to the mortgages? A. The second mortgagee may not pay off the first mortgage to protect its security. B. If both mortgages are foreclosed, the first mortgage must be fully paid before paying the second mortgage. C. The second mortgage may not be prepaid without the consent of the first mortgagee. D. Default on payment of the second mortgage will constitute default on the first mortgage.
B. If both mortgages are foreclosed, the first mortgage must be fully paid before paying the second mortgage. Answer (B) is correct. The second mortgage is subordinate to the first mortgage. Upon foreclosure and judicial sale of the property, the proceeds are distributed to all senior liens (the first mortgage) and to expenses of sale before the second mortgagee receives anything. In some jurisdictions, foreclosure of a second mortgage leaves the first mortgage intact and unaffected by the foreclosure sale.
476
Burt Burton’s business was faltering and the creditors were beginning to demand immediate payment. Burton’s brother had recently set up a new corporation for real estate investments. With the intent to save some of his assets, Burton transferred them to the new corporation with an understanding that Burton would receive stock after resolution of his financial problems. Five months later, Burton filed for bankruptcy. Will a trustee who has discovered the transfer be able to recover the assets? A. The assets cannot be recovered because the corporation is a separate legal entity. B. The assets can be recovered as a fraudulent conveyance. C. The trustee cannot recover the assets because the transfer was more than 90 days before the petition was filed in bankruptcy. D. The assets can be recovered as a preferential transfer.
B. The assets can be recovered as a fraudulent conveyance. Answer (B) is correct. A fraudulent conveyance is one made with actual intent to hinder, delay, or defraud creditors. A conveyance is also fraudulent if it results in insolvency or if the debtor receives less than a reasonable value while (s)he is insolvent. Fraudulent conveyances are voidable if the transfers are made within 2 years before the petition is filed. Thus, without regard to whether the new corporation had knowledge of Burton’s fraud or insolvency, the trustee can recover the assets because Burton transferred them with intent to defraud creditors within 2 years of bankruptcy.
477
One advantage of an assignment for the benefit of creditors over a composition agreement with creditors is that the assignment A. Requires the consent of creditors. B. Involves the transfer of assets directly to creditors. C. Prevents attachment of the debtor’s assets. D. Discharges the debtor’s obligations.
C. Prevents attachment of the debtor’s assets. Answer (C) is correct. An assignment for the benefit of creditors requires the transfer of legal title to the assets from the debtor to a trustee. Creditors cannot attach the transferred assets because the debtor does not own them. Nonparticipating creditors can attach the debtor’s assets prior to the execution of a composition agreement.
478
Which of the following methods will allow a creditor to collect money from a debtor’s wages? A. Order of receivership. B. Mechanic’s lien. C. Arrest. D. Writ of garnishment.
D. Writ of garnishment. Answer (D) is correct. Garnishment is the legal procedure by which a creditor acquires money or other property of a debtor when the property is rightfully in the hands of a third party (e.g., an employer). Arrest (placing an individual in legal custody), a mechanic’s lien (a lien against real property), and receivership (a form of trust) are not effective ways for a creditor to collect money from a debtor’s wages.
479
A contested involuntary petition in bankruptcy will be dismissed if the debtor A. Is an individual engaged in the business of farming. B. Had all its property taken to enforce a lien within 120 days of filing. C. Is failing to pay undisputed debts as they become due. D. Owes unsecured obligations exceeding $15,775 to fewer than three creditors.
A. Is an individual engaged in the business of farming. Answer (A) is correct. Creditors may petition a debtor involuntarily into bankruptcy proceedings under Chapters 7 and 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. The debtor must be a person eligible for protection under the particular chapter. But an individual engaged in the business of farming may not be involuntarily petitioned into bankruptcy.
480
Lane promised to lend Turner $240,000 if Turner obtained sureties to secure the loan. Turner agreed with Rivers, Clark, and Zane for them to act as co-sureties on the loan from Lane. The agreement between Turner and the co-sureties provided that compensation be paid to each of the co-sureties. It further indicated that the maximum liability of each co-surety would be as follows: Rivers, $240,000; Clark, $80,000; and Zane, $160,000. Lane accepted the commitments of the sureties and made the loan to Turner. After paying 10 installments totaling $100,000, Turner defaulted. Clark’s debts, including the surety obligation to Lane on the Turner loan, were discharged in bankruptcy. Later, Rivers properly paid the entire outstanding debt of $140,000. What amount may Rivers recover from Zane? A. $56,000 B. $46,667 C. $96,000 D. $0
A. $56,000 Answer (A) is correct. A co-surety who pays more than his or her share has a right of contribution, i.e., to proceed against the other co-sureties to recover his or her proportionate or agreed-to share. A co-surety’s contributive share is determined by dividing the maximum liability of each surety by the sum for all co-sureties and multiplying the result by the amount of the default. But contribution cannot be obtained from the co-surety whose obligation was discharged in bankruptcy. Rivers may recover from Zane 40% [$160,000 ÷ ($160,000 + $240,000)] of the default, or $56,000 (40% × $140,000).
481
Ott and Bane agreed to act as co-sureties on an $80,000 loan that Cread Bank made to Dash. Ott and Bane are each liable for the entire $80,000 loan. Subsequently, Cread released Ott from liability without Bane’s consent and without reserving its rights against Bane. If Dash subsequently defaults, Cread will be entitled to collect a maximum of A. $40,000 from Bane. B. $0 from Dash. C. $40,000 from Dash. D. $0 from Bane.
A. $40,000 from Bane. Answer (A) is correct. The unconsented-to release of Ott by Cread without reservation of rights against Bane is a true release. Consequently, Bane also is released to the extent that Bane cannot obtain contribution from Ott. Because both co-sureties agreed to be liable for the entire loan, Ott’s pro rata contributive share is $40,000. Thus, Bane’s potential liability to Cread is reduced from $80,000 to $40,000.
482
Which of the following statements is true concerning the voluntary filing of a petition in bankruptcy? A. The debtor must be insolvent. B. If the debtor has 12 or more creditors, the debtor’s unsecured claims must total at least $15,775. C. The petition may be filed by husband and wife jointly. D. If the debtor has fewer than 12 creditors, the debtor’s unsecured claims must total at least $15,775.
C. The petition may be filed by husband and wife jointly. Answer (C) is correct. A bankruptcy case may be commenced voluntarily or involuntarily. In a voluntary case, the debtor files the petition with the bankruptcy court. Debtors may include individuals, partnerships, corporations, and couples, if the husband and wife file together.
483
Which of the following will enable a creditor to collect money from a debtor’s wages? A. An order of receivership. B. A writ of execution. C. An order of garnishment. D. A writ of attachment.
C. An order of garnishment. Answer (C) is correct. Garnishment is the legal action by which a creditor acquires money (or other property) of a debtor when the property is rightfully in the hands of a third party, such as an employer (wages) or a financial institution (money in a bank account). Garnishment is limited by state and federal law, especially when used as a prejudgment remedy.
484
On July 15, Year 4, White, a sole proprietor, was involuntarily petitioned into bankruptcy under the liquidation provisions of the Bankruptcy Code. White’s nonexempt property has been converted to $13,000 cash, which is available to satisfy the following claims: Unsecured claim for Year 1 state income tax $10,000 Fee owed to Best & Co., CPAs, for services rendered from April 1, Year 3, through June 30, Year 3 6,000 Unsecured claim by Stieb for wages earned as an employee of White during December Year 2 3,000 There are no other claims. What is the maximum amount that will be distributed for the payment of the state income tax? A. $7,000 B. $5,000 C. $10,000 D. $4,000
C. $10,000 Answer (C) is correct. In a Chapter 7 bankruptcy case, the Bankruptcy Code requires secured claims to be satisfied in full before any unsecured claims can be paid. Priority claims are then paid followed by claims of general creditors. All higher-ranking unsecured claims must be paid in full before any lower-ranking claims can be paid. The claim for state taxes ranks highest among the listed claims because it is classified as a priority item. Thus, it must be paid in full ($10,000) before any other claims can be satisfied. The fee owed to the CPA is a claim of a general unsecured creditor. The claim for wages owed to Stieb also is a claim of a general unsecured creditor. These wages were earned more than 180 days before the petition was filed. Assuming proofs of these claims were filed on time, they will be prorated. Thus, Best will receive $2,000 and Stieb will receive $1,000.
485
A reorganization under Chapter 11 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code requires all of the following except the A. Opportunity for each class of claims to accept the reorganization plan. B. Confirmation of the reorganization plan by the court. C. The filing of a reorganization plan. D. Liquidation of the debtor.
D. Liquidation of the debtor. Answer (D) is correct. A reorganization proceeding under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code provides for payment of creditors and restructuring of the debtor’s finances. It permits his or her business to be continued. Chapter 11 enables restructuring instead of liquidation.
486
Sorus and Ace have agreed, in writing, to act as guarantors of collection on a debt owed by Pepper to Towns, Inc. The debt is evidenced by a promissory note. If Pepper defaults, Towns will be entitled to recover from Sorus and Ace unless A. Sorus and Ace are in the process of exercising their rights against Pepper. B. Towns has not attempted to enforce the promissory note against Pepper. C. Pepper dies before the note is due. D. Sorus and Ace prove that Pepper was insolvent at the time the note was signed.
B. Towns has not attempted to enforce the promissory note against Pepper. Answer (B) is correct. A surety is primarily liable for the debtor’s obligation. A creditor may proceed directly against the surety upon default. But, a guarantor of collection has secondary liability. The creditor must first proceed against the principal debtor. Only when a judgment is unpaid may (s)he proceed against the guarantor of collection.
487
Which of the following claims will be paid first in the distribution of a bankruptcy estate under the liquidation provisions of Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code if the petition was filed July 15, Year 1? A. A secured debt properly perfected on March 20, Year 1. B. A federal tax lien filed June 30, Year 1. C. Employee wages due April 30, Year 1. D. Inventory purchased and delivered August 1, Year 1.
A. A secured debt properly perfected on March 20, Year 1. Answer (A) is correct. The Bankruptcy Code classifies creditors into several categories according to the priority of their claims against the debtor. It states that secured creditors’ claims will be satisfied in full to the extent of the value of the security before unsecured creditors’ claims will be considered. To the extent the security is insufficient, the secured creditor becomes an unsecured creditor. The tax lien, even if a security interest, would have lower priority than the secured debt perfected earlier.
488
A person who voluntarily filed for bankruptcy and received a discharge under Chapter 7 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code A. May obtain another voluntary discharge in bankruptcy under Chapter 7 after 5 years have elapsed from the date of the prior filing. B. Must surrender for distribution to the creditors any amount received as an inheritance within 180 days after filing the petition. C. Will receive a discharge of all debts owed. D. Is precluded from owning or operating a similar business for 2 years.
B. Must surrender for distribution to the creditors any amount received as an inheritance within 180 days after filing the petition. Answer (B) is correct. The bankruptcy estate available for distribution to creditors includes all the debtor’s nonexempt legal and equitable interests in property on the date of filing. It includes proceeds and profits from that estate. Certain property acquired after filing is also included: inheritances, property settlements (divorce), and life insurance proceeds to which the debtor becomes entitled within 180 days after filing.
489
A client has joined other creditors of the Martin Construction Company in a composition agreement seeking to avoid the necessity of a bankruptcy proceeding against Martin. Which statement describes the composition agreement? A. It provides for the appointment of a receiver to take over and operate the debtor’s business. B. It does not discharge any of the debts included until performance by the debtor has taken place. C. It must be approved by all creditors. D. It provides a temporary delay, not to exceed 6 months, insofar as the debtor’s obligation to repay the debts included in the composition.
B. It does not discharge any of the debts included until performance by the debtor has taken place. Answer (B) is correct. A composition with creditors is a common-law contractual undertaking between the debtor and the creditors. The participating creditors agree to (1) extend time for payments, (2) take lesser sums in satisfaction of the debts owed, or (3) accept some other plan of financial adjustment. Under general contract law, the original debts will not be discharged until the debtor has performed the new obligations.
490
Deft, CPA, is an unsecured creditor of Golf Co. for $16,000. Golf has a total of 10 creditors, all of whom are unsecured. Golf has not paid any of the creditors for 3 months. Under Chapter 11 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code, which of the following statements is true? A. Golf may not be petitioned involuntarily into bankruptcy because there are fewer than 12 unsecured creditors. B. Golf may not be petitioned involuntarily into bankruptcy under the provisions of Chapter 11. C. Three unsecured creditors must join in the involuntary petition in bankruptcy. D. Deft may file an involuntary petition in bankruptcy against Golf.
D. Deft may file an involuntary petition in bankruptcy against Golf. Answer (D) is correct. Deft may file an involuntary petition for bankruptcy against Golf under Chapter 11. A single creditor may file an involuntary petition for relief if (s)he has at least $15,775 of unsecured claims and if the debtor has fewer than 12 creditors.
491
Green was unable to repay a loan from State Bank when due. State refused to renew the loan unless Green provided an acceptable surety. Green asked Royal, a friend, to act as surety on the loan. To induce Royal to agree to become a surety, Green fraudulently represented Green’s financial condition and promised Royal discounts on merchandise sold at Green’s store. Royal agreed to act as surety, and the loan was renewed. Later, Green’s obligation to State was discharged in Green’s bankruptcy. State wants to hold Royal liable. Royal may avoid liability A. Because the arrangement was void at the inception. B. Because the discharge in bankruptcy will prevent Royal from having a right of reimbursement. C. If Royal was an uncompensated surety. D. If Royal can show that State was aware of the fraudulent representations.
D. If Royal can show that State was aware of the fraudulent representations. Answer (D) is correct. A debtor’s fraudulent misrepresentation of his or her financial condition at the time of contract is a material fact that the creditor has a duty to disclose to the surety. If State knew of Green’s fraud and did not inform Royal, the nondisclosure is a form of fraud against the surety by the creditor. If State had been unaware of the fraud, Royal would be required to repay the loan.
492
Which of the following bonds are an obligation of a surety? A. Debenture bonds. B. Municipal bonds. C. Convertible bonds. D. Official bonds.
D. Official bonds. Answer (D) is correct. An official bond is a type of surety bond. A statute may require public officers to provide bonds to secure the appropriate performance of their duties. The surety is obligated for losses caused by the negligence or nonperformance of the official.
493
Flax, a sole proprietor, has been petitioned involuntarily into bankruptcy under the Federal Bankruptcy Code’s liquidation provisions. Simon & Co., CPAs, has been appointed trustee of the bankruptcy estate. If Simon also wishes to act as the tax return preparer for the estate, which of the following statements is true? A. Although Simon may serve as both trustee and preparer, its fee for services in each capacity is determined solely by the size of the estate. B. Simon may employ itself to prepare tax returns if authorized by the court and may receive a separate fee for services in each capacity. C. Although Simon may serve as both trustee and preparer, it is entitled to receive a fee only for the services rendered as a preparer. D. Simon is prohibited from serving as both trustee and preparer. Serving in a dual capacity is a conflict of interest.
B. Simon may employ itself to prepare tax returns if authorized by the court and may receive a separate fee for services in each capacity. Answer (B) is correct. The trustee in bankruptcy is either appointed or elected by the creditors to administer most of the bankruptcy proceeding. Primary duties include collecting estate property and liquidating it. The trustee has authority, with court approval, to employ professionals such as attorneys or accountants to perform services requiring expertise. If (s)he has appropriate qualifications, the trustee may employ himself or herself to perform a professional service, with court approval. Professionals employed by the trustee are entitled to reasonable compensation for their services out of the bankruptcy estate.
494
Molly Finn filed a voluntary petition in bankruptcy. She provided a list of creditors and debts to the courts as required. However, Ann Sawyer was unintentionally left out of the list of creditors and debts. The creditors held their first meeting on March 5. It is now May 31 and Sawyer has just learned of the bankruptcy of Finn. Will she be able to share in the distribution from the estate? A. Sawyer can file a proof of claim, but it must be allowed by the court. B. It is too late to file a claim in bankruptcy. C. Sawyer’s claim will be given priority due to the mistake. D. Sawyer is not entitled to share in the estate assets because (s)he was not listed by Finn.
A. Sawyer can file a proof of claim, but it must be allowed by the court. Answer (A) is correct. To share in the distribution of the bankrupt’s estate, a creditor must file a proof of claim with the court within 90 days after the first creditors’ meeting. The proof of claim is simply a statement signed by the creditor explaining the nature and source of the claim and the date it is due. All claims not objected to are deemed allowed. If objected to, a claim may be allowed after a hearing to determine its validity.
495
Under the liquidation provisions of Chapter 7 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code, which of the following statements applies to a person who has voluntarily filed for and received a discharge in bankruptcy? A. The person must surrender for distribution to the creditors amounts received as an inheritance, if the receipt occurs within 180 days after filing the bankruptcy petition. B. The person can obtain another voluntary discharge in bankruptcy under Chapter 7 after 3 years have elapsed from the date of the prior filing. C. The person is precluded from owning or operating a similar business for 2 years. D. The person will be discharged from all debts.
A. The person must surrender for distribution to the creditors amounts received as an inheritance, if the receipt occurs within 180 days after filing the bankruptcy petition. Answer (A) is correct. The bankruptcy estate consists of all the debtor’s legal and equitable interests in property, including life insurance proceeds, property from divorce settlements, and inheritances received within 180 days of the commencement of bankruptcy proceedings.
496
Larson, an unemployed carpenter, filed for voluntary bankruptcy on August 14, Year 3. Larson’s liabilities are listed below. Credit card charges due March 2, Year 3 $3,000 Bank loan incurred June Year 3 5,000 Medical expenses incurred June Year 1 7,000 Alimony due during Year 1 1,000 Under the provisions of Chapter 7 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code, Larson’s discharge will not apply to the unpaid A. Alimony. B. Credit card charges. C. Bank loan. D. Medical expenses.
A. Alimony. Answer (A) is correct. Under Chapter 7, assets of the debtor are liquidated and proceeds are applied to his or her debts. The debtor is then granted a general discharge from most obligations that remain unsatisfied. But some obligations are not discharged, for example, unpaid alimony and child support, certain taxes, penalties imposed by governmental entities, liabilities arising from false representations or actual fraud, educational loans, and certain cash advances under an open-end credit plan.
497
Art owns a mobile automobile repair business. Ann’s car would not start so she called Art. Art went to Ann’s home and replaced the distributor cap on Ann’s car. Ann was unable to pay for the repair. Art is not entitled to an artisan’s lien because A. The distributor cap did not appreciably increase the value of the car. B. Automobile repairers are essentially mechanics and therefore are entitled to mechanic’s liens rather than artisan’s liens. C. Artisan’s liens only attach to improvements to real property. D. Ann did not relinquish possession of the car.
D. Ann did not relinquish possession of the car. Answer (D) is correct. An artisan’s lien is a possessory lien. If possession of the personal property is not relinquished by the owner and retained by the improver, the lien cannot exist. Because Art repaired the car at Ann’s home, Ann retained possession.
498
Dwight operates a fleet of limousines. Garage, Inc. repairs the limousines on a cash on delivery basis. Dwight delivered Limos No. 1 and No. 2 to Garage on Thursday. Dwight forgot his wallet when he went to get Limo No. 1 on Friday, but Garage allowed Dwight to take Limo No. 1 on condition that payment be made on Monday. Dwight failed to pay for the repairs on Monday. On Tuesday, Garage A. Has an artisan’s lien on Limo No. 1 because Dwight delivered possession of Limo No. 1 to Garage. B. Has a lien against Limo No. 2 for the value of the repairs made to Limo No. 1. C. Has an artisan’s lien on Limo No. 1 because the repairs were requested by Dwight. D. Does not have a lien on Limo No. 1 because possession was relinquished to Dwight on Friday.
D. Does not have a lien on Limo No. 1 because possession was relinquished to Dwight on Friday. Answer (D) is correct. The repairer or other improver of property must retain possession of the property to assert a common law possessory lien. Once the improver (artisan) voluntarily surrenders possession of the property, (s)he loses the lien. Thus, Garage lost its lien on Limo No. 1 by relinquishing possession.
499
Emma’s creditors filed an involuntary petition in bankruptcy against her. An order for relief was entered and a trustee was elected by the creditors. The trustee wanted Emma to file a list of creditors, statement of her financial affairs, and other information. She was upset by being forced into bankruptcy and refused to cooperate. Which of the following is true? A. Failure to provide the requested information may prevent her discharge. B. Emma does not have to cooperate since the petition was involuntary. C. Because Emma is a citizen of a state, the federal court cannot issue sanctions against her. D. The creditors must provide this information.
A. Failure to provide the requested information may prevent her discharge. Answer (A) is correct. The Bankruptcy Code requires a debtor to file information about his or her debts, property, income, and other matters. The debtor has a duty to cooperate with the trustee and the court that includes surrendering the property of the estate and any pertinent records. The court can refuse to grant a discharge in bankruptcy if the debtor refuses to obey any lawful order.
500
On April 1, Roe borrowed $100,000 from Jet to pay Roe’s business expenses. On June 15, Roe gave Jet a signed security agreement and financing statement covering Roe’s inventory. Jet immediately filed the financing statement. On July 1, Roe filed for bankruptcy. Under the federal Bankruptcy Code, can Roe’s trustee in bankruptcy set aside Jet’s security interest in Roe’s inventory? A. Yes, because a security agreement may only cover goods actually purchased with the borrowed funds. B. No, because the security interest was perfected before Roe filed for bankruptcy. C. Yes, because Roe’s giving the security interest to Jet created a voidable preference. D. No, because the loan proceeds were used for Roe’s business.
C. Yes, because Roe’s giving the security interest to Jet created a voidable preference. Answer (C) is correct. A voidable preferential transfer is one made To or for the benefit of a creditor, For or on account of an antecedent (preexisting) debt, During the debtor’s insolvency, Within 90 days prior to filing the petition, and For the purpose of entitling the creditor to receive a larger portion of its claim than otherwise would be received under a distribution in bankruptcy. The security agreement Roe gave to Jet meets all of the requirements of a voidable preferential transfer. Thus, Roe’s trustee can set aside Jet’s security interest in Roe’s inventory.
501
A client is in serious financial trouble. Several creditors filed an involuntary petition in bankruptcy. Which of the following is true? A. If the client creates a new corporation and transfers most of its assets to the newly created corporation, it can avoid bankruptcy. B. As long as the client generally can meet current debts as they mature, the court will deny relief against the client in a bankruptcy proceeding. C. Unless the client is not paying his or her undisputed debts as they become due or a custodian has been appointed or taken possession of the client’s property, the creditors cannot force the client into bankruptcy. D. As long as the client’s assets, at fair value, exceed its liabilities, the creditors’ petition will be denied.
C. Unless the client is not paying his or her undisputed debts as they become due or a custodian has been appointed or taken possession of the client’s property, the creditors cannot force the client into bankruptcy. Answer (C) is correct. A debtor may contest an involuntary petition. If contested, an order for relief will be granted only if the debtor is generally not paying his or her undisputed debts as they become due or, within the preceding 120 days, a custodian was appointed or took possession of the debtor’s property. If one of these conditions is not met, the involuntary petition will be dismissed. If a petition is filed in bad faith, damages (compensatory and punitive) can be awarded for injury to the debtor’s reputation.
502
Which of the following statements is true with respect to a voluntary bankruptcy proceeding under the liquidation provisions of the Bankruptcy Code? A. The filing of the bankruptcy petition constitutes an order for relief. B. The liabilities of the debtor must total $15,775 or more. C. The debtor must be insolvent. D. It may be properly commenced and maintained by any person who is insolvent.
A. The filing of the bankruptcy petition constitutes an order for relief. Answer (A) is correct. The voluntary bankruptcy petition is a formal request by the debtor to the court for an order for relief. Under the liquidation provisions, an order for relief is automatically given to the debtor upon the filing of the petition.
503
At the request of Pax, Somes and Tabor became co-sureties on a loan from Cox to Pax. At the time they agreed to become sureties, Somes placed a limit of $30,000 on his liability, and Tabor placed a limit of $20,000 on his; the loan was in the amount of $30,000. Somes and Tabor mutually intended to be co-sureties, and each promised to pay the loan to the extent of the limit placed should Pax default on payment at maturity. Based on these facts, A. Bankruptcy of Tabor before maturity of the note would limit Somes’ potential liability to $18,000. B. A release of Tabor by Cox would result in a complete discharge of Somes. C. A release of Somes by Cox, reserving Cox’s rights against Tabor, would not reduce Tabor’s obligations. D. Insolvency of Somes would discharge Tabor.
C. A release of Somes by Cox, reserving Cox’s rights against Tabor, would not reduce Tabor’s obligations. Answer (C) is correct. If the creditor releases one co-surety, the others are released to the extent of the released co-surety’s liability for contribution. The rule, however, is not applicable when the creditor reserves his or her rights against the remaining co-sureties. The rationale of the exception is that the release with reservation of rights is a promise or covenant by the creditor not to sue the released co-surety and thus leaves the other co-sureties’ rights of reimbursement from the principal debtor and contribution from all the other co-sureties intact. Thus, the release of Somes by Cox, reserving Cox’s rights against Tabor, would not reduce Tabor’s obligation because Tabor could still seek contribution from Somes and reimbursement from Pax.
504
A claim will not be discharged in a bankruptcy proceeding if it A. Is for unintentional torts that resulted in bodily injury to the claimant. B. Arises from an extension of credit based upon false representations. C. Is brought by a secured creditor and remains unsatisfied after receipt of the proceeds from the disposition of the collateral. D. Arises out of the breach of a contract by the debtor.
B. Arises from an extension of credit based upon false representations. Answer (B) is correct. A discharge terminates the dischargeable debts. It voids existing judgments and operates as an injunction against further proceedings on the discharged obligations. But not all debts are dischargeable in bankruptcy. For example, debts incurred through false representations will not be discharged.
505
Wright cosigned King’s loan from Ace Bank. Which of the following events would release Wright from the obligation to pay the loan? A. King is granted a discharge in bankruptcy. B. Ace is paid in full by King’s spouse. C. Ace seeks payment of the loan only from Wright. D. King is adjudicated mentally incompetent.
B. Ace is paid in full by King’s spouse. Answer (B) is correct. The surety, Wright, is released from the obligation to repay King’s debt to the extent the loan is repaid. It does not matter who made the performance. When King’s spouse repaid the loan in full, Wright’s obligation as a surety was terminated.
506
Which of the following defenses would a surety be able to assert successfully to limit the surety’s liability to a creditor? A. A discharge in bankruptcy of the principal debtor. B. The incapacity of the principal debtor. C. A personal defense the principal debtor has against the creditor. D. The incapacity of the surety.
D. The incapacity of the surety. Answer (D) is correct. The surety may assert a defense personal to the surety to limit his or her liability to a creditor. The surety may use the defense of incapacity of the surety to avoid liability to the principal debtor’s creditor.
507
Which of the following contractual prerequisites is not usually necessary to establish a legally enforceable surety relationship? A. The legal capacity of the surety. B. The solvency of the principal debtor. C. A signed writing. D. Separate consideration for the surety’s promise.
B. The solvency of the principal debtor. Answer (B) is correct. A suretyship is a relationship in which one person agrees to answer for the debt or default of another person. Whether the principal debtor is solvent at the time the promise is made is immaterial. An insolvent person can incur debts, and a surety can guarantee them.
508
Which of the following surety defenses will be effective to avoid liability? A. Insolvency in the bankruptcy sense by the debtor. B. Incompetency of the debtor to make the contract in question. C. Lack of consideration to support the surety undertaking. D. Fraudulent statements by the principal debtor that induced the surety to assume the obligation and that were unknown to the creditor.
C. Lack of consideration to support the surety undertaking. Answer (C) is correct. The contract of a surety must be supported by consideration or a legal substitute as must any other contract. If the surety enters into the agreement when the obligation is assumed by the debtor, the consideration given by the creditor to the debtor is extended to the surety. If the surety’s promise is given later, separate consideration is required.
509
Which of the following transactions does not establish Sally Samp as a surety? A. Samp guarantees a debt of a corporation she controls. B. Samp says: “Ship goods to my son and I will pay for them.” C. Samp signs a negotiable instrument as an accommodation endorser for one of her suppliers. D. Samp sells an office building to Park and, as a part of the consideration, Park assumes Samp’s mortgage on the property.
B. Samp says: “Ship goods to my son and I will pay for them.” Answer (B) is correct. A surety makes a secondary promise (Samp promises to pay if her son does not), not a primary promise. Samp’s statement is a primary promise because Samp is establishing her own debt and is not promising to answer for the debt or performance of another.
510
Which of the following acts by a debtor could result in a bankruptcy court’s revoking the debtor’s discharge? Failure to list one creditor Failure to answer correctly material questions on the bankruptcy petition A. I only. B. Neither I nor II. C. II only. D. Both I and II.
C. II only. Answer (C) is correct. Fraud or dishonesty committed by the debtor during the bankruptcy proceedings is the basis for revocation of discharge by the bankruptcy court. Revocation may occur after (1) a request by either the trustee or a creditor, (2) notice, and (3) a hearing. The time limit is 1 year. A debt to a creditor omitted from the list of creditors is not discharged, but proof of dishonesty or fraud is required to revoke the general discharge.
511
A voluntary bankruptcy proceeding is available to A. Corporations only if a reorganization has been attempted and failed. B. Most debtors even if they are not insolvent. C. Debtors only if the overwhelming preponderance of creditors have not petitioned for and obtained a receivership pursuant to state law. D. All debtors provided they are insolvent.
B. Most debtors even if they are not insolvent. Answer (B) is correct. Anyone eligible to be a debtor under a specific chapter may file a voluntary petition under that chapter. An individual who files a voluntary petition need not be insolvent in any sense.
512
When the debtor has defaulted on its obligation, the creditor is entitled to recover from the surety unless which of the following is present? A. The debtor died or became insolvent. B. The creditor can collect the entire debt from the debtor’s collateral in its possession. C. The surety is in the process of exercising its right of exoneration against the debtor. D. The surety is a guarantor of collection, and the creditor failed to exercise due diligence in enforcing its remedies against the debtor.
D. The surety is a guarantor of collection, and the creditor failed to exercise due diligence in enforcing its remedies against the debtor. Answer (D) is correct. The general rule is that a surety is liable to the creditor immediately upon the debtor’s default without the necessity of notice or demand. When the surety has conditioned the obligation to pay by requiring the creditor to first proceed against the debtor, the surety is described as a guarantor of collection and is not liable until the creditor exercises due diligence in enforcing its remedies against the debtor.
513
Anna Park owed Bill Collins $1,000 and $2,000, respectively, on two separate unsecured obligations. Smythe Co. had become a surety on the $2,000 debt at the request of Park when Park became indebted to Collins. Both debts matured on June 1. Park was able to pay only $600 at that time, and she forwarded that amount to Collins without instructions. Under these circumstances, A. Collins must apply the funds pro rata in proportion to the two debts. B. Collins must apply the $600 to the $2,000 debt because there is a surety on it. C. Collins is free to apply the $600 to the debts as he sees fit. D. Smythe will be discharged to the extent of $400 if Collins on request of Smythe fails to apply $400 to the $2,000 debt.
C. Collins is free to apply the $600 to the debts as he sees fit. Answer (C) is correct. If a debtor gives instructions as to the application of partial payment, the creditor must comply. Without instructions, the creditor may apply the payment as (s)he chooses. In this case, Collins may apply the $600 wholly to either obligation or proportionately as he sees fit.
514
Which of the following acts will always result in the total release of a surety? A. The principal debtor’s obligation is partially released. B. The principal debtor’s performance is tendered. C. The creditor extends the principal debtor’s time to pay. D. The place of payment is changed.
B. The principal debtor’s performance is tendered. Answer (B) is correct. A surety is released to the extent that the principal debtor’s obligations under the debtor-creditor contract have been performed. It does not matter who renders the performance. Moreover, tender of performance by the principal discharges the surety because his or her agreement is not intended to protect against loss arising from the creditor’s refusal to accept the principal debtor’s performance.
515
Which of the following types of debtor are not eligible for relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code? A. Airlines. B. Individuals. C. Railroads. D. Stockbrokers.
D. Stockbrokers. Answer (D) is correct. Relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code is available only for eligible debtors. These include partnerships and corporations, railroads, and any person that may be a debtor under Chapter 7. Ineligible debtors under Chapter 11 include shareholders, commodities and stock brokers, insurers, banks, credit unions, and savings and loan associations.
516
Sklar borrowed $360,000 from Rich Bank. At Rich’s request, Sklar entered into an agreement with Aker, Burke, and Cey to act as co-sureties on the loan. The agreement between Sklar and the co-sureties provided that the maximum liability of each co-surety was Aker, $72,000; Burke, $108,000; and Cey, $180,000. After making several payments, Sklar defaulted on the loan. The balance was $240,000. If Cey pays $180,000 and Sklar subsequently pays $60,000, what amounts may Cey recover from Aker and Burke? A. $36,000 from Aker and $54,000 from Burke. B. $60,000 from Aker and $60,000 from Burke. C. $48,000 from Aker and $72,000 from Burke. D. $0 from Aker and $0 from Burke.
A. $36,000 from Aker and $54,000 from Burke. Answer (A) is correct. A co-surety who has paid more than his or her proportionate or agreed share of the debt has a right to proceed against the other co-sureties for their proportionate or agreed share. A co-surety’s contributive share is determined by dividing the maximum liability of that co-surety by the sum for all the co-sureties and then multiplying by the amount of the default. Aker $ 72 ÷ ($72 + $108 + $180) = 20% × $180 = $36 Burke $108 ÷ ($72 + $108 + $180) = 30% × $180 = $54 Cey $180 ÷ ($72 + $108 + $180) = 50% × $180 = $90 Hence, Cey should receive contributions of $36,000 and $54,000 from Aker and Burke, respectively. Although the suretyship agreement is between the debtor and the co-sureties, the co-sureties are liable on the contract to the creditor. The creditor can sue on the contract because it is a third-party beneficiary.
517
In a bankruptcy case, the order for relief is a formal judicial declaration that the debtor is insolvent. After this order is issued, A. A debtor who contests an involuntary petition nevertheless must surrender control of his or her property upon proper filing. B. An unsecured creditor may not obtain a judgment and execution against the debtor’s property. C. The debtor retains his or her property in an involuntary liquidation proceeding until the permanent trustee is appointed. D. A creditor may not make a setoff of a debt owed to the debtor prior to the order.
B. An unsecured creditor may not obtain a judgment and execution against the debtor’s property. Answer (B) is correct. The order for relief results in an automatic stay of most legal proceedings or other collection efforts by creditors of the debtor. New and pending proceedings are stayed. Creditors, whether or not secured, also may not take action to gain possession of the debtor’s property or to create, perfect, or enforce a lien on it. Thus, an unsecured creditor could not take advantage of a state “grab” law to obtain a judgment and execute it by seizing and selling property of the debtor without concern for the claims of other creditors.
518
Voluntary bankruptcy proceedings under the liquidation provisions are popular with debtors. Bankruptcy law as amended A. Increases the amount of exempt property. B. Reduces the number of creditors necessary for filing. C. Accepts solvency in the equity sense as the criterion for determining bankruptcy status. D. Increases availability and eases filing.
A. Increases the amount of exempt property. Answer (A) is correct. Amounts in the federal bankruptcy statute are indexed to inflation. They are adjusted every three years. For example, for cases filed after April 1, 2016, the federal exemptions include $23,675 equity in a residence or burial plot; $3,775 equity in a motor vehicle; $12,625 in household furnishings, appliances, clothing, and the like (up to $600 per item); $1,000 worth of jewelry; $1,250 of other property plus the unused portion of the residential equity exemption up to $11,850; $2,375 worth of tools; alimony and child support payments, Social Security and disability benefits, and others. The federal law permits the debtor to choose between federal or state exemptions, but it also allows a state to limit its citizens to use of the state exemptions. The majority of states have done so.
519
Which of the following events will release a noncompensated surety from liability to the creditor? A. The principal debtor exerted duress to obtain the surety agreement. B. The creditor failed to notify the surety of a partial surrender of the principal debtor’s collateral. C. The principal debtor was involuntarily petitioned into bankruptcy. D. The creditor was adjudicated incompetent after the debt arose.
B. The creditor failed to notify the surety of a partial surrender of the principal debtor’s collateral. Answer (B) is correct. The creditor’s impairment of collateral, for example, by returning it to the principal debtor or failing to maintain a perfected security interest in it, discharges the surety to the extent of the value of the lost collateral. The reason for permitting this defense is to protect a surety who assumed the obligation solely because the creditor held the security for the debt.
520
Peter Co. repairs computers. On February 9, Year 1, Stark Electronics Corp. sold Peter a circuit tester on credit. Peter executed an installment note for the purchase price, a security agreement covering the tester, and a financing statement that Stark filed on February 11, Year 1. On April 13, Year 1, creditors other than Stark filed an involuntary petition in bankruptcy against Peter. What is Stark’s status in Peter’s bankruptcy? A. Stark will be treated as an unsecured creditor because Stark did not join in the filing against Peter. B. Stark is a secured creditor and can assert a claim to the circuit tester that will be superior to the claims of Peter’s other creditors. C. Stark’s security interest constitutes a voidable preference because the financing statement was filed within 90 days before the bankruptcy proceeding was filed. D. Stark’s security interest constitutes a voidable preference because the financing statement was not filed until February 11.
B. Stark is a secured creditor and can assert a claim to the circuit tester that will be superior to the claims of Peter’s other creditors. Answer (B) is correct. Stark obtained a purchase-money security interest in equipment that was perfected because Stark filed a financing statement within 20 days. Thus, Stark has a valid security interest that cannot be voided by the trustee. Stark also may assert a claim to the machine that is superior even to that of a party with a prior perfected security interest.
521
Under the liquidation provisions of Chapter 7 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code, certain property acquired by the debtor after the filing of the petition becomes part of the bankruptcy estate. An example of such property is A. Alimony received by the debtor within one year after the filing of the petition. B. Social Security payments received by the debtor within 180 days after the filing of the petition. C. Municipal bond interest received by the debtor within 180 days after the filing of the petition. D. Gifts received by the debtor within one year after the filing of the petition.
C. Municipal bond interest received by the debtor within 180 days after the filing of the petition. Answer (C) is correct. Generally, property acquired after the filing of a petition in bankruptcy for liquidation under Chapter 7 is not included in the bankruptcy estate and is not held by the trustee for distribution to the debtor’s creditors. However, certain property to which the debtor becomes entitled within 180 days after filing becomes part of the estate: (1) inheritances; (2) property settlements in a divorce; (3) life insurance proceeds; (4) proceeds, products, offspring, rents, or profits received from property in the estate (e.g., interest on bonds, rent from a building, or property insurance proceeds); (5) property acquired by the estate after the commencement of the case; and (6) property recovered by the trustee under the avoidance powers. Furthermore, Social Security payments, welfare benefits, disability payments, alimony and support awards, and most pension proceeds are exempt.
522
Burns borrowed $240,000 from Dollar Bank as additional working capital for his business. Dollar required that the loan be collateralized to the extent of 20% and that an acceptable surety for the entire amount be obtained. Surety Co. agreed to act as surety on the loan, and Burns pledged $48,000 of negotiable bearer bonds. Burns defaulted. Which of the following statements is true? A. Dollar must first proceed against Burns and obtain a judgment before it can proceed against the collateral. B. Dollar must first liquidate the collateral before it can proceed against Surety. C. Surety may proceed against Burns for the full amount of the loan even if Surety settles with Dollar for a lower amount. D. Surety is liable in full immediately upon default by Burns but will be entitled to the collateral upon satisfaction of the debt.
D. Surety is liable in full immediately upon default by Burns but will be entitled to the collateral upon satisfaction of the debt. Answer (D) is correct. Subrogation is a right of a surety. After paying the obligation of a debtor who has defaulted, a surety has the legal rights of the creditor against the principal debtor, co-sureties, or any collateral. They include (1) rights in the collateral provided by the principal debtor, (2) a priority in bankruptcy, (3) rights against other parties indebted on the same obligation, and (4) rights against co-sureties. Surety is therefore subrogated to Dollar’s rights against the bonds.
523
Under Chapter 13 of the Bankruptcy Code, an individual debtor or sole proprietor may propose a composition plan to repay his or her debts. If the debtor’s income at least equals the relevant state median income, A. No trustee may be appointed. B. The debtor pays creditors less than 100% of their claims. C. The debtor is not entitled to injunctive relief against his or her creditors while the plan is being carried out. D. The debtor must repay all claims by creditors within 3 years.
B. The debtor pays creditors less than 100% of their claims. Answer (B) is correct. A composition plan may be proposed by a debtor under Chapter 13 of the Bankruptcy Code. Under a composition plan, a debtor pays his or her creditors less than 100% of their claims on a pro rata basis for each class of claims. The repayment time for a Chapter 13 plan is 5 years if the debtor’s income at least equals the relevant state median income. The debtor must give control of future income to a trustee who makes payments on the debtor’s claims. Upon approval of the plan, the debtor is granted injunctive relief against creditors while the plan is being carried out. But the unsecured creditors must receive amounts at least equal to those paid in straight liquidation. Approval of creditors is not required.
524
An involuntary petition in a liquidation case under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code A. Will be denied if a majority of creditors in amount and in number have agreed to a common law composition agreement. B. If not contested will result in the entry of an order for relief by the bankruptcy judge. C. Can be filed by creditors only once in a 7-year period. D. May be successfully opposed by the debtor by proof that the debtor is solvent in the balance sheet sense.
B. If not contested will result in the entry of an order for relief by the bankruptcy judge. Answer (B) is correct. If the uncontested involuntary petition is in proper form, the court will issue an order for relief. The debtor will be required to furnish the court with the same information as would have been contained in a voluntary petition, an interim trustee will be appointed by the U.S. Trustee to take control of the estate, and a creditors’ meeting will be called. In general, the procedure is the same whether the bankruptcy is voluntary or involuntary.
525
Tom planned to dump the excess cement from his cement truck. On the way to the dump, he noticed Ann’s dirt driveway. Tom quickly drove onto Ann’s lawn, dumped the cement, and paved the driveway. The next day, Tom sent Ann an invoice for paving. Ann refused to pay the invoice. Which of the following is true? A. Tom is the holder of a materialman’s lien. B. A mechanic’s lien was created in favor of Tom by operation of law. C. Tom has an artisan’s lien. D. Tom does not have a mechanic’s lien.
D. Tom does not have a mechanic’s lien. Answer (D) is correct. A mechanic’s lien results if the improver of real property performs work under a contract and is not paid. Some jurisdictions require the contract to be in writing. Because Tom paved the driveway without entering into a contract, a mechanic’s lien did not arise.
526
Under the liquidation provisions of Chapter 7 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code, a debtor will be denied a discharge in bankruptcy if the debtor A. Owes alimony and support payments. B. Fails to list a creditor. C. Cannot pay administration expenses. D. Refuses to explain satisfactorily a loss of assets.
D. Refuses to explain satisfactorily a loss of assets. Answer (D) is correct. The purpose of Chapter 7 is to assure a fair distribution of assets among the creditors and provide an honest individual with a fresh start. Thus, the debtor, if an individual, is discharged from unsatisfied obligations except for certain nondischargeable debts listed in the Bankruptcy Act. Failure of a debtor to explain satisfactorily the loss or disappearance of assets results in denial of discharge.
527
Which asset is included in a debtor’s bankruptcy estate in a liquidation proceeding? A. Property from a divorce settlement received 365 days after the petition was filed. B. Wages earned by the debtor after the petition was filed. C. An inheritance received 270 days after the petition was filed. D. Proceeds from a life insurance policy received 90 days after the petition was filed.
D. Proceeds from a life insurance policy received 90 days after the petition was filed. Answer (D) is correct. Most assets in which the debtor has a legal or equitable interest at the date Chapter 7 proceedings began are included in the estate. Other property may be added to the estate. For example, it includes property acquired by the debtor within 180 days after filing the petition if the property was acquired (1) by inheritance, (2) as proceeds of a life insurance policy, or (3) from a property settlement in a divorce case.
528
On October 31, Year 1, Green rented equipment under a 5-year lease. On March 8, Year 2, Green was involuntarily petitioned into bankruptcy under the liquidation provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, and a trustee was appointed. The fair market value of the equipment exceeds the balance of the lease payments due. The trustee A. May elect not to assume the equipment lease. B. Must assume and subsequently assign the equipment lease. C. Must assume the equipment lease because its term exceeds 1 year. D. May not reject the equipment lease because the fair market value of the equipment exceeds the balance of the payments due.
A. May elect not to assume the equipment lease. Answer (A) is correct. The trustee in bankruptcy is given several options under the Bankruptcy Code, all of which are subject to court approval. The options are to assume and perform the unexpired lease, to assume and assign the unexpired lease to a third party, or reject the unexpired lease. The trustee must act to assume the lease within 60 days after the order for relief is entered, or it is deemed to be rejected.
529
Chapter 7 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code will deny a debtor a discharge when the debtor A. Obtained a Chapter 7 discharge 10 years previously. B. Accidentally destroyed information relevant to the bankruptcy proceeding. C. Is a corporation or a partnership. D. Made a preferential transfer to a creditor.
C. Is a corporation or a partnership. Answer (C) is correct. A general discharge of most debts is provided a person under Chapter 7. But certain types of entities are not eligible. They include municipalities, railroads, insurance companies, banks, credit unions, and savings and loan associations. Partnerships and corporations do not receive a general discharge under Chapter 7. They are merely liquidated.
530
Rolf Adenstedt, an individual, filed a voluntary petition in bankruptcy. A general discharge in bankruptcy will be denied if Rolf A. Negligently made preferential transfers to certain creditors within 90 days of filing the petition. B. Filed a fraudulent federal income tax return 2 years prior to filing the petition. C. Obtained a loan by using financial statements that he knew were false. D. Unjustifiably failed to preserve his books and records.
D. Unjustifiably failed to preserve his books and records. Answer (D) is correct. Discharge will be denied if the debtor conceals or destroys property with the intent to hinder, delay, or defraud a creditor, or fails to adequately explain the loss of assets. Similarly, unjustifiable or fraudulent concealment or destruction of the debtor’s financial records is a basis for denying discharge of indebtedness.
531
When approached by Bob Lanier regarding a $2,000 loan, Dina Dustin demanded not only an acceptable surety but also collateral equal to 50% of the loan. Lanier obtained King Surety Company as his surety and pledged rare coins worth $1,000 with Dustin. Dustin was assured by Lanier 1 week before the due date of the loan that he would have no difficulty in making payment. He persuaded Dustin to return the coins because they had increased in value and he had a prospective buyer. What is the legal effect of the release of the collateral upon King Surety? A. It releases King Surety to the extent of the value of the security. B. It totally releases King Surety. C. It does not release King Surety if the collateral was obtained after its promise. D. It does not release King Surety unless the collateral was given to Dustin with the express understanding that it was for the benefit of King Surety as well as Dustin.
A. It releases King Surety to the extent of the value of the security. Answer (A) is correct. When a debtor has put up security or collateral, the surety (after payment) succeeds to it if the creditor has not sold it to satisfy the debt. Thus, a creditor who releases collateral interferes with the subrogation rights of the surety to the collateral. This interference releases the surety. When Dustin released the $1,000 (or greater) coin collection, she also released King Surety to that extent.
532
Lester Dunbar sold to Walter Masters real property on which Charles Endicott held a first mortgage. Masters expressly assumed the mortgage debt. Subsequently, Masters defaulted in payment of the mortgage debt. Masters contends that Endicott must first proceed against Dunbar, the original mortgagor, because he is primarily liable for the mortgage debt. Based upon these facts, A. Dunbar is a surety and must satisfy the mortgage if Masters does not. B. Endicott lost all rights against Dunbar upon learning of the sale to Masters and having made no objection thereto. C. Upon default, Endicott must elect to proceed against one of the parties involved. D. Masters is correct in his assertion.
A. Dunbar is a surety and must satisfy the mortgage if Masters does not. Answer (A) is correct. When a buyer of real estate assumes an existing mortgage, the seller remains liable because a novation has not occurred. Between the seller and buyer, the buyer has become the primary debtor, and the seller is a surety. Because Dunbar is a surety of the assumed mortgage, he must pay if Masters does not.
533
On February 28, Year 1, Master, Inc., had total assets with a fair market value of $1.2 million and total liabilities of $990,000. On June 15, Year 1, Master voluntarily filed a petition in bankruptcy under the liquidation provisions of Chapter 7 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code. If a creditor challenged Master’s right to file, the petition would be dismissed A. If Master is an insurance company. B. Unless Master can show that a reorganization under Chapter 11 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code would have been unsuccessful. C. If Master had fewer than 12 creditors at the time of filing. D. Unless Master can show that it is unable to pay its debts in the ordinary course of business or as they come due.
A. If Master is an insurance company. Answer (A) is correct. A debtor may voluntarily file a petition for protection from creditors under Chapter 7’s liquidation provisions. The debtor, if an eligible person, need only state that it has debts. Persons ineligible to file under Chapter 7 include (1) insurance companies, (2) banks, (3) municipalities, (4) railroads, (5) credit unions, and (6) savings and loan associations.
534
A. Sign the same contract creating the debt and the co-surety relationship. B. Be aware of each other’s existence at the time of their contract. C. Be bound to answer for the same debt or duty of the debtor. D. Be bound for the same amount and share equally in the obligation to satisfy the creditor.
C. Be bound to answer for the same debt or duty of the debtor. Answer (C) is correct. Co-sureties exist when more than one surety is bound to answer for the same debt or duty of a debtor. Without an agreement to the contrary, co-sureties share equally the loss caused by the debtor’s default.
535
Danielle is a debtor with primarily consumer debts who has filed a voluntary petition under the Chapter 7 liquidation provisions of the Bankruptcy Code. Danielle’s filing is presumed to be abusive under the means test if A. Her current monthly income multiplied by 12 exceeds the applicable state median income. B. Her current monthly income after deductions is $100, and her general unsecured debt is $25,000. C. Her current monthly income after deductions is at least $214.17. D. She filed the petition in bad faith.
C. Her current monthly income after deductions is at least $214.17. Answer (C) is correct. Under the means test, the mandatory trigger point for presumed abuse is that the debtor has at least $214.17 of current monthly income after deductions. If CMI after deductions is less than $128.33, the presumption never arises. For other amounts, the presumption arises if 5-year income [(CMI – allowed deductions) × 60 months] suffices to pay 25% or more of general unsecured debt.
536
Sklar, CPA, purchased two computers from Wiz Corp. Sklar discovered material defects in the computers 10 months after taking delivery. Sklar commenced an action for breach of warranty against Wiz 3 years later. Wiz has raised the statute of limitations as a defense. The original contract between Wiz and Sklar contained a conspicuous clause providing that the statute of limitations for breach of warranty actions would be limited to 18 months. Under the circumstances, Sklar will A. Lose because the statute of limitations is 3 years from the date of delivery with respect to written contracts. B. Win because the action was commenced within the 4-year period as measured from the date of delivery. C. Win because the action was commenced within the 4-year period as measured from the time Sklar discovered the breach or should have discovered the breach. D. Lose because the clause providing that the statute of limitations would be limited to 18 months is enforceable.
D. Lose because the clause providing that the statute of limitations would be limited to 18 months is enforceable. Answer (D) is correct. A 4-year statute of limitations applies to cases involving sales of goods. The parties, however, may reduce (but not extend) the period for suit but not to less than 1 year. An action for breach of warranty accrues (the statute begins to run) when tender of delivery is made. But if (1) the warranty explicitly extends to future performance and (2) discovery of breach must await such performance, the action accrues when the breach is or should have been discovered. Because suit was brought within 4 years of, but more than 18 months after, both delivery of the goods and discovery of the defects, the issue is not when the action accrued but whether the contractual modification of the statute of limitations is effective. The contract provision for an 18-month limitation on suit is permitted, and Sklar therefore will lose.
537
If a debtor defaults and the debtor’s surety satisfies the obligation, the surety acquires the right of A. Satisfaction. B. Indemnification. C. Subrogation. D. Primary lien.
C. Subrogation. Answer (C) is correct. Subrogation is the right of a surety, after paying the obligation of a debtor who has defaulted, to succeed to the legal rights of the creditor against the principal debtor, co-sureties, or any collateral.
538
Robin Corp. incurred substantial operating losses for the past 3 years. Unable to meet its current obligations, Robin filed a petition for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code. Which of the following statements is true? A. Robin may continue in business only with the approval of a trustee. B. A creditors’ committee, if appointed, will consist of unsecured creditors. C. The reorganization plan may be filed only by Robin. D. The creditors’ committee must select a trustee to manage Robin’s affairs.
B. A creditors’ committee, if appointed, will consist of unsecured creditors. Answer (B) is correct. Under Chapter 11, the debtor may operate its own business as debtor-in-possession. A trustee would be appointed only for cause shown, such as dishonesty or mismanagement. Chapter 11 requires that, as soon as practicable after an order for relief has been granted, the U.S. Trustee appoint a committee of unsecured creditors. It may participate in formulating the plan of reorganization. Moreover, the court may order the U.S. Trustee to appoint additional committees to assure adequate representation.
539
Diana Corp. entered into a contract with Baker Suppliers, Inc., to purchase a used word processor from Baker. Diana is engaged in the business of selling new and used word processors to the general public. The contract required Baker to ship the goods to Diana by common carrier pursuant to the following provision in the contract: “FOB Baker Suppliers, Inc. loading dock.” Assume that Diana refused to accept the word processor even though it was in all respects conforming to the contract and that the contract is otherwise silent. Under UCC Article 2, A. Baker cannot successfully sue for consequential damages unless it attempts to resell the word processor. B. Baker may resell the word processor to another buyer. C. Baker can successfully sue for specific performance and make Diana accept and pay for the word processor. D. Baker must sue for the difference between the market value of the word processor and the contract price plus its incidental damages.
B. Baker may resell the word processor to another buyer. Answer (B) is correct. Resale of the goods and recovery of damages is a seller’s remedy. After the buyer’s breach, the resale in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner permits the seller to recover the difference between the resale price and the contract price, plus any incidental damages allowed, minus expenses saved.
540
One of your clients, Debbie Debtor, is in financial difficulty. She is not able to pay her debts as they become due. It is desirable that she not go into bankruptcy. However, certain aggressive creditors are threatening to file an involuntary petition. Under the circumstances, A. It may be possible to avoid bankruptcy if your client and the creditors can agree to form a creditor’s committee with the usual powers incidental to such an arrangement. B. Your client, even though she owes more than $100,000, cannot be forced into bankruptcy even though a single creditor’s claim is in excess of $50,000. C. It is proper to attempt, in every way possible, to prepare financial statements indicating the client is not insolvent in the bankruptcy sense even though this means not following generally accepted accounting principles. D. Your client can resist involuntary bankruptcy if a custodian has not taken control of her property.
A. It may be possible to avoid bankruptcy if your client and the creditors can agree to form a creditor’s committee with the usual powers incidental to such an arrangement. Answer (A) is correct. One alternative to bankruptcy is to place the assets of the business in the hands of a committee of creditors. The committee has full power to manage the business of the debtor. The advantages of such an arrangement are that it avoids the stigma of bankruptcy, the attendant formalities and legal expenses, and the losses incurred in a forced liquidation.
541
Which of the following best describes what is required of a surety? A. The surety must not directly or indirectly benefit from the undertaking. B. The surety cannot be a corporation. C. A creditor is required to first proceed against the principal debtor before the surety may be held liable. D. The surety must have the legal capacity to make contracts generally.
D. The surety must have the legal capacity to make contracts generally. Answer (D) is correct. All parties to suretyship agreements (including both compensated and uncompensated sureties) are ordinarily required to have the legal capacity to make contracts. A suretyship agreement is a contract.
542
The statute of frauds A. Prevents the use of oral evidence to contradict the terms of a written contract. B. Applies to all real estate leases. C. Requires a secondary promise to pay the debt of another to be in writing. D. Applies to all contracts having consideration valued at $500 or more.
C. Requires a secondary promise to pay the debt of another to be in writing. Answer (C) is correct. A primary promise is a promise to pay or perform one’s own obligation. A secondary promise is one to answer for the debt or default of another. It must be in writing under the statute of frauds. A secondary promise for one’s own benefit, however, is an exception.
543
A party contracts to guarantee the collection of the debts of another. As a result of the guaranty, which of the following statements is true? A. The creditor may proceed against the guarantor without attempting to collect from the debtor. B. The guaranty must be in writing. C. The creditor must be notified of the debtor’s default by the guarantor. D. The guarantor may use any defenses available to the debtor.
B. The guaranty must be in writing. Answer (B) is correct. A person who guarantees payment without qualification must pay upon default. A guarantor of collection guarantees the debt on condition that the creditor first use ordinary legal means to collect. Surety and guaranty arrangements that are secondary promises are within the statute of frauds and must be in writing.
544
Under the federal Bankruptcy Code, which of the following rights or powers does a trustee in bankruptcy not have? A. The right to avoid any statutory liens against the debtor’s property that were effective before the bankruptcy petition was filed. B. The power to require persons holding the debtor’s property at the time the bankruptcy petition is filed to deliver the property to the trustee. C. The power to prevail against a creditor with an unperfected security interest. D. The right to use any grounds available to the debtor to obtain the return of the debtor’s property.
A. The right to avoid any statutory liens against the debtor’s property that were effective before the bankruptcy petition was filed. Answer (A) is correct. Broad powers are granted to the trustee. They include the power or duty to ``` Collect property, Account for property, Perform investigations, Set aside fraudulent conveyances and preferential transfers, Void certain liens, Operate the debtor’s business, Hire professionals, File reports, and Close the estate. ``` The trustee does not have the right to void statutory liens against the debtor’s property that were effective before the petition was filed. But statutory liens on real property (e.g., mechanic’s liens or materialman’s liens) that are not effective until the filing of the petition or until the time when the debtor becomes insolvent are voidable. The trustee also may void liens that are not perfected against a good faith purchaser on the date of filing.
545
Eagle Corp. is a general creditor of Dodd. Dodd filed a petition in bankruptcy under the liquidation provisions of the Bankruptcy Code. Eagle wishes to have the bankruptcy court either deny Dodd a general discharge or not have its debt discharged. The discharge will be granted, and it will include Eagle’s debt even if A. Eagle was a secured creditor not fully satisfied from the proceeds obtained on disposition of the collateral. B. Dodd filed and received a previous discharge in bankruptcy under the liquidation provisions within 5 years of the filing of the present petition. C. Eagle’s debt is unscheduled. D. Dodd unjustifiably failed to preserve the records from which Dodd’s financial condition might be ascertained.
A. Eagle was a secured creditor not fully satisfied from the proceeds obtained on disposition of the collateral. Answer (A) is correct. Chapter 7 contains the liquidation provisions of the Bankruptcy Code. The nature of the debt or debtor or the debtor’s conduct may prevent discharge of all or specific debts. However, secured creditor status does not guarantee full satisfaction of a debt. If the secured claim is not fully satisfied by the proceeds resulting from the sale of collateral, the unsatisfied portion of the debt may still be discharged.
546
Which of the following rights does one co-surety generally have against another co-surety? A. Reimbursement. B. Subrogation. C. Exoneration. D. Contribution.
D. Contribution. Answer (D) is correct. Contribution is the right of a co-surety who has paid more than his or her proportionate or agreed-to share to proceed against the other co-sureties.
547
On Monday, Gullible George is induced to sell a computer to Fraudulent Freddy on the basis of Freddy’s misrepresentation that he is Wealthy Walter. That same day, Freddy resells the computer to Innocent Ivan, a good faith purchaser for value. On Tuesday, Gullible George sells an electronic typewriter to Dishonest David who pays for the goods with a check that is later dishonored by the payor (drawee) bank. Before the check is dishonored, David sells the typewriter to Innocent Irene, a good faith purchaser for value. On the basis of these facts, A. George is entitled to recover the computer from Ivan, but he is not entitled to recover the typewriter from Irene. B. George is entitled to recover the typewriter from Irene, but he is not entitled to recover the computer from Ivan. C. George is entitled to recover the computer from Ivan and the typewriter from Irene. D. George’s best remedy is to recover the value of the goods from Freddy and David in a tort action for deceit.
D. George’s best remedy is to recover the value of the goods from Freddy and David in a tort action for deceit. Answer (D) is correct. In general, a purchaser of goods acquires only the title that his or her transferor had or had power to transfer. Under the UCC, a purchaser who deceived the transferor as to his or her identity or procured delivery of the goods in exchange for a check that is later dishonored has a voidable rather than a void title. The transferor can recover the goods (or damages) from the wrongdoer. However, a person with voidable title may transfer good title to a good faith purchaser for value. Thus, George cannot recover from Ivan or Irene, each of whom has good title.
548
Which of the following is a true statement regarding assets included in a debtor’s bankruptcy estate? A. Transfers voided by the trustee are not included because the assets were not the debtor’s when the petition was filed in bankruptcy. B. Most legal or equitable property interests of the debtor are included. C. All of the debtor’s property other than that exempt from claims of creditors is included. D. Property subject to a security interest is not included because the secured creditor has the right to it.
B. Most legal or equitable property interests of the debtor are included. Answer (B) is correct. By definition, a debtor’s estate includes most of his or her legal or equitable interests as of the commencement of the case. Most interests are included whether or not the property is exempt from creditor claims. However, such items as subsequent earnings, after-acquired property, and certain contributions (e.g., to retirement plans and educational accounts) are excluded.
549
When a principal debtor defaults and a surety pays the creditor the entire obligation, which of the following remedies gives the surety the best method of collecting from the debtor? A. Exoneration. B. Subrogation. C. Attachment. D. Contribution.
B. Subrogation. Answer (B) is correct. Subrogation is the right of a surety, after payment (upon default of the debtor), to succeed to the legal rights of the creditor against the principal debtor, co-sureties, or any collateral.
550
Under the Secured Transactions Article of the UCC, which of the following security agreements does not need to be in writing to be enforceable? A. A security agreement where the collateral is in the possession of the secured party. B. A security agreement collateralizing a debt of less than $500. C. A security agreement where the collateral is highly perishable or subject to wide price fluctuations. D. A security agreement involving a purchase money security interest.
A. A security agreement where the collateral is in the possession of the secured party. Answer (A) is correct. A security agreement is generally enforceable when the debtor has authenticated a security agreement that describes the collateral. Authentication means signing to indicate that the identified person intends to accept the record of the agreement. However, the secured party’s possession of the collateral may substitute for authentication of a security agreement if it is in accordance with the security agreement.
551
A claim will not be discharged in a bankruptcy proceeding if it A. Is brought by a secured creditor and remains unsatisfied after receipt of the proceeds from the disposition of the collateral. B. Arises out of the breach of a contract by the debtor. C. Is for unintentional torts that resulted in bodily injury to the claimant. D. Arises from an extension of credit based upon false representations.
D. Arises from an extension of credit based upon false representations. Answer (D) is correct. A discharge terminates the dischargeable debts. It voids existing judgments and operates as an injunction against further proceedings on the discharged obligations. But not all debts are dischargeable in bankruptcy. For example, debts incurred through false representations will not be discharged.
552
Quick Corp. has $270,000 of outstanding accounts receivable. On March 10, Quick assigned a $30,000 account receivable due from Jim Pine, one of Quick’s customers, to Taft Bank for value. On March 30, Pine paid Quick the $30,000. On April 5, Taft notified Pine of the March 10 assignment from Quick to Taft. Taft is entitled to collect $30,000 from A. Quick only. B. Neither Quick nor Pine. C. Either Quick or Pine. D. Pine only.
A. Quick only. Answer (A) is correct. This contract was an assignment of the account receivable. The assignee (Taft) became the owner of the receivable (rather than a holder for security purposes) and was the only party entitled to payment. The debtor (Pine) was entitled to notice of the assignment so he would know whom to pay. Until given this notice, Pine was entitled to pay Quick and be relieved of the debt. Quick, the assignor, must account to the assignee. Quick holds the amount paid as trustee for Taft.
553
An oral agreement concerning the sale of goods entered into without consideration is binding if the agreement A. Contradicts the terms of a subsequent written contract that is intended as the complete and exclusive agreement of the parties. B. Is a waiver of the non-breaching party’s rights arising out of a breach of the contract. C. Is a firm offer made by a merchant who promises to hold the offer open for 30 days. D. Modifies the price in an existing, enforceable contract from $525 to $475.
D. Modifies the price in an existing, enforceable contract from $525 to $475. Answer (D) is correct. An oral modification of a contract for the sale of goods does not require consideration to be binding, but the UCC’s statute of frauds section must be satisfied if the contract as modified is within its provisions. Because the contract as modified is for less than $500, no writing is required, and the oral agreement is enforceable.
554
On day 1, Jackson, a merchant, mailed Sandy a signed letter that contained an offer to sell Sandy 500 electric fans at $10 per fan. The letter was received by Sandy on day 3. The letter contained a promise not to revoke the offer but no expiration date. On day 4, Jackson mailed Sandy a revocation of the offer to sell the fans. Sandy received the revocation on day 6. On day 7, Sandy mailed Jackson an acceptance of the offer. Jackson received the acceptance on day 9. Under the Sales Article of the UCC, was a contract formed? A. No contract was formed because Sandy received the revocation of the offer before Sandy accepted the offer. B. A contract was formed on the day Sandy mailed the acceptance to Jackson. C. A contract was formed on the day Jackson received Sandy’s acceptance. D. No contract was formed because the offer failed to state an expiration date.
B. A contract was formed on the day Sandy mailed the acceptance to Jackson. Answer (B) is correct. A firm offer is an offer by a merchant to buy or sell goods in a signed record that gives assurance that it will be held open and is not revocable, for lack of consideration, during the time stated or, if no time is stated, for a reasonable time. The firm offer did not include an expiration date. Thus, it was not revocable for a reasonable time and Jackson’s revocation most likely is ineffective. The mailbox rule continues to apply under the UCC Sales Article. Accordingly, the acceptance became effective under the mailbox rule on dispatch (when the acceptance was mailed).
555
Under the Restatement (Second) of the Law of Agency, after which of the following situations would it usually not be necessary to notify third parties of the termination of an agency’s existence? A. The destruction of the subject matter of the agency. B. The achieving of the agency’s purpose. C. A termination by mutual agreement. D. A termination by the principal.
A. The destruction of the subject matter of the agency. Answer (A) is correct. Under the Second Restatement, destruction of the subject matter of the agency makes fulfilling the purpose of the agency impossible. Thus, it terminates the agency by operation of law. Because most terminations by operation of law terminate apparent authority under the Second Restatement, notice to third parties of termination of the agency’s existence is usually not necessary.
556
Al Martin, a wholesale distributor, made a contract for the purchase of 10,000 gallons of gasoline from the Wilberforce Oil Company. The price was to be determined in accordance with the refinery price as of the close of business on the delivery date. Credit terms were net/30 after delivery. Under these circumstances, which of the following statements is true? A. The contract being silent on the place of delivery, Martin has the right to expect delivery at his place of business. B. Because the goods involved are tangible, specific performance is a remedy available to Martin. C. If Martin pays upon delivery, he is entitled to a 2% discount. D. Although the price has some degree of uncertainty, the contract is enforceable.
D. Although the price has some degree of uncertainty, the contract is enforceable. Answer (D) is correct. The agreement is enforceable even though the price term is left open if the parties intended to contract (but if objective intent to be bound is missing, no contract exists). The price of the oil is to be set objectively in the future in accordance with the refinery price on the date of delivery. If the price is not settled in accordance with the agreement, the price will be a reasonable price at the time of delivery. A reasonable price is largely determined by market price absent an applicable course of dealing, usage of trade, or course of performance.
557
Under the Secured Transactions article of the UCC, a security interest becomes enforceable when A. The value has been given, the secured party receives a security agreement describing the collateral authenticated by the debtor, and the debtor has rights in the collateral. B. The debtor and the secured party execute a security agreement describing the transfer of collateral from seller to buyer, and the secured party retains possession of the agreement. C. A contract is executed between a debtor and a secured party under which the debtor gives the secured party rights in collateral if the debtor violates any of the terms contained in the contract. D. The debtor and the secured party execute a security agreement describing the transfer of the collateral and, after doing so, the secured party files it with the requisite agency.
A. The value has been given, the secured party receives a security agreement describing the collateral authenticated by the debtor, and the debtor has rights in the collateral. Answer (A) is correct. For most forms of collateral, a security interest is enforceable against the debtor when (1) the debtor has authenticated a security agreement that describes the collateral or the secured party has possession of the collateral, (2) the secured party has given value, and (3) the debtor has rights in the collateral or the power to transfer such rights.
558
Under Article 2 of the UCC, which of the following statements is true concerning a contract involving a merchant seller and a nonmerchant buyer? A. The contract will be either a sale or return or a sale on approval contract. B. The contract may not involve the sale of personal property with a price of $500 or more. C. Whether UCC Article 2 is applicable does not depend on the price of the goods involved. D. Only the seller is obligated to perform the contract in good faith.
C. Whether UCC Article 2 is applicable does not depend on the price of the goods involved. Answer (C) is correct. Article 2 applies to transactions in goods. Goods are things movable other than the money in which the price is to be paid, investment securities, and things in action. Applicability of Article 2 does not depend on the dollar amount involved. Article 2 applies to both merchants and nonmerchants, but special rules are provided for certain aspects of transactions between or with merchants.
559
Which of the following is most likely covered by Article 9 (Secured Transactions) of the UCC? A. The assignment of promissory notes for collection only. B. A sale of accounts as part of the sale of a business. C. A statutory lien. D. A transaction intended to create a security interest in personal property.
D. A transaction intended to create a security interest in personal property. Answer (D) is correct. Article 9 of the UCC covers any transaction, regardless of its form or name, that is intended to establish a security interest in personal property or fixtures. Thus, a secured transaction may be in the form of a lease, pledge, chattel mortgage, etc. However, a lease that is essentially a sale to the lessee does not establish a security interest.
560
Which of the following statements applies to a sale on approval under the UCC Sales Article? A. The buyer must be purchasing the goods for resale. B. Title to the goods passes to the buyer on delivery of the goods to the buyer. C. Both the buyer and seller must be merchants. D. Risk of loss for the goods passes to the buyer when the goods are accepted after the trial period.
D. Risk of loss for the goods passes to the buyer when the goods are accepted after the trial period. Answer (D) is correct. A sale is on approval if the goods are delivered with an understanding that the buyer may test them for the purpose of determining whether (s)he wishes to purchase. The buyer may return them without breaching the contract even though they conform to the contract. In a sale on approval, title and risk of loss do not pass to the buyer until acceptance. Acceptance may be express or implied, e.g., by not returning the goods within a reasonable period.
561
Taso Corp. sells laptop computers to the public. Taso sold and delivered a laptop to Cara on credit. Cara gave Taso a purchase money security interest in the laptop by executing and delivering to Taso a promissory note for the purchase price and a security agreement covering the laptop. Cara purchased the laptop for personal use. Taso did not file a financing statement. Under the Secured Transactions Article of the UCC, is Taso’s security interest perfected? A. Yes, because Taso retained possession of the collateral. B. No, because the laptop is a consumer good. C. Yes, because it was perfected at the time of attachment. D. No, because Taso failed to file a financing statement.
C. Yes, because it was perfected at the time of attachment. Answer (C) is correct. A PMSI in consumer goods ordinarily is automatically perfected without filing or possession. Thus, it becomes effective at the time of attachment.
562
Payne borrowed $500 from Onest Bank. At the time the loan was made to Payne, Gem orally agreed with Onest that Gem would repay the loan if Payne failed to do so. Gem received no personal benefit as a result of the loan to Payne. Under the circumstances, A. Gem is secondarily liable to repay the loan. B. Both Gem and Payne are primarily liable to repay the loan. C. Gem is primarily liable to repay the loan. D. Gem is free from liability concerning the loan.
D. Gem is free from liability concerning the loan. Answer (D) is correct. A surety contract is an agreement to answer for the debt or default of another unless the main purpose is to obtain a new economic benefit. It is required to be in writing by the statute of frauds, whatever its amount. If the contract is not in writing, it is not enforceable.
563
On November 1, Yost sent a telegram to Zen offering to sell a rare vase. The offer required that Zen’s acceptance telegram be sent on or before 5:00 p.m. on November 2. On November 2, at 3:00 p.m., Zen sent an acceptance by overnight mail. It did not reach Yost until November 5. Yost refused to complete the sale to Zen. Is there an enforceable contract? A. No, because Zen did not accept by telegram. B. Yes, because the acceptance was effective when sent. C. Yes, because the acceptance was made within the time specified. D. No, because the offer required receipt of the acceptance within the time specified.
A. No, because Zen did not accept by telegram. Answer (A) is correct. The UCC governs because the offer involves a sale of goods. Unless otherwise indicated, an offer involving a sale of goods invites acceptance in any manner and by any medium reasonable in the circumstances. However, the offer required acceptance to be by a stated mode. The purported acceptance by a different mode was therefore not effective.
564
Almovar Electronics sent a letter on March 8 to Conduit Sales & Service Company offering an entire lot of electronic parts at a substantial reduction in price. The offer indicated that it was for “immediate acceptance.” The terms were “cash, pick up by your carrier at our loading dock and not later than March 15.” It also indicated that the terms of the offer were not subject to variance. The letter did not arrive until March 10, and Conduit’s letter accepting the offer was not mailed until March 12. The letter of acceptance indicated that Conduit would take the entire lot, would pay in accordance with the usual terms (2/10, net/30), and would pick up the goods on March 16. Which of the following best describes the legal relationship of the parties? A. The different terms of the acceptance are to be construed as proposals for changes in the contract. B. The acceptance was not timely; hence, no contract was formed. C. Because both parties were merchants and the changes in the acceptance were not material, there is a valid contract based on the different terms. D. The different terms of the acceptance constituted a rejection of the offer.
A. The different terms of the acceptance are to be construed as proposals for changes in the contract. Answer (A) is correct. Conduit’s letter was a definite, reasonable, and unconditional acceptance and thus formed a contract. Ordinarily, additional or different terms are considered proposals for addition to or changes in the contract. However, between merchants, the additional or different terms become part of the contract unless (1) the offer expressly limits acceptance to its terms (which it did), (2) the additional or different terms materially alter the offer, or (3) the offeror objects within a reasonable time. Because the offer expressly limited acceptance to its terms, Conduit’s letter was an acceptance of the original offer with proposals for changes.
565
H&M, Inc., owns and operates a fast food restaurant under a franchise agreement with Foodco, Inc., a large national franchisor. Eighty percent of all Foodco Restaurants are owned by franchisees. The Foodco restaurants uniformly use the same name, building design, colors, signs, advertising, promotions, employee work apparel, menus, and prices. The strategy stated in the franchise materials is that the public must believe that Foodco is “a chain that sells a product across the nation.” Foodco requires H&M to follow standardized methods of operation, deal exclusively with the franchisor for supplies, and pay a stated percentage of sales for the franchise license. A customer injured on the premises through H&M’s negligence discovered that H&M is behind in its debts and carries inadequate liability insurance. Which of the following is a true statement about Foodco’s possible liability to the injured customer? A. If an express, implied, or apparent agency relationship exists between the franchisee and the franchisor, the principal franchisor has a duty to indemnify the agent franchisee for tort liability incurred within the course and scope of the relationship. B. Foodco, as the franchisor, is not liable in the absence of an actual agency relationship between it and H&M, the franchisee. C. A franchise agreement usually creates a principal-agent relationship, making the franchisor liable for torts of the franchisee that occur in the course of business. D. The theory of agency by estoppel rather than express agency is a plausible basis for finding an agency relationship resulting in liability of the franchisor for the actions of the franchisee.
D. The theory of agency by estoppel rather than express agency is a plausible basis for finding an agency relationship resulting in liability of the franchisor for the actions of the franchisee. Answer (D) is correct. Two relationships must be established for the customer to recover from Foodco. First, a principal-agency relationship between Foodco and H&M must have existed at the time the customer was injured. Second, the negligent act that injured the customer must have occurred within the scope and during the course of H&M’s franchise agreement with and employment by Foodco. The most likely agency relationship that may be established is an agency by estoppel rather than an actual or express agency. Foodco caused the public (including the injured customer) to have a reasonable belief that each restaurant was part of a chain operated by Foodco, which is a basis for finding an agency by estoppel. Foodco’s actions created an appearance of agency that in fact did not exist. Thus, because of its actions, Foodco is estopped (prevented) from denying the existence of an agency relationship. If an agency relationship is established, Foodco, as principal, is liable for any harm caused to a third party by its agent, H&M, within the course and scope of employment.
566
Bond purchased a painting from Wool, who is not in the business of selling art. Wool tendered delivery of the painting after receiving payment in full from Bond. Bond informed Wool that Bond would be unable to take possession of the painting until later that day. Thieves stole the painting before Bond returned. The risk of loss A. Remained with Wool because Bond had not yet received the painting. B. Remained with Wool because the parties agreed on a later time of delivery. C. Passed to Bond at the time the contract was formed and payment was made. D. Passed to Bond on Wool’s tender of delivery.
D. Passed to Bond on Wool’s tender of delivery. Answer (D) is correct. If (1) the parties have no agreement as to risk of loss, (2) no carrier is involved, and (3) the goods are not in the possession of a bailee, the risk of loss passes to the buyer on his or her receipt of the goods if the seller is a merchant. Otherwise, the risk passes to the buyer on tender of delivery. Because Wool is not a merchant (a person engaged in selling goods of the kind), risk passed to Bond on tender of delivery.
567
Under Article 2 of the UCC, the warranty of title may be excluded by A. The seller’s statement that it is selling only such right or title that it has. B. Nonmerchant sellers only. C. Merchants or nonmerchants, provided the exclusion is in writing. D. Use of an “as is” disclaimer.
A. The seller’s statement that it is selling only such right or title that it has. Answer (A) is correct. Every contract for the sale of goods warrants that (1) the title is good, (2) its transfer is rightful, and (3) the goods are free of encumbrances not known to the buyer. The warranty of title can be excluded or modified only by specific language or by circumstances giving the buyer reason to know that the transferor has no title or a limited title.
568
A party who filed a financing statement covering inventory on April 1 would have a superior interest to which of the following parties? A. A holder of a mechanic’s lien whose lien was filed on March 15. B. A purchaser in the ordinary course of business who purchased on April 10. C. A judgment lien creditor who filed its judgment on April 15. D. A holder of a purchase money security interest in after-acquired inventory filed on March 20.
C. A judgment lien creditor who filed its judgment on April 15. Answer (C) is correct. When two perfected security interests conflict, the first secured party to file or perfect ordinarily has priority. A secured party who filed on April 1 would have priority over a judgment lien creditor who filed on April 15. The judgment lien creditor’s interest would be superior to an unperfected security interest or one perfected after attachment of the lien.
569
ABC Construction decides to use an independent contractor to complete the roof of one of its construction projects. All of the following are true regarding use of the independent contractor except A. If ABC negligently selects an independent contractor, ABC is liable for its negligent acts. B. Ultrahazardous activity is usually the subject of strict liability. C. ABC can avoid strict liability by engaging a contractor to ensure a safe workplace. D. ABC is liable for a contract made by the independent contractor on ABC’s behalf if it is ratified by ABC.
C. ABC can avoid strict liability by engaging a contractor to ensure a safe workplace. Answer (C) is correct. Some duties may not be delegated as a matter of law or public policy, e.g., a duty of an employer to provide employees with a safe workplace. Thus, the employer does not avoid liability by engaging an independent contractor to ensure a safe workplace.
570
Under the Sales Article of the UCC, which of the following statements regarding liquidated damages is(are) true? The injured party may collect any amount of liquidated damages provided for in the contract. The seller may retain a deposit of up to $500 when a buyer defaults even if there is no liquidated damages provision in the contract. A. Both I and II. B. I only. C. II only. D. Neither I nor II.
C. II only. Answer (C) is correct. A liquidated damages clause in a contract specifies the damages to be paid in the event of breach. The UCC permits such a clause provided it is reasonable in light of the (1) anticipated losses, (2) difficulties of proof of loss, and (3) inconvenience of otherwise obtaining a remedy. If excessive, it is a penalty and is unenforceable. If a seller has properly withheld delivery of goods, the buyer may receive a refund of payments minus any liquidated damages agreed on. If no liquidated damages have been provided for, the seller may retain 20% of the value of the total contract price or $500, whichever is less (UCC 2-718).
571
Dara bought an automobile needing repairs from Chevalier Motors, Inc. (CMI). CMI promised to repair it, but 1 month later had not yet completed the repairs. Dara was using the car anyway (1 month after purchase) when a fire in the dashboard rendered the vehicle inoperable. Dara returned the automobile immediately and orally informed a representative of CMI that she was demanding the purchase price. Dara sent a written notice of rescission 3 months later and filed suit 3 months after that. Who will most likely prevail, and what is the legal theory that best supports the result? A. Dara, because she made a justifiable revocation of acceptance. B. Dara, because she made a rightful rejection. C. CMI, because Dara did not revoke her acceptance within a reasonable time. D. CMI, because Dara accepted goods she knew to be nonconforming.
A. Dara, because she made a justifiable revocation of acceptance. Answer (A) is correct. Dara decided to take the goods despite their nonconformity and thus accepted them. A buyer may revoke acceptance, however, if certain conditions are met. (1) The goods are nonconforming; (2) the nonconformity substantially impairs their value; and (3) (a) the buyer knew of the nonconformity and acted on the reasonable assumption it would be cured, but it was not seasonably cured; or (b) (s)he did not know, and acceptance was reasonably induced either by the difficulty of discovery or by the seller’s assurances. Moreover, revocation is made within a reasonable time.
572
A secured creditor wants to file a financing statement to perfect its security interest. Under the UCC Secured Transactions Article, which of the following must be included in the financing statement? A. An indication of the collateral. B. The creditor’s signature. C. The collateral’s location. D. An after-acquired property provision.
A. An indication of the collateral. Answer (A) is correct. To be effective, the financing statement must (1) include the name of the debtor on the public organic record, (2) include the name of the secured party or representative, and (3) indicate the collateral covered.
573
Under the UCC Secured Transactions Article, what is the effect of perfecting a security interest by filing a financing statement? A. The debtor is protected against all other parties who acquire an interest in the collateral after the filing. B. The secured party has priority in the collateral over most creditors who acquire a security interest in the same collateral after the filing. C. The secured party has a permanent priority in the collateral even if the debtor moves to another state. D. The secured party can enforce its security interest against the debtor.
B. The secured party has priority in the collateral over most creditors who acquire a security interest in the same collateral after the filing. Answer (B) is correct. Perfection of a security interest maximizes a secured party’s rights with respect to the collateral. Although perfection by filing a financing statement does not give the secured party priority over all subsequent secured parties, it does give priority over all unperfected interests and over most subsequent perfected interests.
574
Which of the following factors result(s) in an express warranty with respect to a sale of goods? The seller’s description of the goods as part of the basis of the bargain The seller’s selection of goods knowing the buyer’s intended use A. Both I and II. B. II only. C. Neither I nor II. D. I only.
D. I only. Answer (D) is correct. An express warranty results if any affirmation of fact or promise made by the seller to the buyer that relates to the goods (by any description of the goods or by any sample or model) becomes part of the basis of the bargain. Reliance by the buyer need not be shown.
575
The Uniform Commercial Code contains numerous provisions relating to the rights and remedies of the parties upon default. With respect to a buyer, these provisions may A. All be varied by agreement as long as the variances are not manifestly unreasonable. B. Only be varied if the buyer is apprised of the fact and initials the variances in the agreement. C. Not be varied insofar as they require the secured party to account for any surplus realized on the disposition of collateral securing the obligation. D. Not be varied even with the agreement of the buyer.
C. Not be varied insofar as they require the secured party to account for any surplus realized on the disposition of collateral securing the obligation. Answer (C) is correct. If the security interest secures an indebtedness, the secured party must account to the debtor for any surplus on disposition of the collateral after default. This right of the buyer-debtor is absolute when the collateral is sold after default because the risk remains with the debtor. But it would not apply if the secured party is allowed to retain (accept) the collateral and later sells it at a profit.
576
Kirk Corp. sold Nix an Ajax freezer, Model 24, for $490. The contract required delivery to be made by June 23. On June 12, Kirk delivered an Ajax freezer, Model 52, to Nix. Nix immediately notified Kirk that the wrong freezer had been delivered and indicated that the delivery of a correct freezer would not be acceptable. Kirk wishes to deliver an Ajax freezer, Model 24, on June 23. Which of the following statements is true? A. Nix must accept the nonconforming freezer but may recover damages. B. Kirk may deliver the freezer on June 23 if it first seasonably notifies Nix of its intent to do so. C. Nix always may reject the nonconforming freezer and refuse delivery of a conforming freezer on June 23. D. Kirk may deliver the freezer on June 23 without further notice to Nix.
B. Kirk may deliver the freezer on June 23 if it first seasonably notifies Nix of its intent to do so. Answer (B) is correct. When a buyer rejects delivery for nonconformity, the time for performance may not have expired. The seller then may seasonably notify the buyer of his or her intent to cure and then deliver within the contract period. Accordingly, Kirk can promptly notify Nix and make a conforming delivery by June 23.
577
The UCC provides for the filing of termination statements. Which of the following is true? A. A termination statement need not be filed with respect to consumer goods. B. If collateral in the form of consumer goods secures no obligation and no commitment to give value exists, a termination statement must be filed. C. If the collateral is inventory, the secured party must file a termination statement within one month after termination of any obligation. D. The requirements for filing termination statements are the same for all forms of property of the debtor.
B. If collateral in the form of consumer goods secures no obligation and no commitment to give value exists, a termination statement must be filed. Answer (B) is correct. If (1) the collateral consists of consumer goods, (2) no obligation is secured by the collateral, and (3) no commitment to give value exists, the secured party must cause the secured party of record to file a termination statement within 1 month. The filing must be within 20 days after receipt of an authenticated demand from the debtor, if earlier. If the property is not consumer goods, a termination statement must be filed or sent to the debtor within 20 days after the debtor makes an authenticated demand given that no obligation is secured and no commitment to give value exists.
578
Under Article 2 of the UCC, a plaintiff who proves fraud in the formation of a contract may A. Be entitled to rescind the contract and sue for damages resulting from the fraud. B. Be entitled to punitive damages provided physical injuries resulted from the fraud. C. Elect to rescind the contract and need not return the consideration received from the other party. D. Rescind the contract even if there was no reliance on the fraudulent statement.
A. Be entitled to rescind the contract and sue for damages resulting from the fraud. Answer (A) is correct. Rescission for fraud does not bar a claim for damages or another remedy.
579
Under the Secured Transactions Article of the UCC, which of the following statements is correct regarding a security interest that has not attached? A. It is not effective against either the debtor or third parties. B. It is effective against the debtor but not against third parties. C. It is effective against both the debtor and third parties. D. It is effective against third parties with unsecured claims.
A. It is not effective against either the debtor or third parties. Answer (A) is correct. A security interest is not effective against anyone before it attaches.
580
What fiduciary duty, if any, exists in an agency relationship? A. There is no fiduciary duty in an agency relationship. B. The agent owes a fiduciary duty to the principal. C. The principal owes a fiduciary duty to the agent. D. The agent owes a fiduciary duty to third parties he deals for and on behalf of the principal.
B. The agent owes a fiduciary duty to the principal. Answer (B) is correct. The agent owes a fiduciary duty to the principal. An agent may not profit at the expense of, or compete with, the principal, and must also disclose material facts and obey reasonable instructions.
581
A distinction between a surety and a co-surety is that only a co-surety is entitled to A. Contribution. B. Subrogation. C. Reimbursement (indemnification). D. Exoneration.
A. Contribution. Answer (A) is correct. Contribution is the right of a co-surety who has paid more than his or her proportionate or agreed-to share to proceed against the other co-sureties to recover their share.
582
Under the Sales Article of the UCC, which of the following statements is correct regarding the creation of express warranties? A. Express warranties must contain formal words such as warranty or guarantee. B. Express warranties must be part of the basis of the bargain between buyer and seller. C. Express warranties are not enforceable if made orally. D. Express warranties cannot be based on statements made in the seller’s promotional materials.
B. Express warranties must be part of the basis of the bargain between buyer and seller. Answer (B) is correct. Express warranties are any statements of fact or promises made by any seller to the buyer that become part of their agreement.
583
Young Corp. hired Joe Wilson as a sales representative for 6 months at a salary of $5,000 per month plus 6% of sales. Which of the following statements is true? A. The agreement between Young and Wilson is not enforceable unless it is in writing and signed by Wilson. B. Young does not have the power to dismiss Wilson during the 6-month period without cause. C. Wilson is obligated to act solely in Young’s interest in matters concerning Young’s business. D. The agreement between Young and Wilson formed an agency coupled with an interest.
C. Wilson is obligated to act solely in Young’s interest in matters concerning Young’s business. Answer (C) is correct. An agent has a fiduciary duty to act with the utmost loyalty and good faith solely for the benefit of the principal. Wilson may not compete or otherwise harm Young’s business while employed by Young.
584
Under the UCC Sales Article, the implied warranty of merchantability A. May be disclaimed by a seller’s oral statement that mentions merchantability. B. Must be part of the basis of the bargain to be binding on the seller. C. Is breached if the goods are not fit for all purposes for which the buyer intends to use the goods. D. Arises only in contracts involving a merchant seller and a merchant buyer.
A. May be disclaimed by a seller’s oral statement that mentions merchantability. Answer (A) is correct. Unless the circumstances indicate otherwise, all implied warranties are excluded by the expressions “as is,” “with all faults,” or other language that (1) calls the buyer’s attention to the exclusion of warranties and (2) makes plain that no warranty is implied. A disclaimer of the implied warranty of merchantability must mention merchantability and be conspicuous if in writing. Thus, a disclaimer of the implied warranty of merchantability may be oral.
585
Kent qualified for the Earned Income Credit in 2017. This credit could result in a A. Refund even if Kent had no tax withheld from wages. B. Subtraction from adjusted gross income to arrive at taxable income. C. Carryback or carryforward for any unused portion. D. Refund only if Kent had tax withheld from wages.
A. Refund even if Kent had no tax withheld from wages. Answer (A) is correct. The Earned Income Credit is a refundable credit for low-income taxpayers. Having taxes withheld from wages is not a requirement for using the Earned Income Credit.
586
The PCAOB has the power to A. Inspect large firms annually. B. Impose the largest penalty on an accounting firm for one instance of highly unreasonable conduct. C. Issue quality control, ethics, and accounting standards. D. Review only audit engagements of registered firms.
A. Inspect large firms annually. Answer (A) is correct. The PCAOB will inspect large firms annually and report violations to the SEC and state authorities. All attestation engagements, notably those in litigation, may be reviewed. The inspection also involves a quality control assessment. Furthermore, the inspection report must include the firm’s response. The firm then has 12 months to correct the reported weaknesses.
587
The shareholders of Hope, Inc., an S corporation, wish to revoke its S election effective at the end of the current year. The total number of shares issued and outstanding at the time of the election is 100,000 shares. Which of the following shareholders are required to consent to have the S corporation election revoked? Bob owns 20,000 shares. Dana owns 50,000 shares. Sally owns 30,000 shares. A. Bob and Sally. B. Dana. C. Dana, Bob, and Sally. D. Dana and one other shareholder.
D. Dana and one other shareholder. Answer (D) is correct. An S election revocation requires the consent of more than 50% of the shares issued and outstanding. Therefore, the consent of Dana and one other is required to meet this threshold.
588
Which of the following will decrease the basis of property? A. All of the answers are correct. B. Return of capital. C. Depreciation. D. Recognized losses on involuntary conversions.
A. All of the answers are correct. Answer (A) is correct. Basis must be reduced by the larger of the amount of depreciation allowed or allowable (even if not claimed). A return of capital is a tax-free distribution that reduces a stock’s basis by the amount of the distribution. If a shareholder’s basis has been reduced to zero because of a tax-free return of capital, any excess amounts received are treated as a capital gain. The basis of the replacement property from an involuntary conversion is reduced by any gain not recognized and any loss recognized.
589
Ross, a calendar-year, cash-basis taxpayer who died in June 2017, was entitled to receive a $10,000 accounting fee that had not been collected before the date of death. The executor of Ross’s estate collected the full $10,000 in July 2017. This $10,000 should appear in A. Only the estate’s fiduciary income tax return. B. Only the decedent’s final individual income tax return. C. Only the estate tax return. D. Both the fiduciary income tax return and the estate tax return.
D. Both the fiduciary income tax return and the estate tax return. Answer (D) is correct. Income that a decedent had a right to receive prior to death but that was not includible on his or her final income tax return is income in respect of a decedent. The $10,000 is properly includible in the estate’s income tax return because Ross was a cash-basis taxpayer and would not properly include income not yet received at the time of death in his final return. Since the money was owed to Ross (he had a right to receive it), it is an asset of the estate and must be included on the estate tax return also.
590
Which of the following promises is supported by legally sufficient consideration and will be enforceable? A. A promise to pay the police $250 to catch a thief. B. A promise to pay a minor $500 to paint a garage. C. A parent’s promise to pay one child $500 because that child is not as wealthy as the child’s sibling. D. A person’s promise to pay a real estate agent $1,000 in return for the real estate agent’s earlier act of not charging commission for selling the person’s house.
B. A promise to pay a minor $500 to paint a garage. Answer (B) is correct. Consideration must be legally sufficient and intended as a bargained-for exchange. A promisee has provided legally sufficient consideration for the promisor’s promise if (s)he incurs a legal detriment or if the promisor receives a legal benefit. Whether the promisee is a minor does not affect the sufficiency of the consideration provided by a promisee who is a minor. The promisor’s promise to pay is supported by the promisee-minor’s legal detriment incurred by painting a garage (the promisor’s legal benefit in the form of a painted garage). The minor could choose to disaffirm the contract but the consideration is legally sufficient.
591
An S corporation may owe tax if, at the end of the tax year, the corporation had accumulated earnings and profits and taxable income, and if A. All of the answers are correct. B. Its passive investment income exceeds 25% of its gross receipts. C. Its tax preference items exceed 25% of its gross receipts. D. Its foreign source income exceeds 25% of its gross receipts.
B. Its passive investment income exceeds 25% of its gross receipts. Answer (B) is correct. If an S corporation has pre-S corporation earnings and profits (from the period it was a corporation) at the end of a tax year and its passive investment income is more than 25% of its gross receipts, the S corporation may be subject to a tax on excess net passive income.
592
Which of the following may qualify for exempt status under IRC 501(c)(3)? A. S-corp. shareholder. B. Individual. C. School. D. Partner.
C. School. Answer (C) is correct. Organizations formed and operated exclusively for religious, charitable, scientific, educational (e.g., schools), literary, or similar purposes are exempt organizations. No part of net earnings may inure to the benefit of any private shareholder or individual.
593
During 2017, its first year of operations, KAN Corporation had a loss from operations of $30,000 and short-term capital gains of $10,000. Included in the loss from operations was a net fire loss of $5,000. What is the amount of KAN’s net operating loss carryover from 2017? A. $15,000 B. $20,000 C. $25,000 D. $30,000
B. $20,000 Answer (B) is correct. A net operating loss may be carried back 2 years and forward 20 years. The net operating loss must be carried to the earliest taxable year to which such loss may be carried. Since 2017 is KAN’s first year of operation, the net operating loss will be carried forward 20 succeeding taxable years or until used up. The amount of the net operating loss carryover is the excess of deductions over gross income. The fire loss (included in the $30,000 loss) may be fully deducted since KAN is a corporation. KAN’s net operating loss carryover is Short-term capital gains $ 10,000 Loss from operations (30,000) Net operating loss carryover $(20,000)
594
On February 10, 2017, Ace Corp., a calendar-year corporation, elected S corporation status, and all shareholders consented to the election. There was no change in shareholders in 2017. Ace met all eligibility requirements for S status during the pre-election portion of the year. What is the earliest date on which Ace can be recognized as an S corporation? A. January 1, 2017. B. February 10, 2018. C. February 10, 2017. D. January 1, 2018.
A. January 1, 2017. Answer (A) is correct. The S corporation election is effective for the current tax year if it is made on or before March 15 for calendar-year corporations, subject to certain exceptions relating to ineligibility and complete consent. Since this election was made on February 10 and no exceptions applied, the election will be effective for the entire taxable year in which it was made.
595
In 2017, Acorn, Inc., had the following items of income and expense: Sales $500,000 Cost of sales 250,000 Dividends received 25,000 The dividends were received from a corporation of which Acorn owns 30%. In Acorn’s 2017 corporate income tax return, what amount should be reported as income before special deductions? A. $525,000 B. $250,000 C. $275,000 D. $505,000
C. $275,000 Answer (C) is correct. Income for tax purposes includes gross receipts net of cost of goods sold (COGS). A corporation is entitled to a special deduction from gross income for dividends received from a taxable domestic corporation. The amount of the deduction is based upon the value and the percentage of the voting stock of the distributing corporation owned by the recipient. Income before special deductions is $275,000 [($500,000 – $250,000) + $25,000].
596
The XYZ Limited Partnership has two general partners: Smith and Jones. A provision in the partnership agreement allows the removal of a general partner by a majority vote of the limited partners. The limited partners vote to remove Jones as a general partner. Which of the following statements is true? A. By voting to remove a general partner, the limited partners are presumed to exercise control of the business. B. Limited partners may participate in management decisions without limitation if this right is provided for in the limited partnership agreement. C. Limited partners may vote to remove a general partner without losing their status as limited partners. D. The limited partners are now liable to third parties for partnership obligations.
C. Limited partners may vote to remove a general partner without losing their status as limited partners. Answer (C) is correct. A limited partner is not liable to third parties for partnership obligations if the limited partner does not take part in the control of the business. The RULPA lists several activities in which a limited partner may engage without being considered in the control of the business, among them, voting on the removal of a general partner. Excessive involvement in the management of the business may constitute taking part in the control of the business. The result is liability to those parties who have knowledge of the limited partner’s participation in control or, if the limited partner is exercising the powers of a general partner, to all third parties.
597
Generally, which of the following contract rights are assignable? Option Malpractice Insurance Contract Rights Policy Rights A. No Yes B. Yes No C. Yes Yes D. No No
B. Yes No Answer (B) is correct. A party to a contract may generally transfer its rights under the contract to a third party. An option contract may be assigned. However, certain types of personal contracts cannot be assigned. A malpractice insurance contract may not be assigned if the contract prohibits the assignment or if the assignment would be against public policy because it may materially increase the risk of the obligor (insurance company).
598
Foreign income taxes paid by a corporation A. May be claimed either as a deduction or as a credit, at the option of the corporation. B. May be claimed only as a deduction. C. Do not qualify either as a deduction or as a credit. D. May be claimed only as a credit.
A. May be claimed either as a deduction or as a credit, at the option of the corporation. Answer (A) is correct. A deduction is allowed for foreign income taxes paid or accrued during the taxable year. Alternatively, both individual taxpayers and corporations may claim a Foreign Tax Credit on income earned and subject to tax in a foreign country or U.S. possession. One may not claim both the deduction and the credit.
599
Shiloh Corporation filed its 2017 Form 1120S on August 16, 2018. Shiloh is a calendar year taxpayer with 95 shareholders. What amount will Shiloh owe for failure to file on time? A. $114,000 B. $95,000 C. $1,000 D. $1,200
A. $114,000 Answer (A) is correct. Under Sec. 6699, a penalty is imposed on an S corporation for failure to file an S corporation return within 2 ½ months of the end of the tax year. The penalty is imposed in the amount of the number of persons who were shareholders during any part of the year multiplied by $200 for each of up to 12 months (including a portion of one) that the return was late. As a calendar year taxpayer, Shiloh's 1120S was due March 15, 2018. Counting whole and partial months, the return was 6 months late, making the penalty $114,000 (95 shareholders x $200 penalty x 6 months).
600
Jay Thrush, a wholesaler of television sets, contracted to sell 100 sets to Kara Kelly, a retailer. Kelly signed a security agreement with the 100 sets as collateral. The security agreement provided that Thrush’s security interest extended to the inventory, to any proceeds therefrom, and to the after-acquired inventory of Kelly. Thrush filed his security interest. Later, Kelly sold one of the sets to Myra Haynes who purchased with knowledge of Thrush’s perfected security interest. Haynes gave a note for the purchase price and signed a security agreement using the set as collateral. Kelly is now in default. Thrush can A. Not repossess the set from Haynes but is entitled to any payments Haynes makes to Kelly on her note. B. Repossess the set in Haynes’s possession because Haynes knew of Thrush’s perfected security interest at the time of purchase. C. Repossess the set because his perfection is first, and first in time is first in right. D. Repossess the set from Haynes because he has a purchase money security interest.
A. Not repossess the set from Haynes but is entitled to any payments Haynes makes to Kelly on her note. Answer (A) is correct. Assuming Haynes bought the goods (1) in good faith, (2) without knowledge that the sale was in violation of Thrush’s security interest, (3) in the ordinary course of business, and (4) from a person in the business of selling television sets (not a pawnbroker), she qualifies as a buyer in the ordinary course of business. She therefore takes free of the purchase money security interest in inventory given by Kelly even though it was perfected and she knew of its existence. However, the security interest continues in the proceeds, so Thrush may recover payments made by Haynes to Kelly. A perfected PMSI in inventory extends to identifiable cash proceeds received no later than the time of delivery to a buyer and to proceeds in the form of instruments, chattel paper (e.g., the note and security agreement), and the proceeds of chattel paper.
601
Gulde’s tax basis in Chyme Partnership was $26,000 at the time Gulde received a liquidating distribution of $12,000 cash and land with an adjusted basis to Chyme of $10,000 and a fair market value of $30,000. Chyme did not have unrealized receivables, appreciated inventory, or properties that had been contributed by its partners. What was the amount of Gulde’s basis in the land? A. $30,000 B. $0 C. $14,000 D. $10,000
C. $14,000 Answer (C) is correct. The distributee’s basis in (noncash) property received in a liquidating distribution is any excess of his or her AB in the partnership interest immediately before distribution over any amount of money received. Therefore, Gulde’s basis in the land is $14,000 ($26,000 basis – $12,000 cash received in distribution).
602
During 2017, Dowdy, a C corporation, realized a long-term capital gain of $8,000 from the sale of a tract of land, a short-term capital gain of $6,000 from the sale of stock of Ornery Corporation, and a long-term capital loss of $18,000 from the sale of U.S. government securities. What amount of the long-term capital loss may Dowdy deduct on its 2017 income tax return? A. $8,000 B. $14,000 C. $0 D. $18,000
B. $14,000 Answer (B) is correct. A corporation may deduct capital losses only to the extent of capital gains (without regard to whether they are short- or long-term). Therefore, Dowdy can deduct only $14,000 of its net long-term capital loss in the current year. The remaining $4,000 long-term capital loss will be carried back 3 years or carried over to the next year.
603
Jones, Smith, and Bay wanted to form a company called JSB Co. but were unsure about which type of entity would be most beneficial based on their concerns. They all desired the opportunity to make tax-free contributions and distributions when appropriate. They wanted earnings to accumulate tax-free. They did not want to be subject to personal holding company tax and did not want double taxation of income. Bay was going to be the only individual giving management advice to the company and wanted to be a member of JSB through his current company, Channel, Inc. Which of the following would be the most appropriate business structure to meet all of their concerns? A. Limited liability partnership. B. C corporation. C. Proprietorship. D. S corporation.
A. Limited liability partnership. Answer (A) is correct. An LLP is the most beneficial business entity. Contributions to a partnership are tax-free. The earnings are taxed when they are earned, whether distributed or not, and are not subject to personal holding company tax. In addition, unlike the earnings of a C corporation, which are taxed to the corporation and to recipients of its dividends, earnings of an LLP are not subject to double taxation. Furthermore, a corporation may be a partner in an LLP but not a shareholder in an S corporation.
604
What is the standard that must be established to prove a violation of the antifraud provisions of Rule 10b-5 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934? A. Criminal intent. B. Strict liability. C. Intentional misconduct. D. Negligence.
C. Intentional misconduct. Answer (C) is correct. Rule 10b-5 states that it is illegal for any person, directly or indirectly, to use the U.S. mail or any instrumentality of interstate commerce or a national securities exchange to defraud anyone in connection with the purchase or sale of any security. A plaintiff must prove each of the following: (1) a misstatement or omission of a material fact or other fraud; (2) its connection with any purchase or sale of securities; (3) the defendant’s intent to deceive, manipulate, or defraud; (4) reliance on the misstatement; and (5) loss caused by the reliance.
605
For what minimum period should working papers related to tax practice be retained by the independent CPA? A. For the period during which the entity remains a client of the independent CPA. B. For the period during which an auditor-client relationship exists but not more than 6 years. C. For the statutory period within which legal action may be brought against the independent CPA. D. For as long as the CPA is in public practice.
C. For the statutory period within which legal action may be brought against the independent CPA. Answer (C) is correct. Working papers should be retained by a CPA for a period sufficient to meet the needs of the CPA’s practice and to satisfy the relevant legal standards for records retention. State and federal statutes specify the period of time within which legal action must be initiated to hold a CPA liable, but the auditor may find it beneficial to retain working papers for a longer period. Under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, auditors of public companies must retain their working papers for at least 7 years. Furthermore, it is a crime for auditors of public companies to fail to maintain all audit or review working papers for at least 5 years.
606
DAC Foundation awarded Kent $75,000 in recognition of lifelong literary achievement. Kent was not required to render future services as a condition to receive the $75,000. What condition(s) must have been met for the award to be excluded from Kent’s gross income? Kent was selected for the award by DAC without any action on Kent’s part. Pursuant to Kent’s designation, DAC paid the amount of the award either to a governmental unit or to a charitable organization. A. Neither I nor II. B. II only. C. Both I and II. D. I only.
C. Both I and II. Answer (C) is correct. Prizes and awards made primarily in recognition of charitable, scientific, educational, etc., achievement are excluded from gross income only if the recipient was selected without any action on his or her part, is not required to render substantial future services as condition of receiving the prize or award, and assigns it to charity.
607
ParentCo, SubOne, and SubTwo have filed consolidated returns since their inception. The members reported the following taxable incomes (losses) for the year. ParentCo $50,000 SubOne (60,000) SubTwo (40,000) No member reported a capital gain or loss or charitable contributions. What is the amount of the consolidated net operating loss? A. $50,000 B. $0 C. $100,000 D. $30,000
A. $50,000 Answer (A) is correct. A single federal income tax return may be filed by two or more includible corporations that are members of an affiliated group. Certain items are consolidated separately (e.g., capital gain or loss, charitable contributions). However no member of this group reported any separately consolidated items, therefore the consolidated net operating loss is $50,000 ($50,000 ParentCo – $60,000 SubOne – $40,000 SubTwo), the sum of all three taxable incomes (losses) for the year.
608
Which of the following factors, by itself, requires a corporation to comply with the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934? A. Four hundred holders of equity securities. B. Shares listed on a national securities exchange. C. Six hundred employees. D. Total assets of $2 million.
``` B. Shares listed on a national securities exchange. Answer (B) is correct. The following must file periodic reports under the 1934 act: (1) national securities exchanges, (2) an issuer with more than $10 million in total gross assets and a class of equity securities with (a) at least 2,000 shareholders or (b) 500 who are not accredited investors, (3) an issuer whose securities are listed on a national exchange, and (4) an issuer that has registered under the 1933 act. These issuers must file annual (10-K), quarterly (10-Q), and material events (8-K) reports and send similar reports to shareholders. ```
609
Which of the following might create a potential liability for the accumulated earnings tax? A. Manufacturing corporation has retained earnings of $200,000. B. Corporation is in the process of expanding its facilities. C. Corporation is planning to redeem all the shares of one of its current shareholders. D. Corporation makes regular and substantial distributions to its shareholders.
C. Corporation is planning to redeem all the shares of one of its current shareholders. Answer (C) is correct. For a corporation to justify its accumulation of earnings, there must be evidence that the future needs of the business will require such an accumulation and that the corporation has specific and feasible plans for the use of the accumulation [Reg. 1.537-1(b)]. A plan to redeem the shares of a shareholder does not qualify as a reasonable need of a business because the tax was imposed to prevent earnings accumulation. However, a stock redemption plan that involves a deceased shareholder whose stock is included in his gross estate can qualify as a reasonable need [Sec. 537(a)(2)].
610
The holding period for determining long-term capital gains and losses is more than A. 12 months. B. 6 months. C. 9 months. D. 18 months.
A. 12 months. Answer (A) is correct. Under Sec. 1222, capital assets must be held for more than 1 year in order for the gain or loss on sale or exchange to be treated as long-term.
611
When a client accepts the services of an accountant without an agreement concerning payment, the result is A. An implied-in-law contract. B. An express contract. C. No contract. D. An implied-in-fact contract.
D. An implied-in-fact contract. Answer (D) is correct. Enforceable contracts may be formed without an express agreement of terms if the facts of the situation indicate (imply) an objective intent of both parties to contract. Objective intent means the apparent intent of an ordinary, reasonable person and not the actual (subjective) intent. When a client accepts the services of an accountant, an agreement to pay for them is implied. Because the facts indicate a contract was formed, it is an implied-in-fact contract.
612
Fact Pattern: Strong Corp. filed a voluntary petition in bankruptcy under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. A reorganization plan was filed and agreed to by all necessary parties. The plan was confirmed, and a final decree was entered. Which of the following parties ordinarily must confirm Strong Corp’s plan? One-half of the Two-thirds of the Secured Creditors Shareholders A. Yes Yes B. Yes No C. No No D. No Yes
C. No No Answer (C) is correct. Creditors and shareholders accept, not confirm plans of reorganization under Chapter 11. Confirmation is performed by the bankruptcy court. The holders of more than 50% of the creditors’ claims representing at least two-thirds of the dollar amount of the claims in a class must accept. A class of equity shareholders accepts the plan if holders of at least two-thirds in dollar amount of the interests approve the plan.
613
Under UCC Article 2, a seller will be entitled to recover the full contract price from the buyer when the A. Goods are destroyed while risk of loss is with the buyer. B. Buyer rejects some of the goods. C. Goods are destroyed after title passed to the buyer. D. Buyer revokes its acceptance of the goods.
A. Goods are destroyed while risk of loss is with the buyer. Answer (A) is correct. A seller may be entitled to recover the full contract price for conforming goods lost or damaged after risk of their loss has passed to the buyer.
614
Wurke, Inc., manufactures and sells household appliances on credit directly to wholesalers, retailers, and consumers. Wurke can perfect its security interest in the appliances without having to file a financing statement or take possession of the appliances if the sale is made by Wurke to A. Wholesalers that then sell to buyers in the ordinary course of business. B. Retailers. C. Wholesalers that then sell to distributors for resale. D. Consumers.
D. Consumers. Answer (D) is correct. A purchase money security interest (PMSI) is created when the security interest secures payment of the purchase price of the collateral. The appliances are consumer goods when they are purchased by consumers (for personal, family, or household purposes). A PMSI in consumer goods, other than those subject to certain statutes or treaties (e.g., a certificate-of-title statute), is perfected upon attachment.
615
To satisfy the UCC statute of frauds regarding the sale of goods, which of the following must generally be in writing? A. Delivery terms. B. Warranties to be made. C. Quantity of the goods. D. Designation of the parties as buyer and seller.
C. Quantity of the goods. Answer (C) is correct. A writing is usually sufficient if it indicates that a contract for sale was made between the parties and is signed by the party sought to be bound or by his or her authorized agent or broker. A writing is also usually sufficient even if it omits or misstates a term, but it is not enforceable beyond the quantity shown. Thus, the quantity term must be included in a writing.
616
Certain contracts have absolutely no effect and are not recognized under law. If two or more parties enter into such an agreement, it is A. Valid. B. Unenforceable. C. Voidable. D. Void.
D. Void. Answer (D) is correct. Contracts that are of no effect and not recognized under law are void. Neither party has a legal obligation to the other based on the contract. The parties may go through with their performance, but the law provides no remedy for a breach.
617
Voluntary bankruptcy proceedings under the liquidation provisions are popular with debtors. Bankruptcy law as amended A. Increases the amount of exempt property. B. Accepts solvency in the equity sense as the criterion for determining bankruptcy status. C. Increases availability and eases filing. D. Reduces the number of creditors necessary for filing.
A. Increases the amount of exempt property. Answer (A) is correct. Amounts in the federal bankruptcy statute are indexed to inflation. They are adjusted every three years. For example, for cases filed after April 1, 2016, the federal exemptions include $23,675 equity in a residence or burial plot; $3,775 equity in a motor vehicle; $12,625 in household furnishings, appliances, clothing, and the like (up to $600 per item); $1,000 worth of jewelry; $1,250 of other property plus the unused portion of the residential equity exemption up to $11,850; $2,375 worth of tools; alimony and child support payments, Social Security and disability benefits, and others. The federal law permits the debtor to choose between federal or state exemptions, but it also allows a state to limit its citizens to use of the state exemptions. The majority of states have done so.
618
Income in respect of a cash-basis decedent A. Covers income earned before the taxpayer’s death but not collected until after death. B. Receives a stepped-up basis in the decedent’s estate. C. Must be included in the decedent’s final income tax return. D. Cannot receive capital gain treatment.
A. Covers income earned before the taxpayer’s death but not collected until after death. Answer (A) is correct. IRD includes those amounts to which a decedent was entitled as gross income but that were not includible in computing taxable income on his final return. For cash-basis taxpayers, IRD is income earned by the decedent before death, but not paid until after death. A common example of IRD is salary earned by an employee prior to death but not paid by the employer until after death.
619
Jenny Corporation (an S corporation) is owned entirely by Craig. At the beginning of 2017, Craig’s adjusted basis in his Jenny Corporation stock was $20,000. Jenny reported ordinary income of $5,000 and a capital loss of $10,000. Craig received a cash distribution of $35,000 in November 2017. What is Craig’s gain from the distribution? A. $20,000 B. $0 C. $35,000 D. $10,000
D. $10,000 Answer (D) is correct. The basis is increased by the ordinary income to $25,000. The $35,000 distribution is taken next and, since it exceeds the basis, there is a $10,000 gain. The capital loss is nondeductible because there is no basis left after the deduction from the distribution for Craig and it is carried over.
620
Earl Cook, who worked as a machinist for Precision Corp., lent Precision $1,000 in Year 1. Cook did not own any of Precision’s stock, and the loan was not a condition of employment. In Year 5, Precision declared bankruptcy, and Cook’s note receivable from Precision became worthless. What loss can Cook claim on his Year 5 income tax return? A. $500 long-term capital loss. B. $0 C. $1,000 short-term capital loss. D. $1,000 business bad debt.
C. $1,000 short-term capital loss. Answer (C) is correct. When a nonbusiness bad debt becomes worthless, the loss that results is treated as a short-term capital loss. A nonbusiness bad debt is one that arises other than in connection with a trade or business of the taxpayer.
621
Under the Secured Transactions Article of the UCC, which of the following requirements is necessary to have a security interest attach? Debtor Has Proper Filing Value Given Rights in the of a Security by the Collateral Agreement Creditor A. Yes No Yes B. No Yes Yes C. Yes Yes Yes D. Yes Yes No
A. Yes No Yes Answer (A) is correct. Attachment occurs when the security interest is enforceable against the debtor with regard to the collateral, barring an express agreement postponing attachment. The security interest is enforceable against the debtor and third parties when (1) value has been given by the secured party, (2) the debtor has rights in the collateral or can transfer them to the secured party, and (3) the debtor has authenticated a security agreement describing the collateral or other evidence of authentication exists (e.g., the secured party has possession of the collateral). Filing is relevant to perfection, not attachment.
622
Under the Sales Article of the UCC, most goods sold by merchants are covered by certain warranties. An example of an express warranty is a warranty of A. Fitness for a particular purpose. B. Merchantability. C. Usage of trade. D. Conformity of goods to the sample.
D. Conformity of goods to the sample. Answer (D) is correct. Any statement of fact or promise made by a seller to the buyer that (1) relates to the goods and (2) becomes part of the basis of the bargain is an express warranty that the goods conform to the statement or promise. Express warranties also may be created by description, model, or sample. A sample that is part of the basis of the bargain is an express warranty that the goods conform to the sample.
623
The self-employment tax is A. Fully deductible in determining net income from self-employment. B. Partially deductible from gross income in arriving at adjusted gross income. C. Not deductible. D. Fully deductible as an itemized deduction.
B. Partially deductible from gross income in arriving at adjusted gross income. Answer (B) is correct. To arrive at AGI, a self-employed person is allowed a deduction for the employer’s portion of the self-employment tax paid. This is an above-the-line deduction.
624
Sand Corp. sold and delivered a photocopier to Barr for use in Barr’s business. According to their agreement, Barr may return the copier within 30 days. During the 30-day period, if Barr has not returned the copier or indicated acceptance of it, which of the following statements is true with respect to risk of loss and title? A. Risk of loss remains with Sand, but title passes to Barr. B. Risk of loss and title remain with Sand. C. Risk of loss and title passes to Barr. D. Risk of loss passes to Barr, but title remains with Sand.
B. Risk of loss and title remain with Sand. Answer (B) is correct. In a sale on approval, title and risk of loss do not pass to the buyer until acceptance. Acceptance may be express or implied, i.e., by acts or inaction. A sale is on approval if the goods are delivered to the buyer with an understanding that (s)he may test them for the purpose of determining if (s)he wishes to purchase them and may be returned by the buyer without breaching the contract even though they conform to the contract. Normally, the goods are primarily for the use of the buyer. If the goods are delivered primarily for resale, the transaction is a sale or return, and risk of loss and title pass to the buyer in accordance with the particular delivery situation.
625
Which one of the following will result in an accruable expense for an accrual-basis taxpayer? A. A repair completed prior to year end but not invoiced. B. A repair completed prior to year end and paid upon completion. C. An invoice dated prior to year end but the repair completed after year end. D. A signed contract for repair work to be done and the work is to be completed at a later date.
A. A repair completed prior to year end but not invoiced. Answer (A) is correct. The accrual-method taxpayer may claim an allowable deduction when all events have occurred that establish the fact of the liability (including that economic performance has occurred), and the amount can be determined with reasonable accuracy. Economic performance occurs as services are performed or as property is provided or used. A repair completed prior to year end but not paid is an accrued expense.
626
Under Chapter 11 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code, which of the following actions is necessary before the court may confirm a reorganization plan? A. Appointment of a trustee. B. Acceptance of the plan by all classes of claimants. C. Preparation of a contingent plan of liquidation. D. Provision for full payment of administration expenses.
D. Provision for full payment of administration expenses. Answer (D) is correct. The debtor generally has the exclusive right to file a reorganization plan during the 120 days after the order of relief. To be effective, the plan must be confirmed by the bankruptcy court. The plan must provide for full payment of administration expenses.
627
Razor Corp. agreed to purchase 100 mixers from Home Suppliers, Inc. Home is a wholesaler of small home appliances, and Razor is an appliance retailer. The contract required Home to ship the mixers to Razor by common carrier, “FOB Home Suppliers, Inc. Loading Dock.” Under Article 2 of the UCC A. Razor must inspect the mixers at the time of delivery or waive any defects and the right to sue for breach of contract. B. Home must pay the freight expense associated with the shipment of the mixers to Razor. C. Title to the mixers passes to Razor at the time they are delivered to the carrier, even if the goods are nonconforming. D. Razor would have the right to reject any shipment if Home fails to notify Razor that the goods have been shipped.
C. Title to the mixers passes to Razor at the time they are delivered to the carrier, even if the goods are nonconforming. Answer (C) is correct. Unless otherwise explicitly agreed upon, title passes to the buyer when the seller completes performance of physical delivery of the goods. The shipping point was the seller’s loading dock. Thus, the contract is a shipment contract. The seller’s performance obligation is to deliver the goods to the place of shipment. If the buyer rejects, with or without justification, title reverts to the seller by operation of law.
628
George and Martha are equal partners in G&M Partnership. At the beginning of the current tax year, the adjusted basis of George’s partnership interest was $32,500, which included his share of $40,000 of partnership liabilities. During the tax year, the following information applied to G&M: Operating loss $30,000 Interest and dividend income 8,000 Partnership liabilities at end of year 24,000 What was the basis of George’s partnership interest at year end? A. $29,500 B. $21,500 C. $43,500 D. $13,500
D. $13,500 Answer (D) is correct. The basis of a partner’s interest in a partnership is adjusted each year for subsequent contributions of capital, partnership taxable income (loss), separately stated items, variations in the partner’s share of partnership liabilities, and distributions from the partnership to the partner. The operating loss and the decrease in allocable share of partnership liabilities will reduce George’s partnership interest, and the interest and dividend income will increase George’s partnership interest as follows: Beginning basis in partnership $32,500 Less: 50% of operating loss (15,000) 50% of interest and dividend income 4,000 Less: 50% of decrease in allocable share of partnership liabilities [50% × ($40,000 beginning liabilities – $24,000 ending liabilities)] (8,000) George’s partnership interest at year end $13,500
629
Which of the following actions between a debtor and its creditors will generally cause the debtor’s release from its debts? Assignment for the Composition Benefit of Creditors A. No No B. No Yes C. Yes Yes D. Yes No
D. Yes No Answer (D) is correct. Compositions and assignments are alternatives to bankruptcy. However, only a composition will ordinarily result in a debtor’s release. An assignment for the benefit of creditors allows for the discharge of debts only to the extent that actual payments are made to creditors by the trustee. It does not act as a full release of the debt. A composition is a contractual agreement in which creditors agree to accept less than the total amount of debt owed in full satisfaction of the debt.
630
A guaranteed payment by a partnership to a partner for services rendered may include an agreement to pay A salary of $5,000 monthly without regard to partnership income A 25% interest in partnership profits A. II only. B. Neither I nor II. C. Both I and II. D. I only.
D. I only. Answer (D) is correct. A guaranteed payment is a payment to a partner that is determined without regard to the partnership income. These payments can be in addition to regular profit shares and are deductible by the partnership.
631
Stan is the personal representative of his brother Bruce, who died June 30, 2017. Stan has obtained an identification number for Bruce’s estate and has notified the IRS on Form 56 that he has been appointed executor. He has filed his brother’s final return for 2017 and has the following information regarding Bruce’s remaining estate. What will be the taxable income of the estate? Unpaid salary not received by Bruce before he died $ 6,000 Dividend check on XYZ stock received August 15, 2017 600 Form 1099 interest earned on savings after death 2,000 Sales price of coin collection sold to unrelated person 10,000 Value of the coins at the date of death 9,000 Attorney’s fees for administration of the estate 1,000 A. $18,600 B. $9,600 C. None of the answers are correct. D. $9,000
D. $9,000 Answer (D) is correct. Administration expenses (and debts of a decedent) are deductible on the estate tax return, and some may also qualify as deductions for income tax purposes on the estate’s income tax return. Sec 642(g), however, disallows a double deduction and requires a waiver of the right to deduct them on Form 706 in order to claim them on Form 1041. Therefore, the attorney’s fees for administration of the estate cannot be deducted on the estate return since it is not stated that a waiver was filed. The income earned by the decedent but taxable to the estate is calculated as follows: Unpaid salary $6,000 Gain on sale of coins 1,000 Dividend income 600 Interest income 2,000 Less: Exemption deduction (600) Estate’s taxable income $9,000
632
Chester is preparing the estate tax return, Form 706, for his deceased brother John. John died December 15, 2017. Which of the following will not be included in John’s gross estate? A. Land that John had signed a contract to sell, but the sale of which was not completed. B. Property jointly owned by John and his spouse. C. Real estate that will be passed to John when his parents die. D. Stocks and bonds owned by John at his death.
C. Real estate that will be passed to John when his parents die. Answer (C) is correct. A decedent’s gross estate includes the FMV of all property, real or personal, tangible or intangible, wherever situated, to the extent the decedent owned a beneficial interest at the time of death. Special tax-avoidance rules are established for U.S. citizens or residents who surrender their U.S. citizenship or long-term U.S. residency. Included in the GE are items such as cash, personal residence and effects, securities, other investments (e.g., real estate, collector items), other personal assets such as notes and claims (e.g., dividends declared prior to death if the record date had passed), and business interests (e.g., in a sole proprietorship, partnership interest). The GE includes the value of the surviving spouse’s interest in property as dower or curtesy. John does not own the real estate at his death.
633
The basis of property received in exchange for service is determined by which of the following? A. The fair market value of the property received. B. The value of the services rendered. C. None of the answers are correct. D. The basis of the property received.
A. The fair market value of the property received. Answer (A) is correct. The receipt of property for services provided is a taxable transaction. Accordingly, the fair market value of the property must be included in gross income as compensation, and the basis of the property will be its fair market value.
634
With regard to a prior perfected security interest in goods for which a financing statement has been filed, which of the following parties is most likely to have a superior interest in the same collateral? A. A subsequent buyer of consumer goods who purchased the goods from another consumer. B. A buyer of goods in the ordinary course of business. C. Lien creditors of the debtor. D. The trustee in bankruptcy of the debtor.
B. A buyer of goods in the ordinary course of business. Answer (B) is correct. A buyer in the ordinary course of business, other than a buyer of farm products from a farmer, takes the goods free of any security interest created by the seller. This right is extended to the buyer regardless of whether (1) the security interest is perfected or (2) the buyer knows of its existence. A buyer of goods in the ordinary course of business buys (1) in the ordinary course, (2) from a person in the business of selling goods of that kind, (3) in good faith, and (4) without knowledge that the sale violates a third party’s rights.
635
In the current year, Joe Green purchased XYZ Corporation’s 10-year, 10% bonds at original issue for $12,000. The bonds had a stated redemption price of $15,000. How much original issue discount must Green include in gross income in the current year assuming a current market yield for bonds of similar quality of 14%? A. $3,180 B. $300 C. $120 D. $180
D. $180 Answer (D) is correct. For original issue discount bonds issued after July 1, 1982, Sec. 1272(a) requires the inclusion in gross income of an amount equal to the sum of the daily portions of the original issue discount for each day during the taxable year the instrument is held. The daily portions are determined under Sec. 1272(a)(3) as the ratable portion of the excess of the product of the bond’s yield to maturity and its adjusted issue price over the interest payable for the bond year. The adjusted issue price is the original issue price adjusted for the original issue discount previously taken into income (which is zero in the current year). Yield times adjusted issue price ($12,000 × 14%) $ 1,680 Less interest payable ($15,000 × 10%) (1,500) Ratable portion (entire year) $ 180
636
A state homestead exemption ordinarily could exempt a debtor’s equity in certain property from post-judgment collection by a creditor. To which of the following creditors will this exemption apply? Valid Home Valid IRS Mortgage Lien Tax Lien A. Yes No B. No No C. No Yes D. Yes Yes
B. No No Answer (B) is correct. State homestead exemption acts ordinarily exempt a debtor’s equity in his or her home from post-judgment collections by a creditor. However, these acts generally do not apply to a holder of a valid mortgage against the home or a valid IRS tax lien.
637
Vernon receives a truck from Berry Trucking Company as a distribution in complete liquidation. Vernon’s basis in the stock of Berry Trucking Company is $2,000. The fair market value of the truck on the date of the distribution is $30,000. There is a $15,000 loan on the truck, which Vernon assumed. What is the basis of the truck to Vernon? A. $28,000 B. $13,000 C. $15,000 D. $30,000
D. $30,000 Answer (D) is correct. If a shareholder assumes a liability of the liquidating corporation or receives property that is subject to a liability, then the liability reduces the amount realized by the shareholder, thus reducing the shareholder’s gain or increasing the shareholder’s loss. Nevertheless, the shareholder’s basis for the property is the property’s fair market value, in this case $30,000.
638
Perfection of a security interest in a fixture usually requires A. No filing if the secured party has a purchase money security interest. B. Filing in both the personal property and real estate records. C. Filing of a financing statement in the office where a mortgage on the real estate would be recorded. D. Filing in the office where financing statements covering other kinds of goods are recorded.
C. Filing of a financing statement in the office where a mortgage on the real estate would be recorded. Answer (C) is correct. A fixture filing is usually required to obtain priority over conflicting interests in fixtures. A fixture filing is not necessary for certain readily removable items. In addition to meeting the basic requirements for any financing statement, a fixture filing must (1) indicate that it covers fixtures and that it is to be filed in the real property records, (2) sufficiently describe the real property, and (3) provide the name of the record owner if the debtor has no recorded interest in the real property.
639
A requirement of a private action to recover damages for violation of the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 is that A. The plaintiff acquired the securities in question. B. The securities were purchased from an underwriter. C. The issuer or other defendants committed either negligence or fraud in the sale of the securities. D. A registration statement was filed.
``` A. The plaintiff acquired the securities in question. Answer (A) is correct. Section 12(a)(1) of the Securities Act of 1933 permits a civil action by an acquirer of securities if (1) the required registration was not made, (2) a registered security was sold but a prospectus was not delivered, (3) a security was sold using a prospectus that was not current, or (4) an offer to sell was made before a required registration. Section 11 allows an acquirer to sue for misstatements or omissions of material facts in the registration statement. ```
640
Green entered into an oral agency agreement to purchase real estate on behalf of Smith. Subsequently, Green entered into a written contract to buy land from Davis without disclosing the relationship with Smith. Which of the following is Smith’s best legal defense if Smith does not want the land? A. Green failed to disclose Smith’s relationship as principal. B. Green failed to get Smith’s consent before entering into the contract with Davis. C. Green’s act was a misrepresentation of Green’s express authority. D. Green failed to get the agency agreement in writing.
D. Green failed to get the agency agreement in writing. Answer (D) is correct. Formalities, such as a writing, are not required to form an agency relationship. But some states require an agency to be in writing if the contract involves a sale of land. Also, many states apply the equal dignity rule. In these states, an agency must be in writing if the agent is to enter into a contract required to be in writing. Accordingly, the agency agreement most likely needs to be in writing because an agreement to transfer an interest in land is required to be in writing.
641
All of the following statements about trusts are true except A. The income distributed to the beneficiary retains the same character as that earned by the trust. B. The income distribution deduction is the greater of distributable net income or net accounting income. C. The net distributable income of a simple trust excludes capital gains distributions that are allocable to corpus under the terms of the governing instrument and applicable local law. D. All of the taxable income that is not taxed to the beneficiaries is taxed to the trust.
B. The income distribution deduction is the greater of distributable net income or net accounting income. Answer (B) is correct. The deduction for distributions allocates taxable income of a trust or an estate (gross of distributions) between the fiduciary and its beneficiaries. The deduction is the lesser of the amount of the distributions (required) or distributable net income (DNI). DNI, generally, is current net accounting income of the fiduciary reduced by any amounts allocated to principal.
642
A party contracts to guarantee the collection of the debts of another. As a result of the guaranty, which of the following statements is true? A. The guarantor may use any defenses available to the debtor. B. The creditor may proceed against the guarantor without attempting to collect from the debtor. C. The creditor must be notified of the debtor’s default by the guarantor. D. The guaranty must be in writing.
D. The guaranty must be in writing. Answer (D) is correct. A person who guarantees payment without qualification must pay upon default. A guarantor of collection guarantees the debt on condition that the creditor first use ordinary legal means to collect. Surety and guaranty arrangements that are secondary promises are within the statute of frauds and must be in writing.
643
Grandma and Grandpa Generous had many children, but they have only one grandchild, Harold. Grandma and Grandpa would like to give him a gift of $5.49 million. Upon the transfer to Harold, for which of the following taxes will Grandma and Grandpa Generous have a current liability? Assume Grandma and Grandpa have exhausted their lifetime gift tax exemption. Gift Tax GSTT A. No Yes B. Yes Yes C. No No D. Yes No
D. Yes No Answer (D) is correct. Since Harold is a skip person to Grandma and Grandpa, the transfer is subject to the generation-skipping transfer tax (GSTT). However, each individual is allowed a $5.49 million exemption that (s)he may allocate to generation-skipping transfer property. Gift-splitting rules apply, so Grandma and Grandpa may effectively transfer $10.98 million to Harold without incurring a current GSTT liability. Even if Grandma and Grandpa also apply gift-splitting rules to their gift tax exemptions, their combined yearly exemption will amount to only $28,000. Therefore, a gift tax liability will exist as a result of the transfer.
644
Which is the true statement about the rights of the debtor and the secured party after default? A. The secured party may retain or dispose of the collateral at his or her discretion. B. If the security interest secured an indebtedness, the debtor has an absolute responsibility to pay any deficiency remaining following disposition. C. The secured party has no general right to repossess the collateral except in the case of consumer goods. D. If the debtor has paid 50% of the debt in the case of consumer goods, disposition is mandatory unless the debtor renounces his or her rights.
B. If the security interest secured an indebtedness, the debtor has an absolute responsibility to pay any deficiency remaining following disposition. Answer (B) is correct. The secured party may dispose of collateral at a public or private proceeding if the disposition is commercially reasonable. Proceeds are applied to reasonable sale expenses, the secured debt, and subordinate secured debt. If proceeds are insufficient, the creditor may seek a deficiency judgment against a debtor for the balance owed.
645
Sanders Corporation purchased a $1 million 10-year debenture for $1.2 million on January 1, 2010. In 2017, how much amortization of bond premium must Sanders report on its 2017 income tax return from purchase of this bond? A. $200,000 B. $0 C. $20,000 D. $240,000
C. $20,000 Answer (C) is correct. In the case of a bond, the amount of amortizable bond premium for the taxable year shall be allowed as a reduction of interest income. The amount is amortized over the life of the bond. Thus, Sanders must report $20,000 [($1,200,000 – $1,000,000) ÷ 10].
646
Suggs Company agreed to sell certain goods to Barr Corporation pursuant to a written contract. No shipment or delivery date was specified in the contract. Based on these facts, A. The time for shipment is within a reasonable time. B. The time for shipment is within 3 months. C. The contract fails for indefiniteness. D. The time for shipment must be agreed upon.
A. The time for shipment is within a reasonable time. Answer (A) is correct. The time for shipment or delivery is a reasonable time if the parties have not specified a time. Also, the UCC provides for a single shipment of the goods if the contract does not specify otherwise. These provisions reflect the UCC’s policy to find a valid contract if the parties so intended and a reasonable basis for a remedy exists.
647
Under the UCC Sales Article, the implied warranty of merchantability A. Is breached if the goods are not fit for all purposes for which the buyer intends to use the goods. B. Must be part of the basis of the bargain to be binding on the seller. C. Arises only in contracts involving a merchant seller and a merchant buyer. D. May be disclaimed by a seller’s oral statement that mentions merchantability.
D. May be disclaimed by a seller’s oral statement that mentions merchantability. Answer (D) is correct. Unless the circumstances indicate otherwise, all implied warranties are excluded by the expressions “as is,” “with all faults,” or other language that (1) calls the buyer’s attention to the exclusion of warranties and (2) makes plain that no warranty is implied. A disclaimer of the implied warranty of merchantability must mention merchantability and be conspicuous if in writing. Thus, a disclaimer of the implied warranty of merchantability may be oral.
648
Green was unable to repay a loan from State Bank when due. State refused to renew the loan unless Green provided an acceptable surety. Green asked Royal, a friend, to act as surety on the loan. To induce Royal to agree to become a surety, Green fraudulently represented Green’s financial condition and promised Royal discounts on merchandise sold at Green’s store. Royal agreed to act as surety, and the loan was renewed. Later, Green’s obligation to State was discharged in Green’s bankruptcy. State wants to hold Royal liable. Royal may avoid liability A. If Royal can show that State was aware of the fraudulent representations.B. Because the arrangement was void at the inception. C. Because the discharge in bankruptcy will prevent Royal from having a right of reimbursement. D. If Royal was an uncompensated surety.
A. If Royal can show that State was aware of the fraudulent representations. Answer (A) is correct. A debtor’s fraudulent misrepresentation of his or her financial condition at the time of contract is a material fact that the creditor has a duty to disclose to the surety. If State knew of Green’s fraud and did not inform Royal, the nondisclosure is a form of fraud against the surety by the creditor. If State had been unaware of the fraud, Royal would be required to repay the loan.
649
Which of the following is a false statement about priority under UCC Article 9? A. A purchase money security interest in collateral other than inventory or livestock prevails over a prior perfected security interest if the PMSI is perfected when the debtor takes possession or within 20 days afterward. B. A lien arising by operation of law subsequent to the perfection of any security interest will be subordinate to the earlier perfected security interest because of the first-in-time, first-in-priority rule. C. A security interest in fixtures has priority over any earlier recorded real estate interest if it is a purchase money security interest perfected by fixture filing within 20 days after the goods become fixtures. D. A purchase money security interest in inventory has priority over a security interest in the same collateral perfected after the debtor took possession if (1) the PMSI is perfected when the debtor receives possession and (2) the secured party sends an authenticated notice to any prior secured party before the debtor receives the inventory.
B. A lien arising by operation of law subsequent to the perfection of any security interest will be subordinate to the earlier perfected security interest because of the first-in-time, first-in-priority rule. Answer (B) is correct. A person who in the ordinary course of business furnishes services or materials with respect to goods may receive a common law or statutory lien to secure payment if the goods are in the person’s possession. The UCC describes this lien as a possessory lien. Such a person has priority over a security interest in the goods (whether or not perfected) unless the lien is statutory and the statute expressly provides otherwise.
650
Filing a valid petition in bankruptcy acts as an automatic stay of actions to Garnish the Collect Alimony Debtor’s Wages from the Debtor A. No Yes B. Yes Yes C. No No D. Yes No
D. Yes No Answer (D) is correct. The filing of a valid petition in bankruptcy automatically postpones certain actions and proceedings that involve the debtor or his or her property. This automatic stay operates to give the debtor protection from creditors. Actions and proceedings not covered by the automatic stay include criminal prosecution of the debtor, collection of child support, and collection of alimony.
651
Under Article 2 of the UCC and unless otherwise agreed to, the seller’s obligation to the buyer is to A. Deliver all goods called for in the contract to a common carrier. B. Deliver the goods to the buyer’s place of business. C. Hold conforming goods and give the buyer whatever notification is reasonably necessary to enable the buyer to take delivery. D. Set aside conforming goods for inspection by the buyer before delivery.
C. Hold conforming goods and give the buyer whatever notification is reasonably necessary to enable the buyer to take delivery. Answer (C) is correct. The seller must transfer and deliver the goods, and the buyer must accept and pay the price in accordance with the contract. If the goods or the seller’s tender of delivery fail to conform to the contract in any respect, the buyer may reject the goods or the tender. In noncarrier situations, the seller must put and hold conforming goods at the buyer’s disposition for a time sufficient for the buyer to take possession. The tender must be at a reasonable hour, and the seller must give notice to enable the buyer to take possession.
652
Which of the following defenses would a surety be able to assert successfully to limit the surety’s liability to a creditor? A. A personal defense the principal debtor has against the creditor. B. The incapacity of the principal debtor. C. The incapacity of the surety. D. A discharge in bankruptcy of the principal debtor.
C. The incapacity of the surety. Answer (C) is correct. The surety may assert a defense personal to the surety to limit his or her liability to a creditor. The surety may use the defense of incapacity of the surety to avoid liability to the principal debtor’s creditor.
653
When collateral covered under the Secured Transactions Article of the UCC is in the secured party’s possession, A. The risk of accidental loss is on the debtor to the extent of any deficiency in any effective insurance coverage. B. Reasonable expenses incurred to preserve the collateral are chargeable to the secured party. C. The secured party will lose his or her security interest if (s)he commingles fungible collateral. D. The secured party may not operate the collateral.
A. The risk of accidental loss is on the debtor to the extent of any deficiency in any effective insurance coverage. Answer (A) is correct. In most cases, a secured party in possession of the collateral must use reasonable care in its custody and preservation. However, Article 9 states that “the risk of accidental loss or damage is on the debtor to the extent of a deficiency in any effective insurance coverage.”
654
After serving as an active director of Lee Corp. for 20 years, Ryan was appointed an honorary director with the obligation to attend directors’ meetings with no voting power. In the current year, Ryan received an honorary director’s fee of $5,000. This fee is A. Reportable by Lee as employee compensation subject to Social Security tax. B. Reportable by Ryan as self-employment income subject to Social Security self-employment tax. C. Considered to be a gift not subject to Social Security self-employment or income tax. D. Taxable as “other income” by Ryan, not subject to any Social Security tax.
B. Reportable by Ryan as self-employment income subject to Social Security self-employment tax. Answer (B) is correct. A person is not an employee of a corporation when acting as a director. However, fees for acting as a director are treated as earnings from self-employment, subject to both income tax and Social Security self-employment tax.
655
Which of the following is not a requirement for a distribution to be treated as a partial liquidation of a corporation? A. The distribution is pursuant to a plan and occurs within the taxable year in which the plan is adopted or within the succeeding taxable year. B. The distribution is not essentially equivalent to a dividend, which is determined at the shareholder level rather than at the corporate level. C. The distribution is attributable to the distributing corporation’s ceasing to conduct a qualifying trade or business that was actively conducted throughout the 5-year period ending on the date of the redemption. D. All of the answers would be treated as a distribution in partial liquidation of a corporation.
B. The distribution is not essentially equivalent to a dividend, which is determined at the shareholder level rather than at the corporate level. Answer (B) is correct. The determination of whether a distribution is not essentially equivalent to a dividend is made at the corporate level. The distribution must be the result of a bona fide contraction of the corporation’s business. A distribution satisfies the “not essentially equivalent to a dividend” standard if it meets the safe harbor rule under Sec. 302(e)(2).
656
XYZ, a calendar-year corporation, had accumulated earnings and profits of $5,000 as of January 1, 2017. XYZ’s earnings and profits for 2017 were $8,000. During 2017, XYZ distributed one stock right for each of the 10,000 outstanding shares of its only class of stock. The fair market value of each stock right was $15. The corporation gave shareholders the option of receiving the stock rights or cash. No other dividends were paid in 2017. Ms. Y is a 10% shareholder and elects to receive the stock rights. What is the amount of the distribution that is includible in Ms. Y’s 2017 gross income? A. $15,000 B. $0 C. $13,000 D. $1,300
D. $1,300 Answer (D) is correct. When a shareholder has the option of receiving either stock rights or cash, the entire amount of the distribution received by the shareholder will be treated as a taxable dividend under Sec. 305(b)(1). Section 316(a) defines a dividend as a distribution made from current and accumulated earnings and profits. The amount by which the distribution exceeds current and accumulated earnings and profits shall be treated as a return of capital and will reduce the shareholder’s basis in the stock. XYZ’s total distribution is $150,000 (10,000 shares × $15). The amount considered a dividend would be $13,000 ($8,000 + $5,000), and the remaining $137,000 would be a return of capital. The total amount taxable to Ms. Y would be $1,300 ($13,000 × 10%). Accordingly, Ms. Y would reduce the basis in her 1,000 shares of stock by $13,700 (1,000 shares × $15 per share – $1,300 dividend). Any excess of the $13,700 over Ms. Y’s basis is a capital gain.
657
Which of the following are organizational costs? A. Deductible research and experimental costs; set-up accounting services. B. Legal services for drafting the charter; cost of organizational meetings. C. Advertisements for the opening of business; state incorporation fees. D. Expenses of temporary directors; a survey of potential markets.
B. Legal services for drafting the charter; cost of organizational meetings. Answer (B) is correct. Organizational expenditures include those that are incidental to the creation of a corporation, chargeable to a capital account, and amortizable over a limited life if they are expended incident to the creation of a corporation with such a life. Examples of organizational expenditures include expenses to obtain the corporate charter, fees paid to the state of incorporation, and expenses of temporary directors. Organization costs must be distinguished from start-up and investigation costs.
658
The Jacksons, who file a joint return, actively participate in a solely-owned rental real estate activity that produces a $30,000 loss during the current year. Their adjusted gross income was $120,000 before considering the rental activity. How much of the rental loss, if any, are the Jacksons entitled to deduct? A. $25,000 B. $0 C. $15,000 D. $30,000
C. $15,000 Answer (C) is correct. Generally, an active participant in rental real estate may deduct up to $25,000 per year in rental real estate losses. For taxpayers whose MAGI exceeds $100,000, the amount of the active real estate loss deduction is reduced for 50% of the excess of MAGI over $100,000. For the Jacksons, this means the currently deductible portion of real estate losses is $15,000 {$25,000 – [($120,000 MAGI – $100,000 base amount) × 50% limitation]}.
659
Tracy, an owner of an S corporation, has beginning basis of $13,000 in stock of the S corporation. During the year, Tracy contributed an additional $4,000 to partially offset the share of the S corporation’s net operating loss, which was $7,000 for this year. At the beginning of the year, Tracy received a $1,000 distribution from the S corporation. What was Tracy’s basis at year end in the S corporation stock? A. $11,000 B. $15,000 C. $17,000 D. $9,000
D. $9,000 Answer (D) is correct. Tracy’s basis at year end in the S corporation stock is $9,000 ($13,000 beginning balance + $4,000 contribution – $7,000 share of the net operating loss – $1,000 distribution).
660
Partnership P has an operating loss of $10,000 for the year. Partner A had a 50% interest in the partnership, with a basis of $5,000 at the beginning of the year. P distributed $2,000 to A during the year. What amount of loss is deductible by A? A. $3,000 B. $7,000 C. $5,000 D. $2,000
A. $3,000 Answer (A) is correct. A partner is allowed to deduct the pro rata share of the partnership’s ordinary loss only to the extent of his or her basis in the partnership. Partner A’s pro rata share of the $10,000 loss is $5,000 (50%) and A’s basis is $3,000 ($5,000 – $2,000). Thus, A’s deductible loss is limited to A’s basis of $3,000.
661
Parc hired Glaze to remodel and furnish an office suite. Glaze submitted plans that Parc approved. After completing all the necessary construction and painting, Glaze purchased minor accessories that Parc rejected because they did not conform to the plans. Parc refused to allow Glaze to complete the project and refused to pay Glaze any part of the contract price. Glaze sued for the value of the work performed. Which of the following statements is true? A. Glaze will win because Glaze substantially performed and Parc prevented complete performance. B. Glaze will lose because Glaze breached the contract by not completing performance. C. Glaze will win because Parc committed anticipatory breach. D. Glaze will lose because Glaze materially breached the contract by buying the accessories.
A. Glaze will win because Glaze substantially performed and Parc prevented complete performance. Answer (A) is correct. Strict performance of each contract term is not always required. Glaze, in good faith, substantially performed the contract and did not willfully breach it. Parc prevented completion. Glaze is entitled to recover the contract price minus the cost to correct or complete.
662
Walters & Whitlow, CPAs, failed to discover a fraudulent scheme used by Davis Corporation’s head cashier to embezzle corporate funds during the past 5 years. Walters & Whitlow would have discovered the embezzlements promptly if they had not been negligent in their annual preparation of tax returns. The information provided by Davis for this purpose was incorrect on its face, but the CPAs made no inquiries. Under the circumstances, Walters & Whitlow will normally not be liable in a common law action for A. Punitive damages. B. The fees charged for the years in question. C. Losses occurring prior to the time the fraudulent scheme should have been detected that could have been recovered had it been so detected. D. Losses occurring after the time the fraudulent scheme should have been detected.
A. Punitive damages. Answer (A) is correct. If the CPAs have merely been negligent, they will not be liable for punitive damages. Punitive damages are awarded only when the circumstances are extreme or aggravated.
663
What is the tax rate for an S corporation that pays tax on built-in gains? A. The calculated income tax rate of the corporation. B. The highest individual income tax rate. C. The income tax rate of the shareholder. D. The highest corporate income tax rate.
D. The highest corporate income tax rate. Answer (D) is correct. The tax rate for the built-in gains tax is defined by statute to be the highest corporate income tax rate.
664
Jim and Carolyn, who are married, establish a Coverdell Education Savings Account to pay for the future college expenses of their infant son. They file jointly and have a modified AGI of $100,000. What is the maximum contribution they can make to a CESA in the current year? A. $3,000 B. $8,000 C. $4,000 D. $2,000
D. $2,000 Answer (D) is correct. Joint filers with modified AGI below $190,000 may contribute up to $2,000 per beneficiary (child) per year. The amount a taxpayer is able to contribute to a CESA is limited if modified AGI exceeds certain threshold amounts. In 2017, the limit is phased out for joint filers with modified AGI at or greater than $190,000 and less than $220,000, and for single filers with modified AGI at or greater than $95,000 and less than $110,000.
665
The Saturn Titans of the Planetary Football League have a team spaceship. The spaceship developed a leak between the power source and living area causing dangerous fumes to enter occasionally. This was fixed at a cost of $100,000. The power source also needed an overhaul, which was done at a cost of $500,000. As a result of the overhaul, the useful life of the spaceship was not changed, but it can now make the trip to the players’ home in the United States on Earth in half the former time and at a substantial fuel savings. How should these expenditures be treated? A. Both the repair of the leak and the overhaul should be capitalized. B. Both the repair of the leak and the overhaul should be deducted. C. The repair of the leak should be deducted, while the overhaul should be capitalized. D. The overhaul should be deducted, and the repair of the leak should be capitalized.
C. The repair of the leak should be deducted, while the overhaul should be capitalized. Answer (C) is correct. Repairs and maintenance that do not materially add to the value of property or prolong its life may be deducted. All other repair and improvement expenditures should be capitalized and depreciated (Reg. 1.162-4). Expenditures to repair damage and put the property back in the same condition as it was before the damage are generally deductible as repairs, provided that they do not materially add to the value of the property or prolong its life. The expenditure for fixing the leak would be deductible. However, the cost of a major overhaul that changes the operation of a vehicle, such as increasing its speed and saving fuel costs, would be considered to add materially to the value of the property. Therefore, the overhaul of the power source in the spaceship may not be deducted. It must be capitalized and depreciated.
666
Which of the following facts will result in an offering of securities being exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933? A. The securities are nonvoting preferred stock. B. The sale or offer to sell the securities is made by a person other than an issuer, underwriter, or dealer. C. The issuing corporation was closely held prior to the offering. D. The securities are AAA-rated debentures that are collateralized by first mortgages on property that has a market value of 200% of the offering price.
B. The sale or offer to sell the securities is made by a person other than an issuer, underwriter, or dealer. Answer (B) is correct. Under Section 4(1) of the 1933 act, an initial offering of securities is exempt from registration if the sale is made by an ordinary investor, that is, a person who is not an issuer, an underwriter, or a dealer.
667
Which of the following statements does not apply to a written contract governed by the provisions of the UCC Sales Article? A. The contract may involve the sale of personal property. B. The obligations of a nonmerchant may be different from those of a merchant. C. The obligations of the parties must be performed in good faith. D. The contract must involve the sale of goods for a price of $500 or more.
D. The contract must involve the sale of goods for a price of $500 or more. Answer (D) is correct. Article 2 of the UCC applies to sales of goods. An oral contract for the sale of goods for $500 or more is unenforceable without a writing. However, a dollar amount is not required to bring a sale of goods within Article 2.
668
On June 15, Year 1, Alpha, Inc., contracted with Delta Manufacturing, Inc., to buy a vacant parcel of land Delta owned. Alpha intended to build a distribution warehouse on the land because of its location near a major highway. The contract stated: “Alpha’s obligations hereunder are subject to the vacant parcel being rezoned to a commercial zoning classification by July 31, Year 2.” Which of the following statements is true? A. If the parcel is rezoned by July 31, Year 2, and Delta refuses to sell it, Delta’s breach would not discharge Alpha’s obligation to tender payment. B. If the parcel is rezoned by July 31, Year 2, and Alpha refuses to purchase it, Delta would be able to successfully sue Alpha for specific performance. C. The contract is not binding on either party because Alpha’s performance is conditional. D. If the parcel is not rezoned by July 31, Year 2, and Alpha refuses to purchase it, Alpha would not be in breach of contract.
D. If the parcel is not rezoned by July 31, Year 2, and Alpha refuses to purchase it, Alpha would not be in breach of contract. Answer (D) is correct. An express condition precedent must occur to trigger an absolute contractual duty to perform. Without a present duty, no breach can occur.
669
Carbozo was an officer of a corporation in the business of selling hospital supplies. Due to stiff competition, the corporation went bankrupt. Carbozo contracted with Hoover Corporation to purchase hospital supplies for it on commission. In order to reestablish relations with suppliers of hospital supplies that Carbozo had known in his previous capacity and to solidify his credit standing, Carbozo decided to pay certain debts of the former corporation that went bankrupt. Which of the following statements is true concerning these payments? A. The payments are not deductible because they are not ordinary. B. The payments are deductible as ordinary and necessary business expenses. C. The payments are not deductible because they were not Carbozo’s debts. D. The payments are not deductible because they are not necessary.
A. The payments are not deductible because they are not ordinary. Answer (A) is correct. Section 162(a) allows a deduction for the ordinary and necessary expenses paid or incurred in carrying on a trade or business. Courts have held that ordinary does not mean habitual or normal in terms of frequency, rather that it is the common and accepted means of dealing with the situation. Courts have also held that the payment of debts of others without legal obligation or a definite business requirement is not considered ordinary and is not deductible.
670
A heavy-equipment dealer would like to trade some business assets in a nontaxable exchange. Which of the following exchanges would qualify as nontaxable? A. The company jet for a large truck to be used in the corporation. B. A corporate office building for a vacant lot. C. A road grader held in inventory for another road grader. D. Investment securities for antiques to be held as investments.
B. A corporate office building for a vacant lot. Answer (B) is correct. Property qualifying for a like-kind treatment under IRC Sec. 1031 depends on the property’s nature or character, but not necessarily in grade or quality. Real property is of like kind to other real property, except foreign property. Thus, the corporate office building and vacant lot qualify as a nontaxable exchange even though they are not used for the same purpose.
671
Frost’s accountant and business manager has the authority to A. Sell Frost’s business. B. Obtain bank loans for Frost. C. Mortgage Frost’s business property. D. Insure Frost’s property against fire loss.
D. Insure Frost’s property against fire loss. Answer (D) is correct. An agent has express and implied actual authority that is conveyed by manifestations of the principal to the agent. Authority is implied to do what is reasonably necessary to accomplish the expressly authorized action. Obtaining insurance against fire loss would be implied.
672
For the year ended December 31, 2017, Kell Corp.’s book income, before income taxes, was $70,000. Included in the computation of this $70,000 was $10,000 of proceeds of a life insurance policy, representing a lump-sum payment in full as a result of the death of Kell’s controller. Kell was the owner and beneficiary of this policy since 2005. In its income tax return for 2017, Kell should report taxable life insurance proceeds of A. $5,000 B. $8,000 C. $10,000 D. $0
D. $0 Answer (D) is correct. For employer-owned policies issued prior to August 17, 2006, proceeds of a life insurance policy paid by reason of death of the insured are excluded by the beneficiary. Since no part of the $10,000 represents interest on proceeds retained by the insurance company, no part of it is reported as gross income.
673
A taxpayer owns 50% of the stock of an S corporation and materially participated in the corporation’s activities. At the beginning of the year, the taxpayer had an adjusted basis in the stock of $25,000 and made a loan to the corporation of $13,000. During the year, $3,000 of the loan was repaid, and the taxpayer’s share of the corporation’s loss for the year was $40,000. What is the amount of the loss that may be deducted on the taxpayer’s tax return? A. $38,000 B. $40,000 C. $35,000 D. $25,000
C. $35,000 Answer (C) is correct. If the shareholder’s pro rata share of passed-through losses exceeds his or her amount at risk at the close of his or her tax year, the excess is not deductible. The shareholder’s at-risk amount equals the adjusted basis of property contributed to the corporation plus amounts lent to the corporation to the extent the shareholder has personal liability for repayment. Thus, the at-risk amount is $35,000 ($25,000 + $13,000 – $3,000 repayment of the loan). The excess $5,000 ($40,000 – $35,000) is suspended and carried forward indefinitely.
674
Mainstream Company purchased depreciable equipment in 2017 for $533,000 and claimed the maximum Sec. 179 deduction for that year of $510,000. The equipment qualified as 5-year property under MACRS. Mainstream sold all of this equipment on June 30, 2018. The depreciation rates for 5-year property for the first 2 years under MACRS, assuming 200%-declining-balance switching to straight-line, are 20% and 32%, respectively. What will the amount of Mainstream’s MACRS deduction be for 2018? A. $23,000 B. $0 C. $3,680 D. $7,360
C. $3,680 Answer (C) is correct. The deduction for MACRS depreciation is calculated using the 200%-declining-balance method for 5-year property. The basis is reduced by $510,000 (the Sec. 179 deduction for 2017). The half-year convention allows one-half year depreciation in the year of acquisition and one-half year depreciation in the year of disposition. Therefore, Mainstream’s 2018 MACRS depreciation is $3,680. Cost of equipment $533,000 Less Sec. 179 deduction (510,000) Depreciable basis $ 23,000 Times MACRS percentage (5-year property, year 2) × .32 $ 7,360 Times one-half (half-year convention) × .50 2018 depreciation $ 3,680 The 2018 depreciation amount can also be determined by using the MACRS tables.
675
The two equal shareholders of a C corporation are thinking of filing an election to have the company treated as an S corporation. Which of the following consequences is an advantage of this election? A. The corporation’s tax-free fringe benefits for the shareholders will be deductible by the corporation. B. The corporation’s net operating loss carryovers from prior years are immediately deductible by the shareholders. C. The shareholders of the S corporation will be taxed only on distributions from the corporation. D. The corporation’s capital losses can be claimed on the tax returns of the shareholders.
D. The corporation’s capital losses can be claimed on the tax returns of the shareholders. Answer (D) is correct. Capital losses of the corporation will flow-through to the shareholders, who may use them to offset any of their own capital gains.